Home

Barracuda Networks Message Archiver 950 + 1Y EU+IR

1. Define external access configuration to determine how to integrate with other Barracuda Message Archiver tools and Add Ins Define internal or external DNS names depending on how you want to deploy Add Ins for example message stubbing 5 Go the BASIC gt Administration page and configure access management and default display settings For more information refer to the article How to Configure Administrative Settings Enable SMTP Forwarding on the Barracuda Message Archiver On the Barracuda Message Archiver go to the MAIL SOURCES gt SMTP IM page and use the following steps to enable SMTP forwarding 1 In the SMTP IM Forwarding Settings section set SMTP IM Forwarding to Yes 2 Inthe Trusted SMTP Servers section enter the IP address of each Microsoft Exchange 2007 2010 Server that is to journal directly to the Barracuda Message Archiver e Exchange 2007 Add the IP address of your mailbox server roles e Exchange 2010 Add all IP addresses of the Hub Transport server role Enable Journaling To set up journaling complete the steps described in the article Configuring Envelope SMTP Journaling for Microsoft Exchange 2007 2010 Configure Exchange Integration Operations 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface and go to the MAIL SOURCES gt Exchange Integration page 2 Click Start New Action to define the Exchange actions to execute e Email Import Import all email from your Exchange Server into t
2. 0 0 0 0 tees 134 1 3 2 2 How to Prepare Systems for High Availability 20 0 0 cc ttt ttt teens 137 1 3 2 3 How to Join Systems in a High Availability Configuration 20 0 0c tet e nes 138 1 3 2 4 How to Make Changes to an Existing High Availability Cluster 0 0 00 00 cece 140 1 3 2 5 How to Update Firmware and Energize Updates 0 0 ee teen nett ee nee 141 1 3 2 6 How to Remove or Replace a System 10 nannan nna 141 1 3 3 CommuniGate Pro E Mail Server Deployment wsa2 c255d44 08 eae eee bebe be tera eee Deb bbes Pied ee es 142 TIA GAOOG e APPS ID CDIOV MCU 65 ath ton in Sand ceases tides a agdeo ena e a Sete ahah herring a dade a a wees onde aie aia 143 1 3 5 Barracuda Cloud Relay Service Configuration for Google Apps Mail Service 0 cee ee 147 T o 6 GroupWise Deploy MENN smesan Since ae ee we eee nde he een ee ee Re Aen Boe ack a eee ees 154 1 3 7 Kerio Connect Mail Server Deployment soe ceswa toe MA el rete Ma te te ale peed edad wean oa eae Sete eg 159 1 3 6 IBM Lotus Notes Domino IMAP Deployment scisvadesiiet eae swe Sah sae aeed Meare wha Meee Bate eed 160 Too MalENaDIe Deployment ivi ack tne tesi c hire aciw aren alee tl ane athe re dts peck we Sethe eet eh ae ve cesar reeks Wk a enh vec ee dive Wet eet 167 1 3 10 MDaemon Messaging Server Deployment 0 00 cece 168 1 3 11 Barracuda Cloud Relay Service Configuration for Office 365 Mail Service 0 0 ees 169 133512
3. Password never expires Account is disabled lt Back Next gt Cancel Click Next Turn on Create an Exchange mailbox and click Next Verify the user details and click Next and then click Finish In Active Directory Users and Computers right click on the newly created Exchange mailbox user click Properties and click the E m ail Addresses tab Click on the Exchange mailbox name and click Set As Primary Click OK to close the Properties dialog box and save your settings Enable Envelope Journaling on Mail Storage From the Microsoft website navigate to the E Mail Journaling Advanced Configuration tool and complete the following to enable envelope journaling 1 Click Download save the file Exejcfg exe to a directory on the system and take one of the following actions to run the executable e Click Open or e Click Run this program from its current location or e Ata command prompt navigate to the file directory and run the following command Exejcfg exe e 2 Once Envelope Journaling is enabled in the Exchange System Manager console locate the Mailbox Store for your domain right click Mailbox Store and click Properties 3 On the General tab select Archive all messages sent or received by mailboxes on this store and click Browse following the Barracuda Journal field to locate and select the Journaling Account Mailbox User created in the previous step Mailbox Store ICON Properties Ei Detai
4. Exchange admin center recipients n Place eDiscovery amp Hold auditing data loss prevention retention policie retention tags journal rules Send undeliverable journal reports to JournalNDR wil2 com 7 fi permissions compliance management ON RULE USER SEND JOURNAL REPORTS organization There are no items to show in this view protection mall To mobile public folae 0 selected of 0 tota i The configuration is now complete and journaled mail is forwarded to the Barracuda Message Archiver Log into the Barracuda _ Message Archiver and go to the BASIC gt Search page in the web interface to verify that new mail is being processed Note that it may take up to 30 minutes before journaled mail is available in the search results How to Configure an IMAP or POP3 Journal Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 2 and higher and a Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Barracuda Networks recommends deploying your Barracuda Message Archiver with Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 using the pus h method alternately you can set up IMAP or POP3 journal accounts as described in this article You can configure the Barracuda Message Archiver to automatically retrieve messages directly from your mail server using the IMAP4 or POPS protocol In this article e Setting Up a POP3 Journal Account e Step 1 Enable POP3 e Step 2 Start the POP3 Services e Se
5. 1b Expand the bookmark for the mailjrn database and click Folders Mail Journaling 8 Design Folders IBM Lotus Domino Designer File Edit View Create Design Tools Help wk wia gE Mail Journaling 8 Design 2 E Recent Databases Tx OH tenk older Dak B Name Alias Last Modified Mail Journaling 8 z Group Calendars GroupCalendarFold 07 30 2008 10 31 18 PM H i eee ie Pues Rules 07 30 2008 10 31 17 PM H H Framesets gt Alarms Alarms 07730 2008 10 31 15 PM H E Pages lt o thnbox Categorized1 0773072008 10 31 H i Forms HEE Uan r lnbos 07730 2008 H E Folders unkM ail Junk M ail p BT Oa Shared Code lt gt MAPIUseContacts H A Shared Resources 7 rash ngs Composite Applications H E Other 1c IMAP requires the presence of the Sent Items and Drafts folders If these folders are present go to Step 2 Create Agent If they are not present complete steps 1d and 1e 1d Click New Folder and in the Create Folder dialog box enter Sent Items in the Folder name field Create Folder Folder name Folder type Select a location for the new folder w Folders Copy style from folder Inbox Copy From save and Customize Cancel 1e Click OK The Sent Items folder is added Click New Folder and in the Create Folder dialog box type Drafts Click OK to add the folder Step 2 Create Agent Use the following steps to create the
6. 3 A window displays the number and size of the PST files that e were discovered e have completed transfer to the Barracuda Message Archiver e are in the midst of a transfer e are awaiting transfer e are in some way corrupted 4 Once imports are no longer in progress verify that the number and size of the completed PST files are as expected in the PST Collector Admin Console 48 Barracuda PST Collector Admin Console File View Reports Tools i Discovered PST file s Host Copy of mapi_1213126487_ diag pst mapi_1213126487_3947 con mapi_1213735783_28349 co mapi_1214334467_4385 con mapi_1215798197_22271 c0 My Outlook Data File 1 pst My Outlook Data File pst My Outlook Data File 3 pst pst_byHo0R 7w pst ru_msq_test pst shade shade shade shade shade shade shade shade shade shade shade Owner Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Status Complete Complete Complete Complete Complete Complete Complete Complete Pending Complete Complete Created 4 25 2011 12 4 25 2011 12s 4 25 2011 12 4 25 2011 12 4 25 2011 12 4 25 2011 12 4 25 2011 12 4 23 2011 2 3 10 21 2011 3 10 25 2011 1 4 25 2011 12 4 25 2011 12s Modified 5 7 2008 6 38 6 12 2008 11 5 6 2008 11 0 6
7. Barracuda Message Archiver Rule Save X Cancel 14 Click Save In the Warning dialog box click Yes to save the new rule Unix Mail Server Deployment This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or later and Unix Mail Servers including Apple Mail Server Sendmail Postfix and qmail You can configure Sendmail Postfix and qmail to forward a copy of all incoming and outgoing messages as a blind carbon copy bcc to your Barracuda Message Archiver IP address Sendmail Postfix and qmail support most Unix operating systems including Mac OS X For more information refer to the Barracuda Networks Knowledgebase Solution How should configure the Barracuda Message Archiver to work with Unix mail servers like Sendmail Postfix or qmail Barracuda Message Archiver and the Barracuda Spam Firewall In this Section e Understanding Email Encryption and Archival e How to Set Up Email Encryption and Archival Understanding Email Encryption and Archival Required Product Version This article applies to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 2 and higher and the Barracuda Spam Firewall firmware version 6 0 and higher You can encrypt and archive journaled email by partnering the Barracuda Spam Firewall and the Barracuda Message Archiver Related Articles e How to Set Up Email Encryption and Archival Barracuda Message Archiver e Deployment Options e Message Import Stubbing and Config
8. C Enable circular hogging sve cancel 5d Navigate to and select the destination location for journaled messages for example journal bma int Select Recipient Windows Internet Explorer O Help DISPLAY NAME ALIAS RECIPIENT TYPE PRIMARY SMTP Administrator Administrator User mailbox Administrator Journal Contact joumalcontact Mail contact pournal bma cancel 5e Click ok to select the journal message recipient The recipient displays in the maintenance page Mailbox database Windows Internet Explorer Mailbox Database 1414003762 Qener LET TPUT bA EL pte Slit gt maintenance Journal Contact X browse limits Maintenance schedule Midnight Ah Noon PRA 12 2 4 Kor cot mre rl l a Tk el hs be A Os it 6 8 10 l2 2 4 8 10 customize Enable background database maintenance 24 x T ESE scanning C Don t mount this database at startup a This database can be overwritten by a restore LJ Enable circular logging lt cancel 100 4 5f Click save to save your settings i The configuration is now complete and journaled mail is forwarded to the Barracuda Message Archiver Log into the Barracuda Message Archiver and go to the BASIC gt Search page in the web interface to verify that new mail is being processed Note that it may take up to 30 minutes before journaled mail is available in the search results Bar
9. Select a Server Windows Internet Explorer Pale Es NAME SITE ROLE VERSION WILEXCH2013 wil local Configuration Sites D Mailbox ClientAccess Version 15 0 Buil l selected of l total 4l Click ok In the Source server page the selected servers display EE Send Connector Windows Internet Explorer new send connector A send connector sends mail from a list of servers with transport roles or Edge Subscriptions Leam more Source server Associate this connector with the following servers containing transport roles You can also add Edge Subscriptions to this list Prrerttir h E SERVER SITE ROLE WILEXCH2013 willocal Configuration Sites Default First Site Name Mailbox Clie 4m Click finish The new send connector displays as enabled in the send connectors list J Enterprise Office 365 Exchange admin center recipients rules delivery reports accepted domains email address policies send connectors permissions pe t a g o compliance management para ae P i organization BMA Journal Contact Send Con Enabled B oo Connector protection Last modified mail flow 3 1 2013 9 06 50 Connector status mobile Disable public folders p seng Off unified messaging l selected of total 2 4n Click the Edit r icon to edit the Send Connector properties From the Maximum send message size MB drop down list select unlimited Exchange Send Connector Windo
10. The question mark is a single character wildcard matching a single occurrence of any one character The number of question marks used denote the exact number of characters that must be matched For example luck Matches lucks and lucky but not luck pluck or lucked J son Matches Johnson and Jackson but not Jason or Judson The asterisk as a multi character wildcard matching zero or more occurrences of any and all characters For example Mark Matches marker marketing and Mark Domain Based Search Strings The domain part or everything after the at sign of an email For example example com Matches anyuser example com This does not match anyuser s ub example com sub2 example com Matches a llusers sub2 example com This does not match alluser s sub example com or a lusers example com Compound Search Strings This is used only in Keyword Expressions A combination of two or more strings in any of the above formats Text based Multi Text Wildcard or Domain as applicable to the fields being searched or with other Compound search strings each separated by the keywords AND or OR Surround logical groupings with parentheses as needed to determine order of operations For example subject Engineering AND Meeting today body Version AND 1 1 OR 1 2 body Version AND 1 1 OR 1 2 Matches items that contain the word Engineering as well as the phrase Meeting today i
11. warn before permanently deleting items When selecting text automatically select entire word _ Provide Feedback with sound Show Paste Options buttons Use Unicode Message Format when saving messages Enable logging troubleshooting Allow script in shared folders Allow script in Public Folders Appearance options Date Mavigator opt Tahoma When viewing Notes show time and date Task working hours per day Task working hours per week 40 Reminder Options 4dd In Manager Custom Forms COM Add Ins Service Options 5 Click OK to save your settings Enable Scripts in Microsoft Outlook 2007 Use the following steps to enable scripts in shared and public folders in Outlook 2007 1 Log into Microsoft Outlook 2007 2 On the Tools menu click Trust Center 3 In the Navigation Pane click E mail Security 4 In the Script in Folders section turn on Allow script in shared folders and Allow script in Public Folders Trusted Publishers Encrypted e mail Privacy Options fz Encrypt contents and attachments for outgoing messages Add digital signature to outgoing messages Send clear text signed message when sending signed messages Request S MIME receipt for all SMIME signed messages Automatic Download r meaa otsen Sd Macro Settings Attachment Handling Digital IDs Certificates Programmatic Access Digital IDs or Certificates are documents that allow you to prove your identity in elect
12. 4d Click OK in the warning dialog box and then click Next select Create an Exchange mailbox i Verify the Server field points to your non journaled mailstore location from step 1 New Object User Create im your _ domain com Users MW Create an Exchange mailbox Aliaz BMA_Archivel Server First Organization First Administrative Group ICON 7 Mailbox Store aer lt Back Cancel 4e Click Next verify the entered information and click Finish to create the User and close the dialog box Step 5 Create a Custom SMTP Recipient i In this step you disable Microsoft MAPI Rich Text Format RTF 5a In the Active Directory Users and Computers console click on the domain or organization unit OU in which to create the custom SMTP recipient point to New and click Contact the New Object Contact dialog box displays 5b Enter the name and display name for the custom SMTP recipient New Object Contact Create im your _domain comUsers First name BMA Joumal Initials Last name He Full name BMA Joumal Display name Baracuda Joumal 4 Back Cancel 5c Click Next Select Create an Exchange e mail address enter the email alias in the Alias field and click Modify 5d The New E mail Address dialog box displays New E mail Address E E E mail address type Custom Address 400 Address Microsoft Mail Address G ha T PA gdess gg Mail Address Lotus Hotes Address Hove
13. Knowledge Management A company s email system contains a vast amount of vital corporate intelligence some of which is not replicated in any other data or material If email is lost or is not easily accessible a company runs the risk of losing that intelligence The Barracuda Message Archiver provides management tools essential to storing and controlling access to an organization s knowledge base Compliance Compliance issues are perhaps the driving force behind the increase in demand for an email archiving solution The sheer number of regulations requiring some form of email retention as well as the more specific parameters of how the email should be stored and for how long can be confusing for administrators Although many regulations exist and have varying requirements compliance is based on three concepts Email permanence Email must be maintained in its original form without alteration or deletion e Email security Information must be protected against all threats including unauthorized access to the email as well as physical damage This same concept applies to the process of legal discovery which often specifies who can access the email i e legal teams as well as safeguards against the destruction of hard copies of the data e Auditability Email must be easily accessible in a timely fashion by authorized personnel upon request The following table summarizes some of the key government regulations and indicates how
14. Mon Journaled Mailstore Properties Ei Genero Database imita Full Text Indexing Details Policies Exchange database C Program Files SExchervemdbdata sh on ournaled Mail Exchange streaming database C Program Files Exchervrsmdbdata on Journaled Mail Browse Maintenance interval Run daily from 1 00 AM to 5 00 4M Customize Time of last full backup ee o oaao Time of last incremental backup ee Do not mount this store at start up This database can be overvritten by a restore Cancel Apply Help 1e Browse to and select the default database location where you want to add the mailbox store click Apply and click OK The mailbox store No n Journaled Mailstore displays in the ESM Right click on Non Journaled Mailstore and click Mount Store E Exchange System Manager M x m File Action View Window Help e gt am s x A Bl em First Storage Group Executives First Organization Exchange Lj Global Settings H Recipients S Di Servers it Bf Icon F Mailbox Store ICON of Queues Public Folder Store ICON El aj First Storage Group fee Non Journaled Mailstore O Mount Store b Menext Index ted Executives let Mailbox Store ICON Start Incremental Population Start Full Population Pause Population RE Recovery Storage Group Stop Population e Bay Prokacals cae Routing Groups All Tasks 3 H Tools Se O H 0 F
15. 1 Go to the Deployment tab for the 32 bit package 2 Click Advanced and uncheck the Make this 32 bit x86 application available to Win64 machines option 3 Repeat steps 1 through 4 specified in the Administrative Template Deployment Options section above for the 64 bit MSI The 32 bit MSI is deployed only to 32 bit machines and the 64 bit MSI is deployed only to 64 bit machines Scenario 2 Some 64 bit machines in your environment have Outlook 2010 or Outlook 2013 64 bit installed while others have the 32 bit version of various other Outlook versions installed and Outlook was installed through a GPO Click to view Scenario 2 In this case perform all of the following steps 1 Apply the policy you created in the steps described in the Scenario 1 section above only to those computers that were targeted for the installation of 32 bit Outlook 2 Repeat steps 1 through 4 specified in the Administrative Template Deployment Options section above for the 64 bit MSI and apply this second policy only to those computers that were targeted for the installation of Outlook 2010 or Outlook 2013 64 bit The 64 bit MSI is installed only on those computers where Outlook 2010 or Outlook 2013 64 bit is installed and the 32 bit add in is installed on all other computers to which the policy has been applied Scenario 3 The 64 bit machines in your environment have a mixture of Outlook 2010 or Outlook 2013 64 bit and other 32 bit versions of Outlook instal
16. Administrative Group First Administrative Group Cancel Apply Help 6c Click the E mail Address tab remove all email addresses except the SMTP address and clear Automatically update e mail addresses based on recipient policy Barracuda Journal Properties Ei blember Ut Dial in Environment Sessions Remote control Terminal Services Profile LOM Exchange General General Address Account Frofile Telephones Organization E mail Addresses Exchange Features Exchange Advanced Each e mail address type has one default reply address To change the default select an entry in the list and then click Set 4 Primary E mail addresses Address SHTP BMA_Archive your_domain com 400 c U5 a p First Organizatizo E xcha Hew Edit Set As Primary T Juomaa Update e mail addresses based on recipient policy i Cancel Apply Help 6d Click the Exchange General tab Barracuda Journal Properties Ed Member Of Dial ir Environment Sessions Remote control General Address Account Frofile Telephones Organization E mail Addresses Exchange Features Exchange Advanced aR eer aru zenn ae Pee CeCe Pee ere reer erer irri errr rr ir rrr rr rrr rr rrr terre rer rr Mailbox store ICON First Storage Group nor journaled mailstore Alas EMA_Archive Set the masimum message size and specify Delivery Restrictions the messages accepted by thi
17. Create LotusScript awa agents Read public documents Write public documents Replicate or copy documents Roles Effective Access Full name An Access Control List ACL defines who can view and edit your Notes database Select a name in the list to see or set the access assigned to the Harrie Last change Globals CAFE Template Development on i According to GlobalS CAPE Cancel Ab lf the BarracudaMailArchiver account does not display click Add at the bottom of the screen and add the account to the database file Click OK to save changes and close the Access Control List Test Your Settings Open an email application that supports IMAP and verify that the BarracudaMailArchiver account can be read and that the Inbox contains the records from the mail archive file The mailjrn nsf file Agent runs on a schedule specified by the IBM Domino Server the default is every 30 minutes and can be set to a minimum of 5 minute intervals therefore messages may not be immediately available To force the Agent to run immediately from the Domino Console run the following command Tell amgr run mailjpn nsf Barracuda Mail Archiver Copy to Inbox MailEnable Deployment This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 or later and the MailEnable Mail Server Standard Professional or Enterprise Edition You
18. Hew Remote Domain When you create a remote domam you can control mail flow with more precision apply J Completion message formatting and messaging policies and specily acceptable character sets for messages that ane sent to and recerred from the remote domain After you create a remote domain you can specify more advanced secunty policy and permission configurations for messages that you exchange vath the remote domain D New Remote Domain Name Baracuda Message Archiver Domain nane bra int Include all subdomains Select the check box below to indicate this remote doman i used for your cloud based organization Use this domain for my Office 365 tenant Help New Cancel 4 Click New to verify the domain settings and click Finish to save your settings The newly created domain displays in the Remote Domains list 5 Double click on the newly created domain to open the Properties dialog for the newly created domain and e In Exchange 2007 select Format of original message sent as attachment to the journal report e In Exchange 2010 select the Message Format tab in the Properties dialog box 6 Select the following options to ensure journal messages sent to this domain are M ME Plain Text format rather than the unsupported Exc hange Rich Text format e Inthe Message Format Options section turn on Allow automatic forward e In the Exchange rich text format section select Never Use Barracuda Message Archiver
19. NFS Shares The number of shares on the Barracuda Message Archiver can vary All models will have share number 1 while higher model numbers may have additional shares Possible share configurations include share numbers 1 2 1 2 3 4 Enabled NFS shares can be mounted as host BMA NFS where host is the hostname or IP address of your Barracuda Message Archiver and is the share number i Users of NFS v4 must also include the option o vers 3 in the mount command Example If the IP address of your Barracuda Message Archiver is 192 168 1 10 to mount the second share you issue the command mount t mis 192 168 1 10 BMA NFS 2 dir where dir isthe path where the share is to be mounted Similarly for NFS v4 users use the command mount t nfs o vers 3 192 168 1 10 BMA NFS 2 dir SMB Access If SMB access to the Message Store is enabled it can only be accessed by the username smb using the Password specified above SMB shares enabled for backing up the Message Store are not the same as the shares used for other purposes such as importing p st files Refer to the BASIC gt Administration page to enable SMB shares for other uses The number of shares on the Barracuda Message Archiver can vary All models have share number 1 while higher model numbers may have additional shares Here are the possible share configurations share numbers 1 2 1 2 3 4 Enabled SMB shares can be reached at host BMA SMB
20. Related Articles Barracuda PST Collector e Search Options amp Configuration All imported PST files must be manually assigned to an account before its contents can be accessed by that account Only one account can be assigned to every PST file but multiple PST files can be assigned to any account For details on initial PST file import to the Barracuda Message Archiver refer to the Barracuda PST Collector deployment options Assign a PST File to a User Use the following steps to assign a PST file to an LDAP user and make the contents searchable from within the Barracuda Message Archiver Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface go to the BASIC gt Search page and click the PSTs amp Tags tab Expand PSTs and then expand the Unassigned PSTs folder Right click on a PST file and click Assign PST In the Assign PST dialog box enter the first few characters of either the username or the email address of the user to which to assign the PST file AWN Assign PST x Enter at least the first 3 characters of an LDAP user s email address to bring up a list of possible matches then select the desired entry Search for User Cancel 5 As you type in the user field matching users display in a drop down list Select the user to which to assign the PST file and click OK i The list of users populates based on your LDAP directory you can only assign a PST file to a user found in the list 6
21. e Android phone or tablet running software version 2 3 3 or greater e Email address archived by your organization s Barracuda Message Archiver e Barracuda Message Archiver HTTPS port number In this article e Configuration e Searching for Archived Messages e Advanced Search Settings e Message Results e Replying to and Forwarding Archived Messages Related Articles e Install Configure the Outlook Add In i Secure Connectivity The Barracuda Message Archiver Companion mobile application requires secure HT TPS connectivity to the Barracuda Message Archiver If an insecure HTTP connection is attempted the mobile application is redirected to use https with the configured secure port For existing mobile application users if your URI was originally set up on an earlier firmware version verify that the URI uses HTTPS If the URI was set up using HTTP use the steps in the section Configuration to update the URI If the URI is not updated users are automatically redirected to the secure HTTPS protocol This redirection may require an update to your network firewall rules to allow connectivity to complete on the secure port Certificates When using HTTPS connectivity if a self signed or private certificate is in place on the Barracuda Message Archiver your mobile phone operating system OS may require you to accept the private certificate before you can download content with the mobile OS download utility The mechanism
22. e Enter the name under which the query is to be saved and then click OK If you enter a name that already exists the new search parameters replace the previous search criteria e To run a previously saved search Click the Saved Searches tab and click Search in the Actions column following the Saved Search you want to run To receive an alert via email when a message that fits the parameters of a Saved Search is received by the Barracuda Message Archiver Policy Alerts are required Message Actions This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 5 or higher In this article e Select Messages e Resend to Me e Export Messages e Forward Messages e Tag Messages e Search As User Related Articles e Search Options and Configuration e Advanced Search Options e Advanced Search Tips The Barracuda Message Archiver allows you to easily collect messages for exporting or forwarding and to add tags to messages for future re identification if desired You can control whether any or all of these actions are available to users on the BASIC gt Administration page in the Search Page Settings section Messages journaled directly from Microsoft Exchange have additional hidden information such as bcc recipients and other SMTP data End users do not have access to this information however for compliance reasons you may want to include this hidden information when messages are exported or forwarded by the administrator or
23. e From Organization Configuration gt Hub Transport Create the following items e a non routable Remote Domain to act as the recipient domain for journaled traffic e a Send Connector for routing journaled messages e a Journaling Rule to actually enable journaling on your Exchange Server Configure the Barracuda Message Archiver On the Barracuda Message Archiver use the the following steps to enable SMTP forwarding 1 Go to the MAIL SOURCES gt SMTP IM page 2 Inthe Trusted SMTP Servers section enter the IP address of each Exchange Server that is to journal directly to the Barracuda Message Archiver Create a Remote Domain The Remote Domain must be a non existent or externally non routable and unresolvable domain from either inside or outside your organization and must match the Mail Contact that is the recipient of journaled messages as it is used by the Exchange Server for routing all SMTP Journal traffic Use the following steps to create a remote domain 1 Open the EMC expand Organization Configuration select Hub Transport and click the Remote Domains tab in the center pane 2 In the Actions panel in the right pane click New Remote Domain The New Remote Domain dialog displays 3 Enter a Name to describe the domain and the actual Domain name you want to use In this example bma int is the fake domain name that is used You will use this domain name later when creating the Mail Contact F New Remote Domain
24. where host is the hostname or IP address of your Barracuda Message Archiver and is the share number lf you are already connected to another SMB share on your Barracuda Message Archiver you may need to specify the host name instead of the IP address Example If the IP address of your Barracuda Message Archiver is 192 168 1 10 to connect to the second share use 192 168 1 10 BMA SMB 2 Desktop Backups Backups can be made of the configuration of your Barracuda Message Archiver to a file on your local machine These files can be used for backup purposes as well as for uploading to another Barracuda Message Archiver running the same or higher firmware version Backups can be created manually to be saved to your desktop as needed or created automatically to be saved onto a storage server on a regular basis Select a file in the Available Backups table in the Cloud Based Configuration Backups section and then click Backup in the Desktop Backup section to initiate the creation of a configuration backup file to be saved locally The default filename is in the format BAR MA serial d ate Config_Backup bak where e serial is the serial number of the unit e date is the date and time the backup was initiated A Caution A checksum is placed in each configuration text file to prevent accidental errors in the Barracuda Message Archiver configuration information Any changes made to the file will cause the existing checksum to be incorrect
25. 2 Locate and click the desired service in the Services window for example Microsoft Exchange IMAP 4 CE Services File Action View Help SE i gt oD Microsoft Exchange EdgeSyne Replicates configuration and recipi Microsoft Exchange File Distribution Microsoft Exchange File Castributio Started Eh Microsoft Exchange Forms Based Authenticati Provides forms based authenticati Started 4Microsort Exchange IMAP4 Provides Internet Message Acces oh Microsoft Exchange Information Store Manages the Microsoft Exchange Started Microsoft Exchange Mail Submission Submits messages from the Mailbo Started Ch Microsoft Exchange Mailbox Assistants Performs background processing Started iE h Microsoft Exchange Mailbox Replication Processes mailbox move requests Started ChMicrosoft Exchange Monitoring Microsoft Exchange POPS Microsoft Exchange Protected Service Host Microsoft Exchange Replication Allows applications to call the Exc Provides Post Office Protocol vers Provides a host for several Micros Started The Microsoft Exchange Replicatio Started ChMicrosoft Exchange RPC Client Access Manages client RPC connections F Started Eh Microsoft Exchange Search Indexer Drives indexing of mailbox conten Started a Microsoft Exchange Server Extension for Win Sh Microsoft Exchange Service Host Sh Microsoft Exchange System Attendant Enables Windows Server Back
26. 3 Enter a First name and Last name the Name field automatically populates based on the entered values Enter an Alias New Mail Contact P Introduction Contact Information 2 Enter the account infomation that ts requaed to create a new mail contact or to mail enable Dl Contact Information an existing mail contact Ld New Mail Contact Specify the organizational unit rather than using a default one LJ Completion Browse First name Initials Last name Baracuda Journal Name Baracuda Joumal Alias E MA Archd Extemal e mail address Help lt Back Next gt Cancel 4 Click Edit to the right of the External e mail address field and in the SMTP Address dialog enter the delivery email address for example BMA_Journal bma int E mail address BMA_Journal bma ind E mail type SMTP cancel The account name can be anything you want but the domain name must match what you created in the preceding section Cre ate a Remote Domain 5 Click OK to close the dialog box In the Wizard click Next to verify the information New Mail Contact Hew Mail Contact Click New to create a mal contact vath the following settings P Introduction P Contact Information E New Mail Contact Configuration Summary LJ Completion CF Barracuda Journal m First name Baracuda A Last name Joumal Contact name Baracuda Joumal Alias BMA Archive Extemal e mail address SMTP BMA_Joumak
27. Allow messages to be relayed to these domains UE Cancel Apply Help 3h Click Apply and click OK to close the Properties dialog box and save your changes Step 4 Create a Journal Account Mailbox i You must create a Journal Account Mailbox for a domain or OU as described in this step on the Mailbox Store you created in Step 1 4a Launch the Active Directory Users and Computers console Programs gt Administrative Tools or Programs gt Microsoft Exchange and connect to the non journaled Mailbox Store created in Step 1 4b Click on the domain or organization unit OU in which to create the Journal Account Mailbox Right click in the right pane and click New gt User to bring up the New Object User dialog box Enter the Journal User details New Object User Create inc your_domain com Users First name Barracuda Initials Last name Joumal Full name Baracuda Joumal User logon name E MA Archive your_domain com User logon name pre Windows 2000 YOUR_DOMAIN BMA Archive Cancel 4c Click Next Enter a password in the Password and Confirm password fields clear User must change password at next logon and select Password never expires New Object User Create in your_domain com Users Password essesceses Confirm password escesesees Ou ser must change password at nest logon User cannot change password Account is disabled lt Back Cancel
28. Cc and Bcc fields and contain the recipients of the Appointment or Meeting Request Look in all fields and all data contained in each item for the entered text This is the default search scope and is equivalent to the Basic Search mode Look in all fields and all data contained in each item for the EXACT phrase as entered Look only in the Owner field of the item for the entered text Look only at the names of each Distribution List for the entered text Searches for all Distribution Lists that were last modified during the specified time period Dates must be entered in the YYYY MM DD format Look only in the Members field of each item for the entered text Matches are based on the individual members email address as well as their First and Last Names Look in all fields and all data contained in each item for the entered text This is the default search scope and is equivalent to the Basic Search mode Look in all fields and all data contained in each item for the EXACT phrase as entered Look only in the From field of each item for the entered text For Tasks the From field is usually equivalent to the originator of the Task and is the sender or creator of the Task Look only in the Subject line of each item for the entered text Searches for all Tasks scheduled to end at specified time period Dates must be entered in the YYYY MM DD format Look only through the owners of the Task for the entered text For Tasks
29. Deployment Options A System Compatibility If you install the 32 bit Barracuda PST Collector Client on a 64 bit operating system and a PST file is in use on that 64 bit operating system Microsoft Windows cannot use Volume Shadow Copy Service VSS therefore PST files cannot be collected until they are no longer in use To resolve this issue create two software deployment policies e One policy for the 32 bit client that targets only 32 bit machines and e One policy for the 64 bit client A 64 bit msi can target only 64 bit systems whereas a 32 bit msi can deploy to both 64 and 32 bit systems or to just 32 bit systems Before configuring your systems determine the appropriate deployment based on the following table System Deployment 32 bit Windows systems only Deploy the 32 bit client MSI 64 bit Windows systems only Deploy the 64 bit client MSI Both 32 and 64 bit Windows systems Deploy both the 32 and 64 bit client MSIs but configure the 32 bit MSI to be unavailable to 64 bit systems using the steps outline in the section Set the 32 Bit MSI as Unavailable to 64 Bit Systems Configure the Barracuda PST Collector Client Use the following steps to configure the Barracuda PST Collector Client 1 While still logged into your Barracuda Message Archiver as admin navigate to the USERS gt Client Downloads page and download the PST Collector Deployment Kit Extract the contents to an easily accessible location the f
30. Script Libraries H H Shared Resources ey Composite Applications E E Othe Eros at 2f In the right pane from the drop down menu select Simple Action a warning dialog displays Click Yes to save your changes and close the warning dialog At the bottom of the Agent view click Add Action the Add Action dialog box displays Add Action Modity Field Modify by Replacing Appending The value in field AbortGracefully ka Inthe curently selected documents Notes will replace the value in the specified field with the new value Alternatively for test fields Notes will append the value to the existing value In the specihed field 2g From the Action drop down menu select Copy to Folder the available folders display Add Action Acton Copy to Folder a Copy documents to folder fi Trash T Junk ED Drafts ED Sent Items Notes will copy the selected documents to the specitied folder F vn 2h Click Inbox and then click Add to save your changes and close the dialog box The Agent displays the new action Barracuda Mail Archiver Copy to Inbox Agent IBM Lotus Domino Designer GIES File Edit Create Tools Help Wwe i ie Mail Journaling 8 Design x G Baracuda Mail Archiver Copy Pls Recent Datab mA SPRIETEN none Objects Barracuda Mail Archiver Copy to Inbox Agent Action View C H Baracuda Mail Archiver Copy to Simple a
31. Servers dialog box click Archiving and then e Select Send copies of all inbound and outbound mail to these addresses and enter the email address of your Barracuda Message Archiver in the associated field for example archiver 192 168 200 200 lt mailto archiver 192 168 200 200 gt e Select Archive inbound mail e Select Archive outbound mail e Select Include local mailing list messages e Select Include MultiPOP collected messages e Optional Select Insert Archive Copy into message Subject header Default Domain amp Servers Send copes of al inbound and outbound mad bo these adckecces Baracuda Message Archiver IP Address Separat mupe ead addresses raih a comma charecher Archive bo public folder MDeemon PAC ordy e Archive inbound mail C archive based on recipierd addes i drehive outbound mad C aichive based on serde addiess Provide separate archives for each MDaemon domain All mad well be copeed into the Hal Archive pool pubie folder and sub folders thereof Ey dedauit tis hokia it onh accessibile by te postmaster via IMAP haing bet mensage are not archived to pubie folders H include local mailing ie messages e Include MuRiPOP collected messages incen Archive Copy into message Subpact header J Auchives should include mezzages macked as spam 3 Click OK to save your changes Barracuda Cloud Relay Service Configuration for Office 365 Mail Service This article applies to Barracuda M
32. TLS or unencrypted connections r cancel 5 Scroll down and click More options 6 Under Connection limits use the following settings e Inthe Maximum connections field specify the total number of authenticated and unauthenticated connections the specified server can accept The default value is 2 147 483 647 enter a value between 1 and 2 147 483 647 e Inthe Maximum connections from a single IP address field specify the number of connections that the server can accept from a single IP address The default value is 2 147 483 647 enter a value between 1 and 2 147 483 647 e In the Maximum connections from a single user field specify the maximum number of connections that the server can accept from a particular user The default value is 16 Enter a value between 1 and 16 e In the Maximum command size bytes field specify the maximum size of a single command The default size is 512 Enter a value between 40 and 1 024 Exchange Server 1800 Unauthenticated time out seconds BO a oe Toe ad a Maximum conmectroms 2147483647 Maximum connections from a single IP address 2147483647 Maximum connections from a single user 16 Maximum command z bytes F 7 Click save and then click ok in the warning dialog to save your changes Step 2 Start the POP3 Services Use the following steps to start the POP3 services you must log in as the system
33. auditors and end users Where to Start Step 1 How to Install the Barracuda Message Archiver Step 2 How to Configure the Barracuda Message Archiver Step 3 How to Configure the Web Interface Step 4 How to Configure Administrative Settings Step 5 Understanding Message Archiving Concepts Alternatively you can download the Barracuda Message Archiver Quick Start Guide including English German and Japanese translations Evaluation Guide Use the 30 Day Evaluation Guide as a sample road map for setting up and testing the Barracuda Message Archiver in your organization s environment Key Features New Message Import Depending on your network configuration there are several ways in which the Barracuda Message Archiver can receive new messages and other Microsoft Outlook items for archiving Import Historical Data Archive any existing stored items that were either stored on your email server prior to setting up the Barracuda Message Archiver or stored in pst files Search Archived Content Basic Search allows you to search archived content based on a word or phrase across all messages accessible by your account Advanced Search allows you to run a complex search query based on multiple criteria note that you can save queries for future use Retention Policies Set the maximum age of an archived message before it is permanently purged from the archive Define Policies and Policy Alerts In addition to built in poli
34. be the journaled message recipient i Remote Domain In previous versions of Exchange Server the Exchange Management Console was used to create a Remote Domain in Exchange Server 2013 the ECP EAC has no analogous functionality so you must use PowerShell to create the Remote Domain To create a Remote Domain you must enter a Name to describe the domain and the actual Domain Name to use In this example bm a int is the fake Domain Name that is used You can use bma int or create your own fake Domain Name Note that this Domain Name is used when creating the Mail Contact in Step 4 2a Open Exchange Server 2013 and click Exchange Management Shell 2b Execute the following command to create the remote domain this command ensures TNEF encloding is disabled and auto forwarding is enabled New RemoteDomain DomainName bma int Name Message Archiver Domain Get RemoteDomain Where _ DomainName eq bma int Set RemoteDomain TNEFEnabled Sfalse AutoForwardEnabled Strue 2c Enter the following command to verify the settings Get RemoteDomain Where _ DomainName eq bma int Format table Name DomainName TNEFEnabled AutoForwardEnabled i This command ensures TNEF encoding is disabled and auto forwarding is enabled Barracuda recommends disabling TNEF encoding Auto forwarding is enabled to allow mail for the contact to be forwarded to the Barracuda Message Archiver Step 3 Create a Recipient Mail Contact Alterna
35. click E mail Security and in the Script in Folders section select Allow script in shared folders and Allow script in Public Folders pe Ge oa Trust Center Trusted Publishers Encrypted e mail Privacy Options 9 El Encrypt contents and attachments for outgoing messages E Add digital signature to outgoing messages Send clear text signed message when sending signed messages Attachment Handling E Request S MIME receipt for all SMIME signed messages Automatic Download P EE ea re Default Setting LES Macro Settings Digital IDs Certificates Programmatic Access Digital IDs or Certificates are documents that allow you to prove your identity in electronic transactions Publish ta GAL Import Export Get a Digital ID Read as Plain Text El Read all standard mail in plain text Read all digitally signed mail in plain text Script in Folders Allow script in shared folders Allow script in Public Folders 5 Click OK to save your settings Policy Alerts This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher except where noted Policy Alerts are email notifications that are sent out whenever the Barracuda Message Archiver detects an incoming message that meets the criteria of a Saved Search This allows you to implement and monitor policies regarding your email traffic and identify both new and existing messages that meet the specified criteria You can create local auditor accounts
36. gt Retention page and click Help By default automatic message deletion is disabled on the Barracuda Message Archiver However your organization can select to expire messages based on the maximum age of messages If automatic message deletion is enabled the Global Retention Policy and any Saved Search retention policies are run against all archived messages once a week Note that before you can create a Saved Search retention policy you must create at least one Saved Search in the BASIC gt Search gt Advanced Search page i Important The Global Retention Policy setting does not apply to any messages that match a Saved Search retention policy If the age of any message exceeds the maximum age allowed by all Saved Search retention policies that apply to the message that message is permanently deleted from the Barracuda Message Archiver Use Case Global Retention Policy In this example Kari is the administrator and wishes to set the maximum age of an archived message before it is permanently purged from the archive Kari uses the following steps to set up retention using a Global Retention Policy Click here to expand 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver as the administrator 2 Go to the POLICY gt Retention page and set Allow automatic message deletion to Yes 3 In the Global Retention Policy section Kari determines the maximum number of days to retain messages If she enters 0 in this field the messages are kep
37. messages archived on the Barracuda Message Archiver to be included in searches Step 5 Understanding Message Archiving Concepts This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher except where noted Once you configure your administrative settings review the following Message Archiving concepts In this article e Policy Monitoring e Auditing e Stubbing e Attachment Parsing e Exporting Messages e Alias Unification e Archived Data Backup Policy Monitoring Many organizations need to keep track of organizational policy violations and to be alerted when violations occur Policies can include defining when it is acceptable to send messages containing executable files or any inappropriate content usually never identifying how often messages containing references to forbidden topics are sent especially when litigation is expected and when certain email recipients can be contacted excessive personal emails during business hours The Barracuda Message Archiver includes a set of standard policies that are updated regularly via Energize Updates and allows you to easily create your own policies to fit your specific organization environment You can configure alerts to go out whenever a policy violation is detected and reports are available to summarize new policy violations and to detect any that are found amongst the messages stored in the archive Auditing Organizations frequently use outside firms to per
38. select Apply to all messages New Rule Required fields Apply this rule E Apply to all messages Select one The sender is The recipient is The sender is in the scope of The recipient is in the scape of The sender is a member of The recipient is a member of The subject or body includes The sender address includes The recipient address includes Any attachment s content includes amp Cancel 10 From the Do the following menu select Bcc the message to New Rule Required fields Apply this rule Tass Apply to all messages Do the following Bcc the message to Select people Select one Forward the message for approval to Redirect the message to Reject the message and include the explanation Delete the message without notifying anyone Bcc the message to he Message x Save X Cancel 11 In the Select Members dialog box select the Journal Archive Mailbox you created in Step 2 click Add and then click OK 12 In the dialog box to the right of the Do the following menu the selected Journal Archive Mailbox name displays 13 In the Name of rule field enter the rule name for example Barracuda Message Archiver Rule New Rule 7 Required fields Apply this rule F Apply to all messages Do the following Bce the message to 7 Journal Add Action Except if Add Exception Name of rule
39. to which you have access Firmware Version Note that you must have Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or greater to search through folder hierarchy in PST files within the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface e Add Click to select additional stores Barracuda Message Archiver Retrieving folders Retrieving data from the Barracuda Message Archiver Once the folders are retrieved Archiver Stores to which you have access and that are not already being synchronized display Select the store you wish to add and click OK e Remove Click on a store in the list and then click Remove to remove it from the list of available stores e Options Click on a store in the list and then click Options to open the Mailbox Sync Options dialog box and specify the desired synchronization settings Wa Mailbox Sync Options _ Select Items to Sync Sync everything i Specify the number of days in the Sync items newer than field to govern how often messages are deleted and the period of time messages are stored Messages older than this value are deleted and messages newer than this value are synchronized and saved Set this value to a lower number to reduce synchronization time and reduce the size of the store e In the Message Stubbing section you specify message stubbing options For a description of each option see the Message Stubbing Options section Changing the URI Location If you need to change
40. 16 2008 10 6 18 2008 11 7 9 2008 2 54 7 15 2008 1 5 5 14 2010 141 10 21 2011 3 10 25 2011 1 6 24 2008 11 8 1 2011 4 06 5 If there are PST files that failed to complete due to corruption or other errors return to the main Admin Console window From the View menu select Filter and click Show Corrupt A list of all such PST files displays in the main window along with detailed information including the owner the originating client system and creation and last modification dates Independent investigation may be necessary to perform for each PST file that failed to import as there can be a variety of reasons for the failure including but not limited to e the client system does not have or does not allow adequate access to the PST file location e the PST file is too large for transfer e the PST file is still in use Error messages are found in various logs on the client system including those in the installation directory If you are unable to find a cause for the PST import errors consider enabling verbose logging or contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support for further assistance Assigned and Unassigned PSTs When the Barracuda PST Collector submits a PST file to the Barracuda Message Archiver the user s security identifier SID obtained from the Windows User Profile is collected and stored i If no user SID is available at the time the PST is sent to the PST Server automatic user assi
41. 2007 and 2010 Deployment 0 0 ccc eee eee es 70 1 3 1 6 1 Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 Deployment Template 00000 cee eee 70 1 3 1 6 2 Understanding Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 Envelope Journaling 000055 74 1 3 1 6 3 Configuring Envelope Journaling for Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 wee eee 75 1 3 1 6 4 Configuring an IMAP or POP3 Journal Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 85 1 3 1 6 5 How to Disable Throttling in Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 2 ec eee 91 1 3 1 7 Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Deployment 0 ccc cc eet ett t en enes 91 1 3 1 7 1 Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Deployment Template 00 00 92 1 3 1 7 2 Understanding Microsoft Exchange 2003 Envelope Journaling 0 000 eee 95 1 3 1 7 3 Configuring an SMTP Journal Account for Microsoft Exchange 2003 0 0 ce eee 96 1 3 1 7 4 Creating an Email Service Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 0000 eee eee eee 127 1 3 1 7 5 Configuring an IMAP4 or POPS Journal Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 4 128 1 3 1 8 Creating an Email Service Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 2010 and 2013 00005 132 1 3 2 High Availability Deployment senis 524 hire okt ooo atten to 4 eee Sea ee ee ee ees 134 1 3 2 1 Understanding Barracuda Message Archiver High Availability
42. 3 Set a workgroup name and password to connect to the SMB share note that the SMB share username is always smb 4 Click Save to save your settings On the external backup solution connect to the Barracuda Message Archiver using SMB and back up your data The Barracuda Message Archiver shares are published as P BMA SMB sharenumber Barracuda Backup To back up the Barracuda Message Archiver using Barracuda Backup i Firmware Version 5 1 or Higher The following steps refer to Barracuda Backup firmware version 5 1 or higher 1 Log in to Barracuda Backup as the Administrator and go to the BACKUP gt Sources page 2 Click Add Computer In the Add Computer page enter a computer description and enter the IP address or fully qualified domain name in the Computer Name field From the Computer Type drop down menu select Microsoft Windows 4 Set Enable File Share Backups to On enter smb as the Username and enter the password you set up on the ADVANCED gt Backup page in the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface Click Test Credentials to verify access to the file share Click Save at the top of the page Inthe Add Data Source page from the Data Type drop down menu select File Share CIFS Verify Enable Backups is turned On 9 In the File Share Information section enter BMA SMB as the Share Name and click Test Share 10 In the Folder Selection section specify which folders you want to back up 11 To replicat
43. Archiver In the Path to the archive directory field enter the full path to the archive directory based on the conventions of the operating system on which Kerio Connect is running i Important Do not use the UNC as the path specification 3 In the Actions section enter the remote email address in the Archive to the remote email address field for example archiver 192 168 200 200 Email is resent to this remote email address 4 In the Archive section select the following options a Local messages local sender local recipient All local messages messages sent from the local domain will be archived b Incoming messages remote sender local recipient All incoming messages will be archived from remote senders to local recipients c Outgoing messages local sender remote recipient All outgoing messages will be archived from local senders to remote recipients d Relayed messages remote sender remote recipient All messages forwarded to a relay server will be archived from remote senders to remote recipients Kerio Connect S A Roa cH Archiving and Backup a Users g Groups Archiving Backup amp Aliases gt Mailing Lists Enable email archiving gt Resources Target archive directory a CS Status Path to the archive directory opt kerio mailserver store archive CA Configuration 7 a Services To make the archive directory change take effect restart of Kerio Connect is required Domains T
44. Articles Configuring Envelope Journaling for Exchange 2013 Standard Journaling Configuring Envelope Journaling for Exchange 2013 Premium Journaling Configuring Envelope Journaling for Exchange 2007 and 2010 Configuring an SMTP Journal Account for Exchange 2003 SMTP Forwarding You can enable SMTP forwarding as a method for adding messages to the Barracuda Message Archiver and also specify trusted hosts so that the Barracuda Message Archiver accepts only those messages forwarded by trusted whitelisted hosts You enable SMTP forwarding on the MAI L SOURCES gt SMTP IM page When enabled and one or more IP addresses are listed as trusted mail is accepted only from the listed IP address mail is blocked and not archived if the source is from an IP address not listed in this section When disabled and one or more IP addresses are listed as trusted mail coming from a listed IP address is accepted no matter the domain present in the SMTP envelope of the inbound mail and mail coming from an IP address not listed in this section is rejected if the SMTP envelope does not contain a domain listed in the Local Domains section on the BASIC gt IP Configuration page Trusted SMTP Servers Trusted forwarding servers are those servers whose messages are to be accepted and archived by the Barracuda Message Archiver When SMTP forwarding is enabled on the MAIL SOURCES gt SMTP IM page add the IP addresses of all trusted forwarding servers that
45. Backup page to complete the system configuration backup 2 Log into the Barracuda Message Archiver you want to remove from the HA configuration navigate to the ADVANCED gt High Availability page and in the Cluster Settings section complete the following e Change or clear the Cluster Shared Secret field e Click Save Changes the Barracuda Message Archiver is now unable to communicate with the other system in the HA configuration and any messages arriving on the other system after this time are not duplicated on the system you are removing e On the system you are removing delete the Barracuda Message Archiver from the Clustered Systems table and click Save Changes 3 On the Barracuda Message Archiver you are not removing navigate to the ADVANCED gt High Availability page and delete the remov ed Barracuda Message Archiver entry from the Clustered Systems table Replace a System Remove the old device and install the new replacement device using the Barracuda Message Archiver Quick Start Guide Once the new device is installed follow the steps in the following sections to complete the system replacement in the HA configuration 1 How to Prepare Systems for High Availability 2 How to Join Systems in a High Availability Configuration CommuniGate Pro E Mail Server Deployment This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 and higher and the CommuniGate Systems Communi Gate Pro E Mail Server The foll
46. Barracuda PST Collector Client 64bit version installer ending in _x64 msi e Barracuda PST Collector administrator module Barracuda PST Collector adm 3 Move or copy the Barracuda PST Collector adm file to your local systemroot inf directory for example C winnt inf 4 Copy the msi file s to a location or file share accessible to users Create the PST Collector Software Distribution Package Use the following steps to configure the Barracuda PST Collector Client Open the Configuration Manager Console and navigate to System Center Configuration Manager gt Site Database gt Computer Management gt Software Distribution and complete the following 1 Go to System Center Configuration Manager gt Site Database gt Computer Management gt Collections and create a Collection to enable the selection of the computer resources of the targeted user computers 2 Go to System Center Configuration Manager gt Site Database gt Computer Management gt Packages and use the New Package Wiz ard to create a distribution package specifying the UNC path of the msi file s to be deployed 3 Use the New Distribution Points Wizard to select the distribution server s 4 Use the New Advertisements Wizard to create a job to distribute the package to users use the Schedule tab to select dates and times to run the package Verify Barracuda PST Collector Client Installation Use the following steps to verify that the Barracuda PST Collector Client is ins
47. DURATION TO THE WARRANTY PERIOD BECAUSE SOME STATES OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS AND YOU MAY ALSO HAVE OTHER RIGHTS WHICH VARY FROM JURISDICTION TO JURISDICTION General Terms Applicable to the Energize Update Software License Disclaimer of Liabilities INNO EVENT WILL BARRACUDA NETWORKS BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOST REVENUE PROFIT OR DATA OR FOR SPECIAL INDIRECT CONSEQUENTIAL INCIDENTAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES HOWEVER CAUSED AND REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE ENERGIZE UPDATE SOFTWARE EVEN IF BARRACUDA NETWORKS OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES In no event shall Barracuda Networks liability to Customer whether in contract tort including negligence or otherwise exceed the price paid by Customer BECAUSE SOME STATES OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES THE ABOVE LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU This Energize Update Software License shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to principles of conflict of laws provided that for Customers located in a member state of the European Union Norway or Switzerland English law shall apply The United Nations Convention on the International Sale of Goods shall not
48. Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete 3 For any listed file including files that did not complete click the View Log link to display a log of what transpired during the import or click the Report link to view a summary of the imported data Generate and Save a PST Collection Activity Report 1 On the system where the Barracuda PST Collector Server is installed and go to Start gt Programs gt Barracuda gt Message Archiver gt PST Collector to open the PST Collector Admin Console 2 From the File menu click Export Discovered PST Data 3 Select the name and location where you want to store the data displayed in the main window The file is saved in CSV format suitable for reading by Microsoft Excel or similar program Uninstall the Barracuda PST Collector Use the following steps to uninstall the Barracuda PST Collector from the client systems and server 1 Using the Group Policy Management Editor uninstall the Barracuda PST Collector Client from all systems to which it was deployed 2 Uninstall the Barracuda PST Collector Server from the system where it was installed typically via the Add or Remove Programs utility Option 2 ADM with Custom Deployment This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver
49. For example stored_size 100 Matches all emails with an actual message size on disk of 100 bytes size 1536 Matches all emails with a raw size of 1 5KB Multi Text Search Strings A collection of Text based words or phrases separated by spaces Each item listed must match somewhere but they do not have to be adjoining or found in the order supplied For example team meeting reminder Matches the phrase team meeting reminder as well as the phrase reminder about the team meeting This does not match reminder to the team about the meeting final exam open book Matches the phrase The final exam will be open book as well as the phrase an open book final exam This does not match the final exam is open to anyone with a book Wildcards Wildcards are characters in search strings that can match arbitrary characters in a search They can ONLY be used as part of a single word and are NOT allowed as the first character of a search word They are also NOT allowed in any double quoted string containing multiple words i e spaces Wildcards are not allowed as part of a phrase or any search string that is comprised of more than one word regardless of the use of double quotes For example nation Matches this nation and nationality This does not match multinational or condemnation p e Matches any 5 letter word that starts with p and ends with e This does not match pore only 4 letters or pounce 6 letters
50. If a system in the HA configuration goes offline its mail sources are not imported unless you configure another system to import from those same sources The HA peer continues to archive and messages waiting to be copied to the offline system are deferred and retried indefinitely until the system is back online Figure 2 Primary Barracuda Message Archiver in HA Configuration is Offline Internet T Primary Barracuda Message Archiver Internal Email Users Journaling Email Server A Incoming outgoing message content Secondary Barracuda Message Archiver 2 Users send and receive message content 3 Administrator manually redirects content from the Email Server to Secondary device 4 Content received by Secondary device 5 Users search retrieve archived content Once the system is back online it resumes polling its accounts and receiving pushed mail Any items that were queued to copy to the HA peer resume copying Figure 3 Primary Barracuda Message Archiver in HA Configuration is Back Online Internet Primary Barracuda Message Archiver Journaling Email Server f Internal Email Users Secondary Barracuda Message Archiver 2 Administrator manually redirects traffic back to the Primary device Any messages received by Secandary device while Primary device was offline are queued for copy 3 Message content waiting to be copied is sent from Secondary device to Primary device See View High
51. Inthe Address space field enter the domain created earlier e g oma int and click OK The SMTP connector is added ace s to which this connector wil ar i i iif i 5 Click Next Select Route mail through the following smart host om P Introduction New Send Connector Network settings Select how to send mal vath this connector C Use domain name system DNS MO records to route mail automatically O Network settings E Boute mall h the follows amat host L Source Server ea add Edit erate Smathot o L Completion P Address space Use the Extemal DNS Lookup settings on the transport server 6 Click Add In the Add smart host dialog box select IP address and enter the IP address of your Barracuda Message Archiver Add smart host f P address IP Address of your Barracuda Message Archiver Example 192 168 10 10 Fully qualified domain name FODN m Example ipgateway contoso cam Cancel 7 Click OK to add the IP address Click Next then click Next again 8 In the Source Server page if your Exchange server is not already listed click Add to search for and add the server to this list Click Next to verify your configuration and click New to create the Send Connector Click Finish to return to the Send Connectors tab the newly created Send Connector displays in the list 9 Right click on the new Send Connector and click Properties 10 In the Properties dialog box clear M
52. Message Archiver Options Import policy Between and 4 Enter the hostname not the URI of your Barracuda Message Archiver for example archiver company com and select the desired import policy for PSTs e Automatic All PSTs are approved for transfer without any further interaction from a system administrator Recommended e Manual A PST is approved for transfer only if that PST has been manually marked for transfer using the Admin Console This setting always requires administrative input as each discovered PST file must be explicitly marked for import This setting is typically used for importing only specific PST files manually prioritizing specific PST files over others or during testing of the Barracuda PST Collector in your environment e Scheduled A PST is approved for transfer only if the request occurs within a configured time window This setting is typically used to restrict PST transfers to a specified time period when there is less traffic such as after business hours Configure the Barracuda PST Collector Client Use the following steps to configure the Barracuda PST Collector Client 1 While still logged into your Barracuda Message Archiver as admin navigate to the USERS gt Client Downloads page and download the PST Collector Deployment Kit 2 Extract the contents to an easily accessible location the following files are included e Barracuda PST Collector Client 32bit version installer ending in _x86 msi e
53. Onice so OIMAP POP Deployment wa ete ature ot kates aortas A oath Bate reer ewe eo ears Pew 172 173 lt 1 3 UNIX Mall S rver Deployment se carea eaaa a wed ye aun Sam as anatase a EE is cae ahs E ae mee Dee Be aiest uk ae Ra TRB eT aac 2 175 1 3 14 Barracuda Message Archiver and the Barracuda Spam Firewall 0 00 cece eee ees 176 1 3 14 1 Understanding Email Encryption and Archival 0 0 00 0c ccc ttt tenet eens 176 1 3 14 2 How to Set Up Email Encryption and Archival 3 0235 scteiatinwdaea dyads taker ae Sew hin eteea bined aekeise 177 I AGEMING SlanlIeG wuria ee ee ot fete eae ee ee oie ee a ae ee ee fib ea ete eee te a oe ee eke et ee ates 179 1 4 1 Step 1 How to Install the Barracuda Message Archiver 0000 cc ccc eee 179 1 4 2 Step 2 How to Configure the Barracuda Message Archiver 000 cece eee ees 179 1 4 3 Step 3 How to Configure the Web Interface 0 0 eens 181 1 4 4 Step 4 How to Configure Administrative Settings 0 0 0 ccc ae 183 1 4 4 1 Configuration Management and Access 20 ccc ttn nett ttt t ttn t teenies 184 1 4 5 Step 5 Understanding Message Archiving Concepts 000 cece eens 187 jl oy o Yele a V ia ea mabe ao Secen ee mem were eon fm enn E RUN rig eat MP eee e Pv ner enn a nT Rene E E eee eee ee meer were eee ee 189 15 1 Understanding COmpllanCe j014 cowie ste Seas eee eee eed eee Seon ne eed Cet ee ee ee eek ed ee 190 15 2 How to Create Policy Based Se
54. Policy Alerts used by Auditors and administrators to monitor compliance and Retention Policies to purge messages from the Barracuda Message Archiver that are older than a specified date Viewing a Message The BASIC gt Search page of Barracuda Message Archiver initially displays a list of the archived messages that are accessible to the viewing account The Search page displays basic information about a message such as senders and recipients date subject and size You can view the contents of a message in one of two ways e the Preview Pane e the Message Details window Auditor Role The Auditor role can be configured to have access to all mail or to mail that meets specific patterns configured by the Administrator See your Barracuda Message Archiver Administrator for details on your specific setup A single click on any message in the Search results sends it to the embedded Preview Pane for viewing Double click on a message to view it ina separate Message Details popup window Both methods offer the ability to view the message as the sender intended for it to be viewed as well as the underlying message source code You can also select the character set to use for a particular message which can be especially useful when viewing a poorly formatted message that does not declare an appropriate charset You can download each viewable message to your desktop as an eml file Executing a Search Searches can be executed from either the Basic
55. Properties General Message Format Office 365 Tenant Domain Message Format Options F Allow automatic replies M Allow automatic forward F Allow delivery reports F Allow non delivery reports Display sender s name on messages Use message test line wrap at column Exchange rich text format C Always use f Never use Determined by individual user settings Character Sets MIME character set None T Non MINME character set Hone H Cancel Apply Help i Verify that only Never use and Allow automatic forward are selected in the dialog box 7 Click Apply to save your settings and click OK to close the Properties dialog Create a Mail Contact The Mail Contact is the account that is to act as a holding location for journaled messages The email address associated with this account is the designated recipient and should be associated with a nonroutable dummy domain name Use the following steps to create a Mail Contact 1 In the EMC expand Recipient Configuration select Mail Contact and in the Actions panel click New Mail Contact New Mail Contact Et El Introduction Introduction oe This wizard helps you create a new mad contact or mailenable an existing contact _ Contact Information Create a mail contact for Ld New Mail Contact New contact LJ Completion Existing contact Browse Help 2 In the dialog select New Contact and click Next
56. RAID storage to protect against physical drive failure However other environmental or catastrophic issues may occur that the built in RAID redundancy cannot protect against For this reason it is strongly recommended that the Barracuda Message Archiver administrator make use of the available mechanisms to back up the email data to an external location Use the steps in this article to back up the Barracuda Message Archiver message store using an external solution Drive Partitions The number of shares on the Barracuda Message Archiver can vary All models have share number 1 while higher model numbers may have additional shares If there are additional shares the share BMA_SMB contains these other directories For example a Barracuda Message Archiver 350 has one drive partition BMA SMB 1 which you would select to back up Here are the possible share configurations share numbers 1 2 1 2 3 4 Data Partition Backup You can back up archives using your existing backup solution such as Barracuda Backup via SMB access to the Barracuda Message Archiver s data partition i The Barracuda Message Archiver provides authenticated read only access to the internal data partition via CIFS To do so 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver as the administrator and go to the ADVANCED gt Backup page 2 In the Backup of Archives section set Back Up Archives via SMB to Yes to allow access to the message store as an SMB share
57. Rok refer to the article How to Enable RPC over HTTP Connectivity Configure Action Use this page to configure settings for the selected action using the Workflow fields View Summary The View Summary page in the Workflow displays the Exchange Server action details From this page you can click Simulate Action to perform a dry run of the selected action on the Exchange Server by looking for and identifying the items meeting the specified criteria without actually executing any action on those messages All items that meet the specified criteria are listed in the Activity Log for that operation but no actual content on the Exchange Server is modified Note that once you click Simulate Action an entry is added to the Recent Actions table Click the Report link in the Recent Actions table to review the results for the operation Email Stubbing If you simulate an Email Stubbing process make sure to reset the Schedule to Nightly if you want this to run nightly as opposed to immediately Click Submit to add the action to the Scheduled Actions table and close the workflow Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 2007 and 2010 Integration This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 2 and earlier and Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 2007 and 2010 If you are using firmware version 3 5 and higher refer to the article Microsoft Exchange Server Integration In this article e Exchange Integration e Recent Actions Use
58. Runtime Target All selected documents 2c In the Name field type the following value Barracuda Mail Archiver Copy to Inbox 2d In the Comment field you can optionally enter a comment to describe the agent In the Runtime section set the Trigger to On event and select After documents are created or modified Agent T m 7 x Mame G aracuda Mail 4nchiver Copy to Inbos Comment Required for IMAP Access Shared Private Shore search in search bar menu Options Mark j Store highlights imn document Trigger n event On schedule After documents are created or modified Runtime Edit settings Target Newly modified documents 2e Click the Close Mm icon to save your changes close the dialog box The Agent displays in the right pane Barracuda Mail Archiver Copy to Inbox Agent IBM Lotus Domino Designer File Edit Create Tools Help Wr wa g5 Mail Journaling 8 Design 38 g Baracuda Mail Archiver Copy 3 Ble Recent Datab y Ti Saai aiik Objects Reference Barracuda Mail Archiver Copy to Inbox Agent Options Views E E a Baracuda Mail Archiver Copy to Inb Run C amp Document Selection oo Mail Journaling 3 Options Option Public Wh bed DO MHIN OSOD O Global CAFE amp Declarations PT Pen Gf Pages FH E Forms BEE Views AE Folders Flt Shared Code H Q Agents of Web Services Bt Outlines H E Subformes eag Fields H EA Columns HE Actions Hg
59. Saved Search Step 4 Notification Alert Policies e Use Case Custom Alert Policy Step 5 Litigation Holds Auditor Role Only e Use Case Litigation Hold e Step 6 Retention Policies e Use Case Global Retention Policy Step 7 Search Mail Using the Web Interface e Use Case Export Messages Step 8 View Reports e Use Case Automatically Generate Daily Reports e Step 9 View Statistics e Step 10 Tools and Add Ins e Mobile Applications e Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application for Android e Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application for iPhone iPod Touch and iPad e Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In e Barracuda PST Collector e Barracuda Message Archiver Standalone Search Utility Use this article as a sample road map for setting up and testing the Barracuda Message Archiver in your organization s environment 2 Deploy the Barracuda Message gt 8 Add Users to the User Roles Define Notification Alert 5 Create Litigation Holds 2 Unpack Your Device and Complete the Quick Start Guide Archiver in Your Environment Policies as io ten eae op ae Ww G Set Up Retention Polides gt 7 Search Mail through the gt E Review Reports gt P View Performance Statistics gt f0 Search Using Add Ins and Mobile Devices Web Interface a Step 1 Initial Setup and Configuration Go to the Getting Sta
60. Search Results Allowed Enables the Forward All option in the Tools button of the Search page for the selected role e Tag All Allowed Enables the Tag All option in the Tools button of the appropriate Tags tab for the selected role Tagging can only be performed from the PSTs amp Tags tab for the Admin and Auditor roles and the Folders amp Tags tab for the User role Tagging cannot be done from the Standard search tab by any role e Enable Preview Pane Allows the selected roles to use the Preview Pane from the Search page Secondary Authorization Secondary Authorization allows you to require an additional password from both Admins and Auditors before executing any action that could expose message data such as accessing the Search pages or the Audit Logs Once Secondary Authentication is enabled and a password is set that same password is also required for all subsequent changes to Secondary Authentication including to the password itself e Enable Secondary Authorization Causes certain potentially sensitive actions to require an additional password to be entered before execution When set to Yes the password fields display System Reload Shutdown e Shutdown Shuts down and powers off the Barracuda Message Archiver e Restart Reboots the Barracuda Message Archiver e Reload Re applies the system configuration Will also re initialize the message database to allow the most recent within the past 30 minutes
61. Search based policy then the message is kept according to the longest policy length If it matches a Saved Search based policy as well as the global policy then the Saved Search policy takes precedence Litigation Holds Litigation Holds are created by auditors to prevent messages that meet the criteria for a specific Saved Search from being removed from the Barracuda Message Archiver The system administrator must first Enable Litigation Holds before auditors will be given the option to create them from the Saved Searches tab on the BASIC gt Search page The following information about active Litigation Holds includes e Auditor account name of Auditor who created the Litigation Hold e Saved Search name of the Saved Search associated with the Litigation Hold e Hold End Date date and time when this Litigation Hold expires To delete a litigation hold you must have system administrator rights click the trash can icon following the Litigation Hold you want to delete SMTP Proxy This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher The Barracuda Message Archiver has the ability to act as an SMTP proxy to directly forward messages to your email server if so desired The ADVANCED gt SMTP Proxy page allows you to enter the IP address and TCP port required to allow the Barracuda Message Archiver to forward emails to your email server for delivery i Important Because this feature causes the Barracuda Message Arch
62. Searches tab ine N OOA Archive Search Help Standard Tags Saved Searches Tasks gt T Displaying 1 1 Saved Search Description Last Modified Actions frontiere Litigation Hold Email To Cc contains frontiere AND Search Edit Delete Apply Litigation Hold Email Domain contains corpname com 8 In the Actions column click Apply Litigation Hold In the Apply Litigation Hold window you can specify to hold the associated emails as Indefinite or click Specific Date to select an Expiration Date Apply Litigation Hold Hold End Date Indefinite Specific Date Expiration Date 24 ao 26 2 26 2 30 7 9 Click OK to apply the litigation hold Once a litigation hold is added it displays in the Litigation Holds section on the POLICY gt Retention page when a user is logged in using the administrator role Litigation Holds Save Changes Help Enable Litigation Holds Yes No Allow auditors to create Litigation Holds Items designated by a Litigation Hold are not subject to deletion by Retention Policies Litigation Holds created by system auditors Messages matching these Saved Searches will be retained through the Hold End Date Auditor Saved Search Hold End Date m frontiere Litigation Hold 2013 09 24 23 59 59 Step 6 Retention Policies Additional Resources For more information refer to the article Retention Policies or log in to your Barracuda Message Archiver go to the POLICY
63. Server refer to Barracuda Message Archiver and Microsoft Exchange Server Migration How it Works In Microsoft Exchange 2003 journaling is enabled at the mailbox store level Configuring envelope journaling allows messages sent to the journaling mailbox to retain complete recipient information including bcc recipients If envelope journal headers are available the Barracuda Message Archiver uses these headers to determine e Actual recipients e End user archived message access permissions i Important Journaling Options Journaled mail can be sent to the Message Archiver via SMTP or push journaling or journaled mail can remain in the journal mailbox and retrieved via POP3 or IMAP or pull method of journaling If you are unable to create an additional mail store instead of using SMTP to push mail you can use the pull method to journal mail content using POP3 or IMAP e If you are running Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Enterprise Edition and you want to use Push Journaling see Configuring an SMTP Journal Account for Microsoft Exchange 2003 e If you are running Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Standard Edition or if you want to use Pull Journaling see Configuring an IMAP or POPS Journal Account for Microsoft Exchange 2003 i Best Practice To use push journaling you must create a dedicated mailbox store for the envelope journaling mailbox otherwise mail arriving in the mailbox results in unwanted mail loops Microsoft recom
64. Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is
65. States Platform Ob Support information Contact Phone URL coed _ 3 Click the Deployment tab and click Advanced In the Advanced deployment options section turn off Mak e this 32 bit X86 application available to Win64 machines Advanced Deployment Options x Advanced deployment options ignore language when deploying this package Make this 32 bit X86 application available to Win64 machines P Include OLE class and product information Advanced diagnostic information Product code 52E 7017 7 EFS4C2F 8564 63314A31 E4434 Deployment Count 0 Script name shadenet Jocal sysvol shadenet local Policies io 1B2F340 016D 11D2 945F 0C04F 6984 9 Machine Applications 2 A6DCCAF E9C1 42AF A1A9 55980093A083E aas 4 Click OK to save your settings and click OK to close the Properties window Install the Barracuda PST Collector Client Use the following steps to download and install the Barracuda PST Collector Client 1 2 CON OO Ff 9 10 11 12 Copy the msi file s to a location or file share accessible to users Open the Group Policy Management Editor for the organizational unit OU that is to use the Barracuda PST Collector e g the default domain policy Either edit the default policy or create a new policy object and link it to the desired container For example the particular OU containing the computers on which the Barracuda PST Collector Client is t
66. Stores tu Sn EE TLL sea icon on the toolbar a tooltip displays additional information Store synchronization occurs when either the user clicks the Sync Archiver Stores tu Ea aLL E icon after nightly synchronization jobs are complete or shortly after Outlook is started Manual Folder Content Synchronization Firmware Version This feature is available only in the Barracuda message Archiver Outlook Add In version 3 2 and higher To manually synchronize all folder content on the Barracuda Message Archiver click the Sync Archiver Stores Q Sync Archiver Stores icon in the Outlook toolbar How to Search and Archive Messages Using the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or greater except where noted and the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In version 3 1 or greater except where noted The Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In supports Outlook versions 2003 2007 2010 and 2013 Verify the Outlook Add In version available for download on the USERS gt Client Downloads page is the same major revision as the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware In this article e Searching e Search Criteria e Advanced Search Criteria e Message Results e Archiving Messages e Applying a Category to Archived Items e Restoring Stubbed Content to Microsoft Exchange Installing and Configuring Deployment Troubleshooting Mobile Application for iPhone iPo
67. The FQDN or IP Address displays in the SMART HOST list verify the address J Send Connector Windows Internet Explorer new send connector A send connector can route mail directly through DNS or redirect it to a smart host Leam more Network settings Specify how to send mail with this connector C MX record associated with recipient domain Route mail through smart hosts SMART HOST 10 66 32 22 Use the extemal DNS lookup settings on servers with transport roles 4f Click next In the Smart host authentication page because authentication is not used on the smart host connection to the Barracuda Message Archiver no changes are necessary click next J Send Connector Windows Internet Explorer Help new send connector Configure smart host authentication Learn more Smart host authentication None Basic authentication Offer basic authentication only after starting TLS User name Daccword I IO Note all smart hosts must accept the same usemame and password Q Exchange server authentication O Externally secured for example with IPSec 4g In the Address space section click the Add icon J Send Connector Windows Internet Explorer Help new send connector A send connector routes mail to a specified list of domains These domains can be SMTP address space or a custom type Learn more Address
68. URL to disable this field and enforce usage of the specified URL 4 Configure other settings as required For an explanation of the available settings click the Explain tab in the policy Administrative Template Deployment Options Use the following steps to deploy the Microsoft installer MSI file 1 Start the GPO Editor for the domain where you will be installing the Outlook Add In 2 Either ealt the default policy or create a new policy object and link it to the desired container for example the particular OU containing the computers of users that will be using the add in 3 Navigate to Computer Configuration gt Software Settings gt Software Installation right click Software Installation and select New P ackage 4 Enter the UNC path to the msi file located in the shared folder and click OK Outlook 2010 or Outlook 2013 64 Bit Support If you have both 32 bit and 64 bit machines in your environment but none of the 64 bit machines are running Outlook 2010 or Outlook 2013 64 bit the x86 version of the MSI is recommended for deploying the add in by default to all 32 bit as well as 64 bit machines However if there are some 64 bit machines that have Outlook 2010 or Outlook 2013 64 bit installed then there are three possible deployment scenarios Scenario 1 Every 64 bit machine in your environment has Outlook 2010 or Outlook 2013 64 bit installed Click to view Scenario 1 In this case perform all of the following steps
69. Update Changes Barracuda Networks reserves the right at any time not to release or to discontinue release of any Energize Update Software and to alter prices features specifications capabilities functions licensing terms release dates general availability or other characteristics of any future releases of the Energize Update Software Proprietary Notices Customer agrees to maintain and reproduce all copyright and other proprietary notices on all copies in any form of the Energize Update Software in the same form and manner that such copyright and other proprietary notices are included on the Energize Update Software Except as expressly authorized in this Agreement Customer shall not make any copies or duplicates of any Energize Update Software without the prior written permission of Barracuda Networks Customer may make such backup copies of the Energize Update Software as may be necessary for Customer s lawful use provided Customer affixes to such copies all copyright confidentiality and proprietary notices that appear on the original Protection of Information Customer agrees that aspects of the Energize Update Software and associated documentation including the specific design and structure of individual programs constitute trade secrets and or copyrighted material of Barracuda Networks Customer shall not disclose provide or otherwise make available such trade secrets or copyrighted material in any form to any third party without the p
70. a substring search but they cannot be used as the first character of a search string Entering son will be the same as entering son Wildcards may not be used in multi word phrases even when double quoted Order does not matter unless the words are in quotes Searching for meeting room no quotes matches Meeting in Room 23 Room 34 is available for your meeting and the meeting room is empty However entering meeting room with quotes matches only the meeting room is empty Certain common English words are ignored See the Stop Words section for a complete list of the words that are ignored in searches even when used inside quotes Wildcard searches also respect Stop Words so attaching wildcards to a Stop Word should be avoided since this is the same as if the word was not there at all Entering to does NOT match all words starting with the letters to such as today and tomorrow but is treated as if just was entered and therefore matches all words New messages received on the Barracuda Message Archiver may not appear in search results for up to 30 minutes While messages are archived and indexed as they are received the searchable index is updated every 30 minutes for performance reasons If an immediate search is needed across new messages the administrator can go to the BASIC gt Administration page and click Reload n the System Reload Shutdown section to update the searchable index with new content Advanced Search
71. account is POPS or IMAP once you select the protocol the default port number automatically populates the Port field e Username Enter the username or ID associated with this mailbox as defined by your server This is usually the mailbox designated as the journaling email address on your mail server and specified by the complete email address such as journal example com e Password Enter the password associated with the username e Encryption Select the type of encryption used to connect to the mail server e TLS if available e TLS e SSL e None e Port Select the associated port based on the selected protocol the default value is port 143 for IMAP and port 110 for POPS 4 Keep Items on Server e Select Off to allow the Barracuda Message Archiver to automatically clean up the contents of the journal mailbox after each import e Select On to prevent the Barracuda Message Archiver from removing the journaled messages from the mail server only turn this option on if the contents of the journal account is required by other applications In this case make sure that another method for cleaning up the journal account is enabled on the mail server in order to prevent unlimited growth on the mail server and to stay in compliance with your organization s message retention policies Barracuda Networks recommends that you set the value of keep Items on Server to Off to save hard drive space on your mail server 5 Click Add to add the
72. additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use reproduction or distribution of Your modifications or for any such Derivative Works as a whole provided Your use reproduction and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License 5 Submission of Contributions Unless You explicitly state otherwise any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License without any additional terms or conditions Notwithstanding the above nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions 6 Trademarks This License does not grant permission to use the trade names trademarks service marks or product names of the Licensor except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file 7 Disclaimer of Warranty Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing Licensor provides the Work and each Contributor provides its Contributions on an AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND either express or implied including without limitation any warranties or conditions of
73. administrator to complete these steps 1 Log into the system running the Client Access server role and open Services Start gt Programs gt Administrative Tools gt Services Right click Microsoft Exchange POP3 and then click Start 2 Log into the system running the Mailbox server role and open Services Start gt Programs gt Administrative Tools gt Services Right click Microsoft Exchange POP3 Backend and then click Start Setting Up an IMAP Journal Account By default IMAP4 client connectivity is not enabled on Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 To enable IMAP4 client connectivity you must start both of the following IMAP services e Microsoft Exchange IMAP4 Service e Microsoft Exchange IMAP4 Backend Service Once enabled Exchange 2013 accepts unsecured IMAP4 client communications on port 143 and over port 993 using Secure Sockets Layer SSL For configuration and testing details refer to the following sections in the Microsoft TechNet article Enable IMAP4 in Exchange 2013 e Use the Microsoft Management Console Services snap in to enable IMAP4 e Use the Shell to enable IMAP4 e How do you know this worked Add a Journal Account to the Barracuda Message Archiver Once you configure the Service on your Exchange Server you can add the journal account to the Barracuda Message Archiver to begin retrieving new messages for archiving 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver as the administrator and go to MAIL SOURCES
74. agent to copy all messages to the Inbox folder to allow access by IMAP 2a Expand Shared Code click Agents and click New Agent in the center pane Mail Journaling 8 Design Agents IBM Lotus Domino Designer File Edit View Create Agent Tools Help f E E Mail Journaling 8 Design 3 Em Recent Databases 2 xL Enable 35 Disable ay Name gt Alias gt Last Modified J Mail Journaling 8 Archive archive Mow OF 7350 2008 10 31 25 PM i MAND TAA eee e SEEN Archive Archive Selected 07 30 2008 10 31 25 Fi i E Framesets ArchiveCreate Criteria OF 30 2008 10 31 a di Archive pen Log 07 30 2008 10 ay orn PE Viens Archives Settings archivesettings OF S0 2008 Ie j H 9 Folders Domino Web Access Edit DOLSEdtOtineCo 07 30 2008 y o i Shared Code Domino Web Access Opet 07730200 H Agents i z oe Senie Domino Web Access Syne iwa_Synclourmal 07 3074 HE Outlines Localacheduled4 rchive Me ars H E Subforms o LotualnbosCleanup Pi amg Fields O DatDfOffice H EE Columns H Actions Update Tasks EA S Script Libraries Add Recipien a 0H Shared Resources Add Regi K E Composite Applications HEY Other we 2b The Agent dialog box displays Agent hl mt y UV Name Comment Shared Private Store search in search bar menu Options ee j Store highlights imn document Run im background chent thread Trigger n event On schedule Acton menu selection
75. all clients 1 On the system where the Barracuda PST Collector Server is installed open the Admin Console Start gt Programs gt Barracuda gt Mess age Archiver gt PST Collector 2 From the Reports menu click Registered Clients a window displays a list of all systems currently running a Barracuda PST Collector Client configured to connect to the PST Collection Server Registered Clients eb shade 47 n Registration timestamp 11 18 2011 2 40 PM PST file s discovered 47 5 7G 3 Once the software is installed it displays in the list of registered clients 4 Refresh the Registered Clients display on the Barracuda PST Collector Server and verify the restarted system is registering correctly Monitor and Verify PST Collection Use the following steps to monitor and verify PST collection 1 On the system where the Barracuda PST Collector Server is installed open the Admin Console Start gt Programs gt Barracuda gt Message Archiver gt PST Collector 2 From the Reports menu click Import Progress Import Progress Discovered PST file s 47 5 76 Completed PST file s 10 38 2M Transferring PST file s O 0K Pending PST file s 35 5 66 Corrupt PST file s 1 265 0K Missing PST file s 1 513 0K A window displays the number and size of the PST files that e were discovered e have completed transfer to the Barracuda Message Archiver e are in the midst of a transfer e are awaiting transf
76. all the archived messages once a week Warning If the age of any message exceeds the maximum age allowed by all Saved Search retention policies that apply to the message that message is permanently deleted from the Barracuda Message Archiver The Global Retention Policy setting does not apply to any messages that match a Saved Search retention policy To enable or disable the automatic message expiration set the Allow automatic message deletion option to Yes or No Global Retention Policy The Global Retention Policy applies to every archived message When retention policies are run against the archived messages once per week any messages stored on the Barracuda Message Archiver that are older than this age are deleted unless they match an existing Saved Search p olicy To configure the Global Retention Policy 1 Verify that the Allow automatic message deletion option is set to Yes 2 In the Policy Length field enter the number of days to retain any archived message 3 Click Save Changes Saved Search Retention Policy You can define a retention policy based on a Saved Search to automatically delete archived messages from the Barracuda Message Archiver Note that before you can create a Saved Search retention policy you must create at least one Saved Search in the BASIC gt Search gt Advanced Search page Messages that match the specified Saved Search are permanently removed from the Barracuda Message Archiver when the age of
77. allow remote users to use either the web interface or the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add in Continue with Step 3 How to Configure the Web Interface Step 3 How to Configure the Web Interface This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher Before configuring the web interface complete Step 2 How to Configure the Barracuda Message Archiver In this article e Configure the Barracuda Message Archiver from the Web Interface e Activate Subscriptions e Update the Barracuda Message Archiver Firmware e Update Definitions Configure the Barracuda Message Archiver from the Web Interface Verify the system accessing the web interface is connected to the same network as the Barracuda Message Archiver and that the appropriate routing is in place to allow connection to the IP address of the Barracuda Message Archiver via a web browser A Secure Access To ensure the highest security use HTTPS to configure your Barracuda Message Archiver web interface In addition Barracuda Networks recommends requiring HTTPS to connect to the Barracuda Message Archiver To configure this setting go to the ADVANCE D gt Secure Administration page in the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface To configure administrative settings on the Barracuda Message Archiver 1 From a web browser enter http followed by the IP address of the Barracuda Message Archiver followed by the default Web Interface HTTP Port 8000 For
78. and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED INNO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS MAKING USE OF THIS LICENSE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE Barracuda Products may contain programs that are Copyright c 1998 2003 Carnegie Mellon University All rights reserved Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution The name Carnegie Mellon University mus
79. apply If any portion hereof is found to be void or unenforceable the remaining provisions of the Energize Update Software License shall remain in full force and effect Except as expressly provided herein the Energize Update Software License constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the license of the Energize Update Software and supersedes any conflicting or additional terms contained in the purchase order Open Source Licensing Barracuda products may include programs that are covered by the GNU General Public License GPL or other open source license agreements The GNU license is re printed below for you reference These programs are copyrighted by their authors or other parties and the authors and copyright holders disclaim any warranty for such programs Other programs are copyright by Barracuda Networks GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE GPL Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin St Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free
80. be redirected to a different site or receive an HTTP 503 error This is expected You should not encounter any other HTTP errors Troubleshooting Use this section to test your Exchange configuration Test Remote Connectivity Use Microsoft s Remote Connectivity Analyzer to test connectivity set up criteria for example e Test whether Exchange Server is providing RoH e Verify basic authentication is enabled basic authentication is required e Verify proper certificate chain is loaded For example from the Exchange Server tab you can test your Exchange Server RoH configuration and from the Client tab you can download a standalone test client to your local workstation i The remote connectivity tool is available from the Microsoft website https testconnectivity microsoft com Test RoH Connectivity using Outlook Use the following steps to verify your RoH configuration 1 Go to the Mail applet in the Outlook Control Panel the exact appearance of the Mail applet varies depending on your version of Windows and Outlook t Mail Setup Outlook E mail Accounts ro a Setup e mail accounts and directories SMA Data Files Es Profiles Change settings for the files Outlook uses to store e mail messages and documents Setup multiple profiles of e mail accounts and data files Typically you only need one 2 Click Show Profiles General The following profiles are set up on this computer Remove Wh
81. can configure a global message content filter using the MailEnable Mail Transfer Agent MTA to forward a copy of all incoming and Outgoing messages to your Barracuda Message Archiver IP address In this article e Set Up MailEnable Standard Edition e Set up MailEnable Professional or Enterprise Edition Additional Resource Barracuda Networks Knowledgebase Solution 00 003577 How to archive the messages that are sent and received by MailEnable MailEnable Enterprise Edition Configuration Guide MailEnable Standard Guide 6 0 MailEnable Professional Guide 6 0 MailEnable Enterprise Guide 6 0 Set Up MailEnable Standard Edition MailEnable Standard Edition uses the MTA Pickup Event through the Message Snoop Utility MESNOOP executable to set up message archiving Use the following steps to enable the MTA pickup event 1 Download MESNOOP ZIP from the MailEnable website http Awww mailenable com utilities addons MESNO OP zip 2 Extract the files and copy MSNOOP EXE to the following directory C Program Files Mail Enable Bin directory 3 Double click the file and click Run The MailEnable Message Snoop Utility opens 4 In the Filtering section turn on Copy All Mail and enter the Barracuda Message Archiver IP address in the associated field 5 Click OK to save your settings The MTA pickup event begins archiving mail to the Barracuda Message Archiver IP Address Set up MailEnable Professional or Enterprise Edition
82. computer if you do not find the desired information in the Event Log consider enabling verbose logging and restarting the computer e For additional information on fixing Group Policy issues see Fixing Group Policy problems by using log files on the Microsoft technet website Configure Using DNS Use the following steps to create an SRV record in the form _barracuda_ma _tcp AD domain O ON OOF WD On the DNS server click Start click Administrative Tools click DNS Expand the tree until the domain displays for example archiver local right click on the domain name click Other New Records Inthe dialog select the resource record type Service Location SRV and click Create Record From the Service drop down menu select _barracuda_ma From the Protocol drop down menu select _tcp Click Port Number and enter the port number if you do not enter a port number port 443 is used by default In the Host offering this service field enter the AD domain of the Barracuda Message Archiver for example archiver domain local Click OK and then click Done Under the domain name in the left pane click _tcep the SRV record displays in the list in the center pane When using a DNS configured hostname to configure the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In HTTPS is always used Installing and Configuring the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In In this This article refers to the Barracuda M
83. custom type Learn more Address space Specify the address space or spaces to which this connector will route mail f TYPE a DOMAIN COST Scoped send connector 4h In the Address Space page enter the domain that matches the domain for the external email address used to create the journal contact for example bma int see Step 2 f Address Space Webpage Dialog P Help add domain Type SMTP Full Qualified Domam Name FQDN bma int Cost aas 4i The domain is added to the Address space list ffs Send Connector Windows Internet Explorer Help new send connector A send connector routes mail to a specified list of domains These domains can be SMTP address space or a custom type Learn more Address space Specify the address space or spaces to which this connector will route mail DOMAIN COST SMTP bma int l Scoped send connector 4j Click next In the Source server section click the Add icon J Send Connector Windows Internet Explorer new send connector A send connector sends mail from a list of servers with transport roles or Edge Subscriptions Learn more Source server Associate this connector with the following servers containing transport roles You can also add Edge Subscriptions to this list 4k Ve
84. directory and Barracuda Message Archiver parameters note that Http represents your Barracuda Message Archiver hostname not a URI or port NsfDump exe NsfDirectory C NsfFiles JobDirectory C NsfDump Http archiver example com Note that NsfDump exe also supports the Ns command to import single NSF files if Nsf Directory Is not suitable for some reason This allows you to automate import using the desired approach for example batch files How to Configure Your Barracuda Message Archiver to Act as an SMTP Proxy to Your Email Server Related Articles e Understanding Email Encryption and Archival e How to Set Up Email Encryption and Archival If you have a Barracuda Spam Firewall and your email server has journaling capabilities it is recommended that you set up Remote Journal Accounts as outlined in How to Set Up Email Journaling However if your email server is not able to journal messages you can configure your Barracuda Message Archiver to act as an SMTP proxy to your email server and activate the journaling feature that is available on the Barracuda Spam Firewall to submit messages to the Barracuda Message Archiver Important The Barracuda Message Archiver MUST be configured to be the SMTP relay even for all internal email traffic because messages that bypass the Barracuda Spam Firewall are not available for journaling The following image illustrates the required traffic flow Barracuda Message Archiver Inc
85. e Creating an Email Service Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 e Creating an Email Service Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 2010 and 2013 The password should be alphanumeric a timeout can occur if characters such as amp are included in the password Domain Enter the domain for the authorized account specified in the Username field i e The Exchange domain may not be the same as your DNS domain e lf the Barracuda Message Archiver cannot resolve the specified domain go to the BASIC gt IP Configuration page and specify the DNS server to one of your Windows domain controllers 3 Specify the desired import synchronization and stubbing action settings based on the details in Table 1 below for additional details click the Help button on the MAIL SOURCES gt Exchange Integration page in the web interface 4 Once you set up your import synchronization and stubbing details click on one of the following buttons a Scheduled Action Click to start the specified actions on the Exchange Server b Simulate Action Click to perform a dry run of the selected actions on the Exchange Server This allows you to review your settings before actually importing content c Verify Sources Click to view a list of the individual mailboxes that are to be used based on the provided parameters Table 1 Action Settings by Tab Tab Section Description Email Import Imports all items matching the item source filter fro
86. each item for the entered text Searches for all items with a timestamp that matches the specified date range For Appointments the Date is the scheduled start date and time of the Appointment For Tasks the Date is the date and time that the Task was created Look in all fields and all data contained in each item for the entered text Look in all fields and all data contained in each item for the EXACT phrase as entered Look only in the From field of each item for the entered text For Appointments the From field is usually equivalent to the Organizer of the Appointment and is the sender or creator of the Appointment Look only in the Subject line of each item for the entered text Date Location Attendees Table 5 Search Parameter Distribution List Entire Message Entire Message Phrase Owner Subject Date Members Table 6 Search Parameter Task Entire Message Entire Message Phrase Delegator From Subject Date Assignee To Table 7 Search Parameter Contact Entire Message Searches for all Appointments scheduled for the specified time period Combine two or more Date searches to get a list of Appointments scheduled to occur between a specific start and end date Look only in the Location field of each item for the entered text Look only in the Attendees field of each item for the entered text For Appointments the Attendees field is usually the equivalent of the To
87. emails e Exports of archived messages e Configuration restoration If a task takes a long time to complete you can click the Cancel link next to the task name and then run the task at a later time when the system is less busy The Task Errors section lists an error until you manually remove it from the list errors are not phased out over time Any task that results in an error is listed in the Task Errors section with a red Error Summary link to this list present on every page in the UI as long as there are errors in this list Click on the Clear link to remove errors since all errors remain in this list until explicitly removed Understanding the Front Panel Indicator Lights The Barracuda Message Archiver has five indicator lights on the front panel that blink when the system processes any message Light Color Description Red Reserved for future use Yellow Reserved for future use Traffic Green Blinks when the Barracuda Message Archiver processes traffic Data I O Green Blinks during data transfer Power Green Displays a solid green light when the system is powered on Reports This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 and higher except where noted In this article e Email Activity Report e Top Storage Users Report e Policy Violations Report e Global Searches Report e Usage Report Available only in Release 3 2 and Higher e Generate Reports e Show Report e Email Report e Daily Report Email O
88. enabled as the Collector uses a separate import directory Install the Barracuda PST Collector Server Use the following steps to download install and configure the Barracuda PST Collector Server 1 While still logged into your Barracuda Message Archiver as admin navigate to the USERS gt Client Downloads page 2 Download and install the server application on a Microsoft Windows based system in your environment that can be reached by all the systems on which the client application is to be deployed Note that this need not be an actual server nor does it need any special configuration you can even use a virtual machine VM to function as the Server 3 Once the server application is installed run the Admin Console to configure the Server lt 9 Barracuda PST Collector Admin Console File View Reports Tools Discovered PST file s Modified Initial Configuration 4 Enter the hostname not the URI of your Barracuda Message Archiver for example http archiver company com and select the desired import policy for PSTs e Automatic All PSTs are approved for transfer without any further interaction from a system administrator Recommended e Manual A PST is approved for transfer only if that PST has been manually marked for transfer using the Admin Console This setting always requires administrative input as each discovered PST file must be explicitly marked for import This setting is typically used for importing only spe
89. for use only under the terms of this License and Barracuda reserves all rights not expressly granted to you The rights granted are limited to Barracuda s intellectual property rights in the Barracuda Software and do not include any other patent or intellectual property rights You own the media on which the Barracuda Software is recorded but Barracuda retains ownership of the Barracuda Software itself 2 Permitted License Uses and Restrictions This License allows you to use the Software only on the single Barracuda labeled hardware device on which the software was delivered You may not make copies of the Software and you may not make the Software available over a network where it could be utilized by multiple devices or copied You may not make a backup copy of the Software You may not modify or create derivative works of the Software except as provided by the Open Source Licenses included below The BARRACUDA SOFTWARE IS NOT INTENDED FOR USE IN THE OPERATION OF NUCLEAR FACILITIES AIRCRAFT NAVIGATION OR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS LIFE SUPPORT MACHINES OR OTHER EQUIPEMENT IN WHICH FAILURE COULD LEAD TO DEATH PERSONAL INJURY OR ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGE 3 You may not transfer rent lease lend or sublicense the Barracuda Software 4 This License is effective until terminated This License is automatically terminated without notice if you fail to comply with any term of the License Upon termination you must destroy or return all copies of the Barracuda
90. from list select Apply to all messages e From the Journal the following messages list select All messages e In the Send Journal Reports field enter the email address of the contact created in Step 4 bma int P Journal Rule Windows Internet Explorer Fa oj x new journal rule Apply this rule Name Barracuda Message Archiver Journal Rule lf the message is sent to or received from Apply to all messages Journal the following messages All messages x send journal reports to journal bma int To use premium journaling you must have an Enterprise Client Access License CAL Learn more 5c Click save If the warning message Do you want this rule to apply to all future messages displays click yes warming De you want this rule to apply to all future mMErsAgEE 5d The journal rule check box displays selected in the journal rules page Enterprise Office 365 Administrator Y Exchange admin center recipients In Place eDiscovery amp Hold auditing data loss prevention retention policies retention tags journal rules Srrnissions x permissions Send undeliverable journal reports to Select address wuU 8 ON RULE USER SEND JOURNAL REPORTS TO compliance management Barracuda Message Archiver J protection mail flow mobile public folders 1 selected of 1 total lt gt 5f In the Send undeliverable journal reports to sectio
91. go to Start gt Programs gt Microsoft Exchange gt System Manager Expand Administrative Groups gt First Administrative Group gt Servers Right click the Microsoft Exchange Server name and then click Properties On the Security tab select the Barracuda service account and in the Permissions list set the following permissions e Administer Information Store e Send As e Receive As Click Advanced and verify that the option Allow inheritable permissions from parent to propagate to this object and all child objects is selected Click OK Repeat steps 1 through 7 for each Microsoft Exchange Server that is to host mailboxes within the routing group Configuring an IMAP4 or POP3 Journal Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 or later and Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 e If you are using Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Barracuda Networks recommends deploying your Barracuda Message Archiver using the push method e f you are using Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Standard Edition and licensing restrictions prevent you from setting up the requisite additional mail store you can set up IMAP or POP3 journal accounts as described in this article You can configure the Barracuda Message Archiver to automatically retrieve messages directly from your mail server using the IMAP or POPS protocol In this article Enable IMAP4 or PO
92. here will be exempt from all encryption Recipient Email Address Domain Exemptions DAER Recipients listed here will be exempt from all encryption Add policies Specify any additional Email Encryption Service settings and then click Save Changes Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver as the administrator and go to MAIL SOURCES gt SMTP IM page In the Enable SMTP IM Forwarding section set Enable SMTP IM Forwarding to Yes Inthe Trusted SMTP Servers section add the Barracuda Spam Firewall IP address click Add and then click Save Changes Verify Inbound and Outbound Email Archival 1 2 Log in to the Barracuda Spam Firewall as the administrator and go to the BASIC gt Administration page In the Email Encryption Service section click Test Encryption Connection The recipient will receive a notification once the test email is available in the Barracuda Message Center Getting Started Recommended Steps e Step 1 How to Install the Barracuda Message Archiver e Step 2 How to Configure the Barracuda Message Archiver e Step 3 How to Configure the Web Interface e Step 4 How to Configure Administrative Settings e Step 5 Understanding Message Archiving Concepts Alternatively you can download the Barracuda Message Archiver Quick Start Guide Step 1 How to Install the Barracuda Message Archiver This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 and higher i Deployment Optio
93. in the Properties dialog box Deleted Barracuda Journal Mail Properties LA ea ae a o o era ee eee ae 8 Click the Mailbox Manager Settings Policy tab and set the following options e From the When processing a mailbox drop down select Delete Immediately e Inthe Folder list select Deleted Items and deselect the remaining folders Properties Ei General Mailbor Manager Settings Policy Details When processing 4 mailbox Delete Immediately 7 For each folder process messages that exceed the size and age limit C Inbox 30 1024 J Sent Items 30 1024 C Calendar 30 1024 C Tasks a0 1024 J Journal 30 1024 C Contacts 30 1024 C Notes 30 1024 WT Deleted Items _ 1024 a System Cleanup 1024 Edit Remove Send notification mail to user after processing Message Exclude specific message classes Eustomize Cancel Apply Help e Click the Deleted Items entry and click Edit the Folder Retention Settings dialog box displays e Select Age Limit Days and enter an appropriate age limit in the associated field The specified age refers to the length of time a message remains in the Deleted Items folder not when the message was received into Exchange e Clear Message Size KB Folder Retention Settings Ei Folder Deleted hems M Age Limit Days fa Message Size KB Cancel 9 Click OK to return to the Properties dialog box and then c
94. interruptions and browser timeouts Uploaded files are placed on a resident share on the Barracuda Message Archiver and are listed on the MAIL SOURCES gt PST Import page Any uploaded files must then be imported in a separate step You can choose to initiate multiple file processing in a single step or select to process one file at a time Any passwords required to access the contents of the pst file must be specified here prior to initiating the import process Important All pst files of greater than 2 gigabytes can only be added to the Barracuda Message Archiver via Queued Import Upload Share Settings By default only the administrator s web interface has access to view the files currently on the share to upload files onto the share and to initiate processing of any files on the share You can choose to provide access to the upload area to other users as an SMB CIFS share with an optional Workgroup name and password to make it easier to copy paste or drag drop any pst file for import When enabled the share is accessible in the following manner IP BarracudaMessageArchiverPstDrop For example if your Barracuda Message Archiver has the IP address of 192 168 2 24 use the following to connect to the share 192 168 2 24 BarracudaMessageArchiverPstDrop To allow access to the share to upload a pst into the Barracuda Message Archiver the administrator must enable and configure the PST Import Options from the BASIC gt Administra
95. joi Standard a ee 3 Right click on the service name and click Properties 4 In the Properties dialog box select Automatic from the Startup type drop down menu Microsoft Exchange IMAP4 Properties Local Computer General Log On Recovery Dependencies Service name MSE xchangel map Display name Microsoft Exchange IMAP4 Description Provides Intemet Message Access Protocol service a to chents If this senace is stopped cients won t be Fath to executable C Program Files Microsoft E xchange Server 44 Chent4access Poplmap Startup type bpm mll i Resume You can specify the start parameters that apply when you start the service from here Start parameters 5 Click Start and then click OK to save your settings 6 In the Services window verify the Status is Started and the Startup Type is Automatic 23 Services Oy x File meta view Help J es m Des Hm mn p oi Services Local E Ch Microsoft NET Framework NGEN v2 0 50727_X86 Microsoft n Disabled Local System Microsoft NET Framework NGEN v4 0 30319_ 64 Microsoft Automatic D Local System Microsoft NET Framework NGEN v4 0 30319_86 Microsoft Automatic D Local System io Microsoft Exchange Active Directory Topology Provides 4 Started Automatic Local System Microsoft Exchange Address Book Manages cl Started Automatic Local Sys
96. journal account verify the Status field displays green and then click Save Changes tI 6 To remove a journal account click the Delete 1 icon and confirm you want to remove the account How to Disable Throttling in Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 5 or higher and Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 If you are using Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 refer to How to Disable Throttling in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 message throttling policies set bandwidth limits and restrict the number of processed messages In order to disable throttling you must create an appropriate policy and assign it to the service account as documented in the Microsoft TechNet article Set Throttling Policy Following is a guideline adjust as necessary for your environment Assign Permissions Service Account For more information on creating a Service account refer to Creating an Email Service Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 2010 and 2013 Use the following steps to assign the Microsoft Exchange Server service account to the Application Impersonation Management role 1 Log in to the Exchange Server as the administrator 2 From the Start menu go to Start gt Programs gt Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 gt Exchange Management Shell 3 At the command prompt type the following command New ManagementRoleAssignment Nam
97. manage message attachment stubbing For details on creating an email service account refer to the article Creating an Email Service Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 2010 Next Step Proceed to the article Configuring Envelope Journaling for Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 to complete your deployment setup Understanding Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 Envelope Journaling This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 and higher and a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 In this article e How Microsoft Exchange Server Journaling Works e What to Configure Related Articles e Configuring Envelope Journaling for Exchange server 2007 2010 e Message Import Stubbing amp Configuration i Stubbing and Microsoft Exchange Import For stubbing and Microsoft Exchange imports initiated via the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface there is a 100MB limit on file import Important If you are migrating to a newer version of Exchange Server refer to the Barracuda Message Archiver and Microsoft Exchange Server Migration overview for more information How Microsoft Exchange Server Journaling Works Microsoft Exchange Server journaling allows you to record a copy of or journal email communications in your organization and send them to a dedicated mailbox on an Exchange Server The process of journaling is different from archiving Journaling is simply a means of recording
98. may need to be updated with the new information including e Go to the BASIC gt Administration page and update the External Access Configuration section The hostname in this page is used when linking stubbed attachments and must resolve to the Barracuda Message Archiver e lf there are historic Stubbing URLs present on the Exchange Server that use an outdated hostname Contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support for assistance with updating these stubbing links on the Exchange Server e Reconfigure the Outlook Add In and end users with the new Barracuda Message Archiver location e Reconfigure the Barracuda Message Archiver Stand Alone Search Utility Windows Deployment and end users with the new Barracuda Message Archiver location Contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support if you have additional questions or encounter any issues with migration SMTP or SMTP Relay Deployment Overview Related Articles e Message Import Stubbing and Configuration Options e Archiving Encrypted Messages Barracuda Spam Firewall Additional Resource e Barracuda Networks Knowledgebase Solution 00 002396 When journaling on your email server is not available or is not a practical option you can use a combination of the Barracuda Message Archiver and the Barracuda Spam Firewall to capture both external and internal emails via SMTP To capture messages sent from external Internet users you can leverage the journaling capabilities of the Barracuda Spa
99. message list and click Export Messages In the window select the desired action and export method The desired messages are gathered into a single pst or zip file e Export Name A label used to identify this export task e Export Type The format used to export messages e A single PST file suitable for loading into Microsoft Outlook e A single ZIP file containing individual eml files for each message with files named under one of the following conventions e Numerical Serial counter beginning with 0 e Date A string of numbers representing the date and time of the message e Date From To A long string containing the date time sender and recipient of the message e Content Specify whether to export the Current Search Results or Selected Messages e Export to Select whether to export to the Barracuda Message Archiver for download to your local system or to a copy com account copy com If you select to save to a copy com account you are prompted to enter your copy com credentials e Chunk Size Select the chunk size for the PST or ZIP export as 800MB 4 7GB or specify a custom chunk size in gigabytes Forward Messages Once you execute a search and the results display in the BASIC gt Search page you can specify one or more of these messages to be forwarded to a desired list of recipients To forward one or more messages select the desired item s from the message list using Shift or Ctrl click to select multiple mes
100. messages containing release and Barracuda in the Subject field within four words of each other to Arlo Linda 6 All messages containing Arlo and Linda anywhere in the To field within six words of each other Fuzzy Search Syntax Form firmware release 3 5 or higher only Fuzzy search allows you to find words that are similar to a specified search term For the fuzzy search syntax enter a single keyword followed by the tilde For the fuzzy search syntax form the keyword must be in a single Text based string For example roam All messages containing words similar to roam for example foam roams How to Set Up Saved Searches This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher In this article e Overview e Setting Up a Saved Search e Setting Up a Saved Search Retention Policy Related Articles Saved Searches amp Litigation Holds Auditor Policy Alerts Auditor Search Options amp Configuration Overview Once you execute an Advanced Search you can save and name the search for re execution at a later time A list of all such Saved Searches and their definitions are available on the BASIC gt Search page in the Saved Searches tab and the search can be performed from this tab Any changes to a Saved Search must be done from the Advanced Search page by running the Search in question making the desired changes and saving the new criteria Use a new name to create a new Saved Sea
101. no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someone else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by
102. notice appear in supporting documentation Barracuda Products may include programs that are covered by the BSD License Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and or other materials provided with the distribution The names of the authors may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Barracuda Products may include the libspf library which is Copyright c 2004 James Couzens amp Sean Comeau All rights reserved It is covered by the following agreement Redistribution and use in source and binary forms with or without modification are permitted provided that the following conditions are met 1 Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice this list of conditions and the following disclaimer 2 Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice this list of conditions
103. of this License c If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works base
104. on Google Apps will be sent to the Barracuda Cloud Relay Service on port 25 The Barracuda Cloud Relay Service then sends the mail to your Barracuda Message Archiver on port 2500 you will need to open port 2500 on your corporate firewall Custom Token Before completing the steps in this deployment contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support and request a custom token to configure Barracuda Cloud Relay Service for Google Apps Mail Service Configure the Barracuda Message Archiver Use the following steps to configure the Barracuda Message Archiver to accept mail on port 2500 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver and go to the MAIL SOURCES gt SMTP IM page 2 In the Enable SMTP IM Forwarding enter 2500 in the Additional Listening Ports field Click Add SMTP IM Forwarding Settings Additional Listening Ports 500 3 Click Save Changes Save Changes Help Enable SMTP IM Forwarding Yes Whether this Barracuda Message Archiver accepts direct forwarding of messages Recommended Yes No Allow Only Trusted Hosts Yes if enabled then only hosts listed here will be able to forward messages to the Barracuda Message Archiver No Recommended No Non standard ports over which the Barracuda Message Archiver will accept forwarded messages i To restrict the IP address from which the Barracuda Message Archiver accepts mail contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support Configure Google Apps Use the followi
105. on an earlier firmware version verify that the URI uses HTTPS If the URI was set up using HTTP use the steps in the section Configuration to update the URI If the URI is not updated users are automatically redirected to the secure HTTPS protocol This redirection may require an update to your network firewall rules to allow connectivity to complete on the secure port Certificates When using HTTPS connectivity if a self signed or private certificate is in place on the Barracuda Message Archiver your mobile phone operating system OS may require you to accept the private certificate before you can download content with the mobile OS download utility The mechanism to add a private certificate to your mobile device varies please consult your manufacturer instructions for more information The Barracuda Message Archiver Companion mobile application allows you to perform various actions with your messages that are stored on your organization s Barracuda Message Archiver including e Search for archived messages based on email content or constrain the search to a date range a specific sender or subject line content e Search deleted messages and emails no longer visible in your mail application e View and interact with reply to reply all or forward archived messages These actions are available directly from your iPhone iPod Touch or iPad allowing transparent access to and interaction with your archived messages Only archived
106. on the BASIC gt Search page To add a Litigation Hold Log into the Barracuda Message Archiver as an auditor go to the BASIC gt Search page and click the Standard tab Click Advanced enter your search criteria and click Search When the search results return click Save Search enter the Search Name and click OK Click the Saved Searches tab and in the Actions column for the selected Saved Search click Apply Litigation Hold Inthe Apply Litigation Hold dialog specify the Hold End Date as either e Indefinite Content that matches the Saved Search is retained until the Litigation Hold is cancelled e Specific Date Enter the expiration date aorWNDND Policy Alerts Auditor This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher Policy Alerts are notifications that go out automatically whenever a message meeting specified criteria is detected entering the Barracuda Message Archiver based on a Saved Search Related Articles e How to Set Up Saved Searches e Auditing Role e Accounts Roles amp Email Aliases Creating Custom Policy Alerts Use the following steps to create a new custom Policy Alert 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver as an auditor go to the BASIC gt Search page and click Advance d 2 Enter the criteria for the policy Click the plus symbol to add additional search parameters and click AND OR to further clarify the search criteria 3 Click Search
107. on the Barracuda Message Archiver to negate the need to create temporary users with special access in your corporate directory or email server Policy Alert Definitions The Barracuda Message Archiver includes three built in policy definitions that are updated as needed by Barracuda Central to meet the latest standards and are distributed via Energize Updates e Personal Email This policy scans for Personally Identifiable Information such as various formats of drivers license numbers credit card numbers etc e Personal Info This policy scans for foul language words e Foul Language This policy scans for emails sent to and from various sites known by Barracuda Networks to be non business sites usually recreation and gambling sites This policy is designed to alert the administrator when company email is being used for personal and non business matters In addition you can use any Saved Search to create a new custom Policy Alert from the POLICY gt Alerts page You can also modify existing Policy Alerts from this page Administrators and auditors can choose to add themselves to the alerts list for these standard policies as well as for any custom Policy Alerts They are then notified via email either weekly or daily wnenever messages meeting the specified criteria enter into the archive with the offending messages attached to the notification email in a zip file Policy Alert Statistics You can display a count of messages t
108. on the first system After the update is complete and the system reboots verify that the firmware has been applied successfully and the unit is operating as expected 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 for the remaining system in the HA configuration Update Energize Updates Energize Updates for both firmware and definitions do not synchronize across the Barracuda Message Archivers in the HA configuration You must update both systems in the HA configuration individually from the ADVANCED gt Energize Updates page How to Remove or Replace a System This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 and higher Typically there are only two reasons why you would want to remove a system from an HA configuration e when you no longer want to maintain HA or e when you are replacing one of the systems in the HA configuration Related Articles e Prepare Systems for HA e Join Systems in HA e Update Firmware and Energize Updates i Warning If you are replacing a Barracuda Message Archiver it is highly recommended that you contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support prior to removing it from a High Availability HA configuration Because of the large volume of data you must take great caution during the separation process so as to minimize downtime and potential data loss Remove a System 1 Log in to the device in the HA configuration that you are not removing from the configuration and use the ADVANCED gt
109. or higher except where noted The Audit Log is available to the admin and auditor roles In this article e Searching the Audit Log e Audit Log Tools and Options Related Articles e Auditor Role e User Accounts Roles e Accounts Roles amp Email Aliases The ADVANCED gt Audit Log page displays a list of all search related activities that have been performed on the Barracuda Message Archiver In this view you can browse through the list or perform a search to filter on a subset of activities You can filter by start end dates user name and item type Click on an activity to display the activity details in the Details pane Searching the Audit Log Use the following steps to search the Audit Log 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver and go to the ADVANCED gt Audit Log page By default all audit log records display 2 Enter the desired search criteria and then click Search 3 The results pane displays those items matching the entered criteria Information displayed for each record includes a Date When the action occurred and was logged in the Audit Log b User Which user performed this action Some actions are performed by the Barracuda Message Archiver automatically not actively by a specific user displaying as user System c Type What type of action this record is for d Detail Many audit log records contain information in addition to the date user and type In some cases a useful piece of this addit
110. or the Microsoft Exchange Administrator can enable scripts in folders organization wide using the Microsoft Office policy template ADM files Microsoft Outlook 2013 In Microsoft Outlook 2013 script execution is allowed by default Enable Scripting Organization Wide Recommended To enable scripts across your entire organization go to the associated Microsoft article e Microsoft Outlook 2003 See the Microsoft article Office 2003 Service Pack 3 Administrative Template ADM OPAs and Explain Text Update verify your operating system in the section System requirements and following the steps described in the section Instructions e Microsoft Outlook 2007 See the Microsoft article 2007 Office system Administrative Template files ADM ADMX ADML and Office Customization Tool version 2 0 your operating system in the section System requirements and following the steps described in the section Instructions e Microsoft Outlook 2003 See the Microsoft article Office 2010 Administrative Template files ADM ADMX ADML and Office Customization Tool download verify your operating system in the section System requirements and following the steps described in the section Instructions Once you download and set up the ADM template files open the associated Outlook ADM file e For Outlook 2003 open the ADM file outlk11 adm e For Outlook 2007 open the ADM file outlk12 adm e For Outlook 2010 open the ADM file outlk14 adm In the ADM f
111. per gigabyte for the selected date range For additional information see Barracuda Message Archiver Usage Report Generate Reports On the BASIC gt Reports page you can generate individual reports on a one time basis by specifying the desired Report Type and Date Range You can select to either email the generated report to one or more recipients or view the report on screen Because report generation can consume a large amount of resources particularly if the requested report covers a long time period and or has to process a large amount of data reports for a time span of longer than 7 days can only be generated for email delivery Note that Show Report is not available when generating a Usage Report Show Report Click Show Report to generate and view a report onscreen Note that the date range cannot exceed seven days to view the report onscreen To generate a report that covers more than a seven day period use the Email Report function Email Report To send an email containing the selected report to a specific user select the report type specify the date range enter an email address in the Em ail Report to field and then click Email Report A message displays at the top of the page noting that the report is generating and will be sent to the specified user Daily Report Email Options You can optionally set up automatic report generation of email activity top storage users policy violations and global searches in the Automat
112. primary journal mailbox unless you want to set up a mailbox and rule for each domain Click Save Step 4 Optional To bypass the settings in this dialog for messages received from specific addresses or domains turn on step 4 Option s and follow the instructions in the dialog box Click Add Setting when you are done This rule can take up to 30 minutes to take affect and begin sending messages sent to the Archive Mailbox Added or edited settings display highlighted in yellow orange on the Email settings page Enable IMAP POP in Google Apps Use the following steps to enable IMAP POP in the Archive Mailbox Settings O AOON Sign in to the Google Apps administrator control panel as the Administrator From the menu at the top of the page select Settings From the left navigation menu click Email and click General Settings Scroll down to POP and IMAP access and clear the check box for Disable POP and IMAP access for all users to enable IMAP POP Click Save changes m It can take 15 30 minutes for global IMAP and POP changes to take effect Enable IMAP POP in Gmail Each user must enable IMAP POP in the Gmail settings under Forwarding and POP IMAP To enable IMAP in Gmail Sign in to Gmail 2 Click the gear icon in the upper right then select Settings 3 Click Forwarding and POP IMAP at the top of the page 4 In the IMAP Access section select Enable IMAP and configure your IMAP client
113. returned in the search Once you specify the keyword and select the search criteria tap the Search icon to display all messages matching your search criteria i A search is performed on all of your mail folders including trash and deleted items Advanced Search Settings To specify a specific date range in which to search tap Advanced at the top of the view The Advanced Search page displays the current date The Date From and Date To fields populate with the current date 1 Tap in the Search field and enter your search criteria 2 Tap in the Date From or Date To field and enter the desired dates ol e All subject From Advanced as Date From 8 5 2012 Date To 8 8 2012 3 Tap the Search g icon to display all messages matching your search criteria i The date selected in the Date To field must be the same or ater date than the date selected in the Date From field Any criteria specified in Advanced settings is used in conjunction with the criteria specified in the Search field define your date range and select Advanced from a Search to use the specified date range in conjunction with the keyword to search archived messages Message Results All messages matching the specified criteria display in the search results directly below the search criteria Replying to and Forwarding Archived Messages Once you have completed a search of your archived messages you can view the message reply to the message or forw
114. right click Default POP3 Virtual Server and click Start i Exchange System Manager Oy x pa File Action View Window Help 9 Am foB Pmp ao 3 First Organization Exchang H E Global Settings i ih i Default POPS Virtual Aah Eel DEC 2 ae 14 Queues i f First Storage Gr DEE Recovery Stora New Window From Here Protocols a H 0 HTTP Fy MAF4 Edi Default Properties H E NNTP D E POPs Help o BA Default f y SMTP Stop Fause Rename Refresh a Routi gt Ee or I Configure Account Use the following steps to create an Active Directory AD user i This account must reside on your organization s domain not a local machine account AA U N 5 Log in to the Exchange Server as the Exchange Server Administrator Launch Active Directory Users and Computers Navigate to and right click Users and click New gt User the New User dialog box displays Enter the relevant information to identify the exchange mailbox and click Next New Object User Create in cudalay corners First name exchange Initials Last name mailbox Full name exchange mailbos User logon name mailbox M cudalay com a User logon name pre indawe 2000 cu DALAT mailbox 4 Back Cancel Leave the Password field blank and deselect User must change password at next logon New Object User x Create in cudalay com Users Password Confirm password 2
115. setting up your Exchange Server AD workflow The Barracuda Message Archiver supports shared mailboxes when one of the following is true e A user is assigned full access permissions to another mailbox via the Exchange Management Console This action populates the LDAP attributeMSExchDelegateListLink and is used to determine shared mailbox access e A user is assigned delegate access to another mailbox via Outlook This action populates the LDAP attribute PublicDelegates and is used to determine shared mailbox access Conversely the Barracuda Message Archiver does not support shared mailboxes if Send As permissions are enabled from the Exchange Management Console This action does not populate any LDAP fields preventing the Barracuda Message Archiver from determining shared mailbox access Shared Mailboxes Shared mailboxes and their folders display in the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface However shared PSTs are not supported at this time User Search When a user searches for emails in the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In or through a B arracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application the search results include emails from both the user s mailbox as well as all mailboxes shared with that user How to Assign and Unassign PST Files This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher In this article e Assign a PST File to a User e Unassign a pst File
116. that failed to complete due to corruption or other errors return to the main Admin Console window From the View menu select Filter and click Show Corrupt A list of all such PST files displays in the main window along with detailed information including the owner the originating client system and creation and last modification dates Independent investigation may be necessary to perform for each PST file that failed to import as there can be a variety of reasons for the failure including but not limited to e the client system does not have or does not allow adequate access to the PST file location e the PST file is too large for transfer e the PST file is still in use fi Error messages are found in various logs on the client system including those in the installation directory If you are unable to find a cause for the PST import errors consider enabling verbose logging or contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support for further assistance Assigned and Unassigned PSTs When the Barracuda PST Collector submits a PST file to the Barracuda Message Archiver the user s security identifier SID obtained from the Windows User Profile is collected and stored If no user SID is available at the time the PST is sent to the PST Server automatic user assignment is not performed However if auto assignment cannot be made the administrator can manually assign a PST to an active AD user by right clicking on the PST file in the BASIC gt Search
117. the Barracuda Message Archiver using a sophisticated set of logging auditing and management capabilities can help organizations achieve compliance Regulatory Compliance Regulation Federal Rules of Civil Procedure FRCP Sarbanes Oxley SOX SEC NASD Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act HIPAA Description the FRCP sets rules for governing court procedures in managing civil suits in the United States district courts The Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 requires companies to implement policies and systems to monitor and prevent fraudulent activities Firms in the financial services industries must adhere to strict sets of rules imposed by governing bodies HIPAA mandates all healthcare and insurance providers determine who has access to health information and ensure that such information remains inaccessible to unauthorized parties How to Create Policy Based Security Barracuda Message Archiver Logging Storage The Barracuda Message Archiver stores up to10 years worth of email through a combination of internal and external storage The Barracuda Message Archiver stores up to 10 years worth of email through a combination of internal and external storage The Barracuda Message Archiver stores up to 10 years worth of email through a combination of internal and external storage The Barracuda Message Archiver also includes tamper resistant safeguards to protect the integrity of the emai
118. the Owners are usually the equivalent of the To field of a Task Request and are the ones who are responsible for or have ownership of the Task Matches are based on the attendees email address as well as their First and Last Names Look in all fields and all data contained in each item for the entered text This is the default search scope and is equivalent to the Basic Search mode Entire Message Phrase Owner Name Subject Date Address Email Address Table 8 Search Parameter Social Media Entire Message Entire Message Phrase Site User Date Search Strings Look in all fields and all data contained in each item for the EXACT phrase as entered Look only in the Owner field of the item for the entered text Look only in the Subject of the Contact item for the entered text This is usually equivalent to the First and Last Names of the Contact Searches for all items with a timestamp that matches the specified date range Look only in the Address field of each Contact for the entered text Look only in the Email Address field of each Contact for the entered text Look in all fields and all data contained in each item for the entered text This is the default search scope and is equivalent to the Basic Search mode Look in all fields and all data contained in each item for the EXACT phrase as entered Select a social media site from the drop down list to search for all messages from the selec
119. this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change b You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms
120. to a customer data share metadata snapshots are not mirrored You must back up this content by connecting to the Barracuda Message Archiver s read only SMB share Metadata content is available for Mirroring in a future point release of the firmware You can add additional storage volumes and enable mirroring for existing storage to provide redundancy of data Configure a real time mirror Of the Barracuda Message Archiver s data partition through the ADVANCED gt Storage Manager page i You must disable anti virus scan on the external share that is to be used as a mirror before adding the mirror share to the Barracuda Message Archiver mirror You can use any network share that supports the SMB CIFS file sharing protocols as the mirror Additionally the Barracuda Message Archiver models 850 and higher have a dedicated hardware iSCSI adapter that can be integrated with any iSCSI storage area network SAN Use the following steps to add the mirror share to your configured network share 1 Log into the Barracuda Message Archiver as the administrator and go to the ADVANCED gt Storage Manager page New Group Note that you can select the default group or click Add New Group to create a new storage group 2 If you have an iSCSI or CIFS Windows share already set up complete the following step otherwise go to step 3 a Select the share from the drop down menu and enter the associated details b Click Add Mirror 3 If you do n
121. to execute the search and verify the results Click Save Search enter a saved search name and then click OK 4 Go to the POLICY gt Alerts page Enter the Policy Name and select the Saved Search from the drop down menu 5 Enter your email address to receive email alerts when a message meeting the Saved Search criteria is detected and select the Alert Frequency 6 If you want the policy to display in the Policy Statistics section on the BASIC gt Status page turn on Dashb oard 7 Click Add Message Actions Auditor This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher In this article e Exporting Messages e Forwarding Messages e Tagging Messages Related Articles e Message Actions e User Accounts Roles e Accounts Roles amp Email Aliases The Barracuda Message Archiver allows you to easily collect messages for exporting or forwarding and to add tags to messages for future re identification if desired You can control whether any or all of these actions are available to users on the BASIC gt Administration page in the Search Page Settings section Messages journaled directly from Microsoft Exchange have additional hidden information such as bcc recipients and other SMTP data End users do not have access to this information however for compliance reasons you may want to include this hidden information when messages are exported or forwarded by the administrator or auditor The Preserve Jour
122. 00 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver as the administrator and go to the MAIL SOURCES gt SMTP IM tab 2 Turn on Enable SMTP IM Forwarding and type 2500 in the Additional Listening Ports field 3 Click Add and then click Save Changes to add port 2500 SMTP IM Forwarding Settings Save Changes Help Enable SMTP IM Forwarding Yes O No Whether this Barracuda Message Archiver accepts direct forwarding of messages Recommended Yes Allow Only Trusted Hosts Yes No lf enabled then only hosts listed here will be able to forward messages to the Barracuda Message Archiver Recommended No Additional Listening Ports Non standard ports over which the Barracuda Message Archiver will accept forwarded messages 4 200 2500 g Step 3 Create a Non Delivery Report Recipient Before creating journal rules specify a journal recipient for non delivery reports NDRs to reduce the risk of losing journal reports To create an NDR recipient Log into the server as the administrator and navigate to Manage My Organization gt Mail Control gt Journaling Next to NDRs for undeliverable journal reports will be sent to click Select address In the NDRs for undeliverable journal reports window click Browse Select a recipient from the address book You can search for a recipient by typing all or part of a display name and then clicking the Sear ch icon or click on either the Display Name or E Mail Address heading to s
123. 03 e Creating an Email Service Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 2010 and 2013 Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In In this Section e Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In Deployment e Installing and Configuring the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In e How to Search and Archive Messages Using the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In e Troubleshooting the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In e How to Enable the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In in a Microsoft Terminal Server Environment e Barracuda Outlook Add In Customization Options e How to Create Local Mailstores Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In Deployment This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or greater and the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In Version 3 1 or greater The Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In supports Outlook versions 2003 2007 2010 and 2013 Verify the Outlook Add In version available for download on the USERS gt Client Downloads page is the same major revision as the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware for proper functionality In this article e Locale e Installation e Configuration Options e Configure Using Administrative Templates e Administrative Template Deployment Options e Outlook 2010 or Outlook 2013 64 Bit Support e Administrative Template Deployment Testing e Administrative Template Deployment Troubleshooting e Configure Using DNS Related Articl
124. 1 Barracuda Message Archiver OVeInview 4 2 5 Sx aaurad Gani ho Wa aura anid es ante Oe Ware aN ae eae eee ae eae as 4 1 1 What s New in Barracuda Message Archiver 0 ccc eee eee eee eee ees 5 1 2 30 Day Evaluation Guide Barracuda Message Archiver 0 eee eee eee ee eens 5 To DEDIOVMent OPUONS 4S cect a ed Gea eh ate bated oa ee ie ee Sb be ee 14 1 3 1 Microsoft Exchange Server Deployment 0 c ccc eens 14 1 3 1 1 How to Enable RPC over HTTP Connectivity 0 0 eee teen eee nes 15 1 3 1 2 How to Launch Barracuda Message Archiver from Microsoft Outlook Web Access 0 0c eee 20 1 3 1 3 Barracuda Message Archiver and Microsoft Exchange Server Migration 0 00 cc eee eee eee eee 21 1 3 1 4 SMTP or SMTP Relay Deployment Overview 00 eee eee teens 22 1 3 1 5 Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Deployment 0 0 ccc ccc ttt ete enes 23 1 3 1 5 1 Understanding Microsoft Exchange 2013 Journaling 0 23 1 3 1 5 2 How to Configure Envelope SMTP Journaling for Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Standard Journaling 24 1 3 1 5 3 How to Configure Envelope SMTP Journaling for Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Premium Journaling 42 1 3 1 5 4 How to Configure an IMAP or POPS Journal Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 65 1 3 1 5 5 How to Disable Throttling in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 0 eee 69 1 3 1 6 Microsoft Exchange Server
125. 11 12 12 15 02 00 2011 12 05 18 43 11 2011 12 01 16 59 43 2011 12 01 16 56 11 2011 12 01 18 55 40 2011 12 01 16 55 06 2011 12 01 18 54 37 2011 12 01 18 54 05 the Report link to view a summary of the imported data Generate and Save a PST Collection Activity Report 1 age Archiver gt PST Collector From the File menu click Export Discovered PST Data Select the name and location where you want to store the data displayed in the main window The file is saved in CSV format suitable for reading by Microsoft Excel or similar program Uninstall the Barracuda PST Collector End Time 2011 12 12 15 07 20 2011 12 12 15 06 47 2011 12 12 15 06 12 2011 12 12 15 05 33 2011 12 12 15 05 02 2011 12 12 15 04 30 2011 12 12 15 04 01 2011 12 12 15 03 29 2011 12 12 15 02 55 2011 12 12 15 02 18 2011 12 05 18 49 16 2011 12 01 18 59 54 2011 12 01 18 56 21 2011 12 01 16 55 50 2011 12 01 18 55 18 2011 12 01 18 54 47 2011 12 01 16 54 15 Status Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Use the following steps to uninstall the Barracuda PST Collector from the client systems and server In the Recent PST Imports section verify the status for all listed PST files displays as Completed Recent PST Imports Update Help Actions View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log
126. 1b using the same shared secret for the HA peer system Step 2 Verify System Connectivity Once the Barracuda Message Archivers are fully configured for HA make sure that each system can see the other system over the network 2a Log into each system and navigate to the ADVANCED gt Troubleshooting page In the Network Connectivity Tests section enter the hostname or IP address of the system you want to test in the Ping Device field and click Begin Ping Important The hostname must match that which you entered in the Cluster Hostname field for the other system or that system s IP address if the field was left blank 2b Verify the other system can be seen over the network Once you have completed the HA settings and verified system connectivity for both Barracuda Message Archivers you are ready to join the systems into an HA configuration Step 3 Join the Systems 3a Once you configure the HA settings for both system navigate to the ADVANCED gt High Availability page on the first system that is to be included in the HA configuration 3b In the Clustered Systems section enter the DNS hostname or IP address of the system to which you want to join and click Join Cluster and click Save Changes 3c Once joined the Clustered Systems table displays the system in the HA configuration New messages received by either of the Barracuda Message Archivers in the HA configuration are now available in the Search results on both joined system
127. 2 Full Panel Hearing I99 07 003 Original Message From Halligan Julie lt jmh cpuc ca gov gt ENRON NRONG lt jeffery fawcett enron 10 1612 Full Panel Hearing I99 07 003 Original Message From Halligan Julie lt jmh cpuc ca gov gt ENRON NRON lt lgoldseth svmg org gt wWi4i2 Insightful article re Price Caps How California Spread Its Electricity Shortage by William Tucker For six months President Georg Replying to and Forwarding Archived Messages Once you have completed a search of your archived messages you can view the message reply to the message or forward the message e Tap on a message to display the full content in the window e Tap the Details 7 icon to the right of a message a pop up window displays the available additional actions e Reply to Sends an email response only to the message originator e Reply all Sends an email response to the message originator and all recipients e Forward Send a copy of the archived message to one or more new email addresses e Tap on an item or tap the Details P icon to view the selected message Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application for Android Requirements e Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 5 or higher e Barracuda Message Archiver URI from your system administrator e Latest Android Message Archive application available for download from the Google Play Store https play google com sto re apps hl en
128. 6 56 11 2011 12 01 16 55 40 2011 12 01 16 55 06 2011 12 01 16 54 37 End Time 2011 12 12 15 07 20 2011 12 12 15 06 47 2011 12 12 15 06 12 2011 12 12 15 05 33 2011 12 12 15 05 02 2011 12 12 15 04 30 2011 12 12 15 04 01 2011 12 12 15 03 29 2011 12 12 15 02 55 2011 12 12 15 02 18 2011 12 05 18 49 16 2011 12 01 18 59 54 2011 12 01 18 56 21 2011 12 01 16 55 50 2011 12 01 18 55 18 2011 12 01 18 54 47 Status Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Actions View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete A few selected folders_mPyv pest 2011 12 01 13 54 05 2011 12 01 18 54 15 Completed View Log Report Delete 3 For any listed file including files that did not complete click the View Log link to display a log of what transpired during the import or click the Report link to view a summary of the imported data Generate and Save a PST Collection Activity Report 1 On the system where the Barracuda P
129. Auditor role mail available to the Auditor role does not display Table 1 Search Criteria Criteria Description All Returns all messages that contain the search string anywhere in the From field subject line or email content Subject Returns messages that contain the keyword only in the subject line From Returns messages that contain the keyword only in the From field Advanced Restrict the results to a predefined date range Only those emails sent within the specified date s are returned in the search Carrier 10 17 AM Edit Search Filter Cancel Keyword investment To allen From Date Range 8 5 12 10 5 12 gt Clear Save Search Tap in the Search field to display the keypad Use the keypad to enter the desired keyword or search string you must enter at least one keyword to perform a search Keywords must be alpha numeric characters and are not case sensitive Additionally you can use wildcards to represent one or more other characters to use search patterns Table 2 Wildcards Wildcard Symbol Represents single question mark Specifies a single alphanumeric character Question marks can be appended to search for a specific number of characters for example a a returns five letter words that starts and ends with a or A asterisk Specifies zero or more alphanumeric characters For example pl returns plane planning etc Once you specify the keyword and select th
130. Availability Status for more information on system status in an HA configuration Load Balancing Barracuda Message Archiver HA does not provide load balancing functionality if you have a load balancing device such as the Barracuda Load Balancer you can configure it to balance the load between the systems in the HA configuration Use a Barracuda Load Balancer to use a single hostname or IP address across the systems in the HA configuration How to Prepare Systems for High Availability This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 and higher In this article e Step 1 Complete the Installation Process e Step 2 Back Up System Configuration e Step 3 Verify Firmware Version e Step 4 Verify Processes are Complete Related Articles Join Systems in HA Update Firmware and Energize Updates How to Make Changes to an Existing HA Configuration Remove or Replace a System Each Barracuda Message Archiver must function independently before it can be joined to another system for High Availability HA Both systems must be able to accept and archive messages locate each other in the network and be running the same firmware version For the systems you want to include in the HA configuration perform the steps outlined in this article Step 1 Complete the Installation Process For details on installing the Barra
131. B share Metadata content is available for Mirroring in a future point release of the firmware To fully realize this restoration method you must consistently back up the following e Raw Email data e zip 1GB sized message archives e lt nnn gt directory containing recently received emails not yet merged into a zip e Snapshots of Metadata e FolderSync snapshot of folderync data e index snapshot of archives of index metadata e index_backup snapshot of the entire index e Idap_ cache snapshot of Idap group information e log snapshot of important system information e postgres backup snapshot of system databases Because snapshots are performed nightly in the event that data restoration is necessary typically only raw emails arriving in the last day must be reprocessed How to Back Up Your Archived Data This article refers to Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 5 or higher In this article e Set Up Backups e Set Up Archive Backup e Access Enabled Share e Restore Data Partition Content Related Articles e Understanding Archived Data Backup e Backing Up Data Using an External Solution J Important While use of the Storage Manager Mirror capability ADVANCED gt Storage Manager page will push a real time copy of raw emails to a customer data share metadata snapshots are not mirrored You must back up this content by connecting to the Barracuda Message Archiver s read only SMB share Metad
132. Barracuda Message Archiver Copy com Chunk Size 800MB CD ROM m OK Cancel 9 Click Save UMA can now burn the ZIP file to a CD to place in M Beckly s customer file Step 8 View Reports Additional Resources For more information refer to the article Reports or log in to your Barracuda Message Archiver go to the BASIC gt Reports page and click Help The built in reports on the Barracuda Message Archiver provide statistics on various operational legal and storage aspects Default reports include message archive growth policy violations archive traffic and cost analysis and projected archive storage growth On the BASIC gt Reports page you can generate the following reports e Email Activity Report View Barracuda Message Archiver email activity by user e Top Storage Users Report View Barracuda Message Archiver storage usage by user e Policy Violations Report View Barracuda Message Archiver email policy violations by user e Global Searches Report View the top Barracuda Message Archiver global searches by user e Usage Report Generate an overview of Barracuda Message Archiver cost analysis and projected archive storage growth Use Case Automatically Generate Daily Reports In this example the system administrator Wiley needs a daily report of policy violations by user Wiley wants the reports sent to his administrator account wiley corporateid com as well as to his boss Francis at francis corpor
133. BarracudaMailArchiver GlobalSCAPE Mail file T mailibarracud 4 BarracudaMailarchiver Forwarding address af Alternate name Internet address f Format preference for T Keep in senders format 1 Short name UserlD BMA incoming mail Personal title Inet pw aaaaaa _ When receiving unencrypted mail encrypt p before storing in your e a tar Password miailfile eBZ p 7 Generational qualifier T No a 3b In the Mail section note the current value of Mail file then change the value to mailjrn Typically the initial mail file name is preceded by a folder e g mail databasename however in this step the new value mailjrn is not preceded by a mail folder name 3c Save and close the view Step 4 Set Privileges Use the following steps to verify the Access Control List entries for the BarracudaMailArchiver account on the mailjrn nsf file have the same privileges as the BarracudaMailArchiver account on the original mail database 4a Log in to the IBM Domino Client and open the Files tab Right click mailjrn nsf and click Access Control Manage the Access Control List dialog box displays Access Control List to BarracudaMailArchiver H Basics a Roles 7 Acren Cif Log AMOMLMOUS reate Earacudahlail rchiver Globals CAPE a j Globali CAFE Template Development Globals CAPE a LocalDomainS ervers Create Other omainS ervers Create pers F YMEOMINOS0OGlobals CAPE Create shi
134. C Always use Never use Determined by individual user settings Message text word wrap f Never use Use at column 7 Allow out of office responses Allow automatic replies M Allow automatic forward Allow nor delivery reports Preserve sender s display name on message Cancel Apply Help 2d Click Apply and click OK to save your changes and close the dialog box Step 3 Set Up Message Routing for Journal Contact Use the following steps to route messages specified for the Journal Contact on Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 3a In the ESM expand Connectors For example in the default view the Connectors folder is located at the top level and in the Administrativ e Group Display the folder is available under Routing Groups i Exchange System Manager Oy x p File Action View Window Help Connectors Mame Type Last Modified H Recipients 5 a Administrative Groups internet SMTP Connector 12 7 2011 11 22 Al g First Administrative Gro H Servers 3 First Organization Exchange H Global Settings 5 Tools 3b Right click Connectors and click New gt SMTP Connector The SMTP Connector dialog box displays In the Name field in the General tab type Barracuda Message Archiver 3c Select Forward all mail through this connector to the following smart hosts and enter the IP address of your Barracuda Message Archiver in the associated field enclosed in square brack
135. Client Downloads page 2 In the Stand Alone Search Utility section click Download Now to the right of the Mac Stand Alone Search Utility to download the dmg file 3 Locate and double click the downloaded dmg file to mount it 4 Double click the mounted volume on your desktop and drag the app icon to the Applications icon in the Finder sidebar Set Up Barracuda Archive Search Use the following steps to set up the Barracuda Archive Search 1 Launch Barracuda Archive Search The Options dialog box displays the first time you launch the utility 2 In the Options dialog enter the Address of your Barracuda Message Archiver for example https archiver mycompany com 8000 rm if you don t know the address of your Barracuda Message Archiver contact your administrator 3 Enter your Email Address and Password and then click OK You are now ready to search your message archives Hardware Compliance This section contains appliance compliance information Notice for the USA Compliance Information Statement Declaration of Conformity Procedure DoC FCC Part 15 This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determi
136. DDRESS organization Journal Contact Mail c journalz bma int N Journal Contact protection Mail contact joumal bma_mt mail flow Office Work phone mobile public folders unified messaging l selected of 1 total i Hide Contact from Global Address List Barracuda Networks recommends hiding the mail contact from the Global Address List GAL One method to hide the mail contact is to utilize the following shell command Get MailContact Where _ Name eq Journal Contacte Set MailContact HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled STrue The setting can be verified by executing Get MailContact Where _ Name eq Journal Contact Format table Name HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled i Alternate Journaling Mailbox You can configure an additional parameter in Exchange 2013 to specify that a journal report temporarily cannot be delivered For details refer to the Journal Reports section of the Microsoft TechNet Journaling article 3d In the EAC click recipients in the left pane select mailboxes at the top of the page and then click the Add icon to create an alternate journaling mailbox J Enterprise Office 365 Administrator Exchange admin center recipients mailboxes groups resources contacts shared migration permissions H r oe DISPLAY NAME amp MAILBOX TYPE EMAIL ADDRESS compliance management ordanizanon a Administrator wotecuon protect User mailbox Admirnistrator wil2 co Ti
137. ED gt Task Manager page Your systems are now ready to join in an HA configuration How to Join Systems in a High Availability Configuration This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 and higher In this article e Step 1 Configure Barracuda Message Archivers for High Availability e Step 2 Verify System Connectivity e Step 3 Join the Systems e Step 4 View High Availability Status Related Articles e Prepare Systems for HA e Update Firmware and Energize Updates e Remove or Replace a System i To join together two Barracuda Message Archivers for High Availability HA complete the steps outlined in this article Step 1 Configure Barracuda Message Archivers for High Availability 1a On the first system you want to include in the HA configuration navigate to the ADVANCED gt High Availability page and in the Cluster Settings section enter the following details e Cluster Shared Secret Enter an alphanumeric shared secret passcode you must enter the same code on all Barracuda Message Archivers that you want to include in the HA configuration so that the systems trust one another Important The passcode must match exactly on all systems e Cluster Hostname optional Enter a DNS name or hostname by which other systems in the HA configuration can reach this system leave this field empty to use the system IP address 1b Click Save Changes 1c Repeat steps 1a through
138. Enabled Step 3 Create a Recipient Mail Contact Alternate Email Address The Mail Contact is the account that is to act as a holding location for journaled messages The email address associated with this account is the designated recipient and must be associated with a non existent non routable dummy Domain Name created above in Step 2 Use the following steps to create the Mail Contact 3a Open Exchange Server 2013 and in the Exchange Admin Center EAC click recipients in the left pane select contacts at the top of the page and then click the Add icon to create a new mail contact Enterprise Office 365 Exchange admin center mailboxes groups resources EDFA t 28 DISPLAY NAME a CONT EMAIL ADDRESS There are no items to show im this view 3b In the new mail contact page enter details for the designated recipient account details Mail Contact Windows Internet Explorer new mail contact First name Journal Initials Last name Display name Journal Contact Name Journal Contact Organizational unit 3c Click save The new contact displays in the contacts list FJ Enterprise Office 365 Exchange admin center recipients mailboxes groups resources contacts shared migration permissions poss Monsannad compliance management organization Journal Contact Mail c journalz bma int Journal Conta
139. Entire Message Entire Message Phrase From Subject Returns all messages that have at least one attachment Look only in the names of message attachments for the EXACT phrase as entered Returns all messages that contain images embedded in the body Look for messages with embedded images that are of the specified type No dot before the extension is needed For example enter gi f to return all messages that contain images in the gif format Returns all messages received from an external source by any user in any domain listed in the Local Domains section of the BASIC gt IP Configuration page in the web interface Returns all messages sent to an external mail server by any user of any domain listed in the Local Domains section of the BASIC gt IP Configuration page Returns all messages sent between any users of any domain listed in the Local Domains section of the BASIC gt IP Configuration page Searches for all messages with a timestamp meeting the specified date range Dates must be entered in the YYYY MM DD format Look only in the body of the message for the entered text Look only in the text of Instant Messages for the EXACT phrase as written Look in all fields and all data contained in each item for the entered text Look in all fields and all data contained in each item for the EXACT phrase as entered Look only in the Owner field of the item for the entered text Look only in the Subject line of
140. GroupWise username list section of the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface you must have Simple Object Access Protocol SOAP enabled on the Post Office to which you want to connect A Trusted Application Key allows the Barracuda Message Archiver to access user mailboxes as a Super user and allows them to access the account without requiring a user password See the section Trusted Application Key Options below for details The Trusted Application Key provides access to every account in the GroupWise system You can secure the Trusted Application Key from unauthorized use by specifying a retention flag against the Trusted Application Key in combination with the IP address of your Barracuda Message Archiver See the Novell GroupWise website for details on working with Trusted Application Keys and creating retention flags When Retention is enabled on the GroupWise Server end users cannot delete emails from their mailbox until all emails present in the mailbox have been marked by GroupWise as having been read by the Barracuda Message Archiver Trusted Application Key Options Select the manner in which you want to create a Trusted Application Key e Option 1 Download the Trusted Application Key Generator from the USERS gt Client Downloads page in the Barracuda Message Archiver to generate the GroupWise Trusted Key e Option 2 Manually Generate a Trusted Application Key e Option 3 Create a Trusted Application and its associated Key in Consol
141. HTTPS is recommended e Append the URL with the Barracuda Message Archiver port number for example 443 e You do not need to specify the default HTTPS port 443 e To prohibit users from specifying a different URL turn on Require Users to Use Configured URL Specify the toolbar elements you want to hide e Hide All Toolbar Buttons No archiving or search actions are available to users e Hide Only Archiving Buttons Users can search but cannot archive or stub messages e Hide Only Search Buttons Users can archive and stub messages but cannot search e Hide Only Archiver Store Buttons Users cannot see their Archiver stores mailboxes These settings do not affect the ability to use the custom form installed by the Barracuda Outlook Add In for viewing forwarding or replying to stubbed messages The settings here affect both the Explorer and Inspector views in Outlook When turned on users cannot modify their Barracuda Outlook Add In configuration Specify the maximum number of messages in a single operation that a user can copy from the integrated Outlook search to reduce Excessive message copying from the Barracuda Message Archiver to either a Microsoft Exchange account or to a PST file can be resource intensive Set this limit low to discourage users from copying a large number of messages in a single session Instead users can copy messages in multiple copy operations Set this value to 0 to disable all message copyi
142. How to Import GroupWise Messages i244 viadecanidat ait etia ees Sedep hee eee hd wi eee CAG ead weed 213 1 8 1 4 1 Understanding GroupWise Trusted Application Keys 00 cece tee 214 1 8 1 4 2 How to Create a GroupWise Trusted Application Key 0 0c eee eee eens 214 1 8 1 5 How to Import IBM Notes NSF Files lt a s54 occ snn Sf actawe oo coe deae eee ow ahd OR et ane ees 216 1 8 1 6 How to Configure Your Barracuda Message Archiver to Act as an SMTP Proxy to Your Email Server 217 125 2 OW LO impon Ristoncal Data os erate ie cacdis ese a n We ead vaca de essed pe ce erecta ee caries eee ho a ee sea 218 1 83 Microsoft Exchange Server Integration iis 0via iv eens ede peeked pee ae Eee eee ee ees 220 1 8 4 Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 2007 and 2010 Integration 0c ee eee eens 221 1 8 5 Understanding SMTP Forwarding and Trusted Servers 0 ccc eee eee eens 226 TS G Exchange SIUDDING ararnir dee ade ae he dt ne wees wtalee anh a nied toed ae Se Grek Mer keh ae Reet we E eel sees 227 1 8 7 How to Retrieve Stubbed Messages in Shared Mailboxes 0 eee teen eens 229 KO ONC AMIN heen oh icles cts oh Sy ap nh ely ct recat Ss say evens ey cna herb chs a peasant hee enh A anata eae 233 10 9 FetentOn POUCIES pendar nins A atace hae GE Da Ans Oa 1 bS d oS OER Da Or aad bind aoe Sa Anas hase Ghee BaD gt 234 TO OCS ME IOXY a eit re en eee ee Bee ee BEE Beers eu ae te eee en eet mes teehe
143. I is not updated users are automatically redirected to the secure HTTPS protocol This redirection may require an update to your network firewall rules to allow connectivity to complete on the secure port Important Microsoft Office Click to Run for Office 2010 If you are running Microsoft Office Click to Run for Office 2010 Microsoft has reported that the environment has potential issues when running Add Ins such as the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In As a result the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In may not function as expected For additional information refer to the Microsoft Knowledgebase article Office 2010 Click to Run compatibility with add ins i Message Archive and Search For Search and Archive options refer to How to Search and Archive Messages Using the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In The Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Addin allows you to perform various functions with messages that are stored on your organization s Barracuda Message Archiver including e Synchronization of your archived folders with Outlook e Search for archived messages and other Microsoft Outlook data such as Contacts e View and interact with forward reply to etc all of your archived Outlook items e Access stubbed attachments e Archive messages These functions are available directly from within Outlook allowing transparent access to your messages and attachments all with no browser interaction required All tha
144. ITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 INNO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms To do so attach the following notices to the program It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty and each file should have at least the copyright line and a pointer to where the full notice is found one line to give the prog
145. In the Email field tap and enter your email address from which to access archived messages For example ine enter myname company com 6 Tap in the Password field and enter your password for the specified email address 7 Confirm your settings and tap Save at the top of the screen Searching for Archived Messages Once configuration is complete you can begin searching your archived emails Tap Email at the top of the view and tap on the desired search criteria The Barracuda Message Archiver administrator can associate an LDAP user or group to a role and list of email addresses in the USER S gt LDAP User Add Update page If addresses are excluded and a configured user runs a search through the Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application the following whitelist blacklist rules apply e lf an address is excluded blacklisted the address does not display unless the mail includes the user performing the search to assure that a user can always see their own mail e The exclusion rules always take precedence addresses that are whitelisted are searchable only if the exclusion rules do not block the mail e fa user is not configured and is a member of a group then the blacklist whitelist rules assigned to that group apply to that user e ifa user is assigned to a group when the user logs in via the Outlook Add In or Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application only that user s mail displays For example if an LDAP user has the
146. In version adm and click Add Configuration Options You can configure the Barracuda Outlook Add In through Administrative Template ADM files or through DNS The Add In is configured based on the following order of precedence 1 User configured URL unless 2 ADM is configured to set the ADM configured URL to take precedence 3 ADM configured URL 4 DNS configured hostname Configure Using Administrative Templates Use the following steps to configure the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add in 1 While still in the GPO Editor navigate to User Configuration gt Administrative Templates and expand the Barracuda node that should now be visible 2 Click Message Archiver and click Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In 3 Double click the Barracuda Message Archiver URI policy and enter the fully qualified URI that Outlook users are to use to access the Barracuda Message Archiver e g https archiver mycompany com 443 Note the following e lf users will be accessing the Barracuda Message Archiver from outside the local network the URI must be externally accessible e HTTPS is required when connecting from Outlook specify HTTPS in the URI e Remember to include the port number in the URI If you have not changed the default port settings on your Barracuda Message Archiver the HTTPS port is 443 e By default users can enter a different URL to connect to other than one specified here turn on Require Users to Use Configured
147. L SMTP Server Action 4 EJ Content Filter GH Archiving and Backup Eh Delivery Archive to the local subfolder E SSL Certificates Interval used for creating of new archive folders month Archive to the remote email address archiver ip address gt 2 Advanced Options a ll Definitions 2S Administration Settings Logs Archive Homs Important To archive all messages before the antivirus check begins turn on Archive messages before applying the content filter check When enabled all messages are stored intact any viruses contained within the messages are stored in these files Once configured an archive folder is automatically created when the first message is delivered The folder is named based on the selected interval daily weekly or monthly in the Archiving tab Any time Kerio Connect is restarted a new archive folder is created upon receiving the first message and uses the settings specified in the Archiving section in the Archiving tab IBM Lotus Notes Domino IMAP Deployment This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 or higher and IBM Notes I BM Domino 8 5 or later running on a Microsoft Windows based system The IBM Notes IBM Domino IMAP interface is designed to allow a user access to their mail file via the IMAP interface In order to access the NSF file mailjrn nsf it is necessary to set mailjrn nsf as the Barracud aMailArchiver user email database Note that the Mail A
148. LE FOR PERSONAL INJURY OR ANY INCIDENTAL SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS LOSS OF DATA BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO YOUR ABILITY TO USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE BARRACUDA SOFTWARE HOWEVER CAUSED REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY AND EVEN IF BARRACUDA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGES In no event shall Barracuda s total liability to you for all damages exceed the amount of one hundred dollars 8 Export Control You may not use or otherwise export or re export Barracuda Software except as authorized by the United States law and the laws of the jurisdiction where the Barracuda Software was obtained Energize Update Software License PLEASE READ THIS ENERGIZE UPDATE SOFTWARE LICENSE CAREFULLY BEFORE DOWNLOADING INSTALLING OR USING BARRACUDA NETWORKS OR BARRACUDA NETWORKS SUPPLIED ENERGIZE UPDATE SOFTWARE BY DOWNLOADING OR INSTALLING THE ENERGIZE UPDATE SOFTWARE OR USING THE EQUIPMENT THAT CONTAINS THIS SOFTWARE YOU ARE CONSENTING TO BE BOUND BY THIS LICENSE IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO ALL OF THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE THEN A DO NOT DOWNLOAD INSTALL OR USE THE SOFTWARE AND B YOU MAY RETURN THE SOFTWARE FOR A FULL REFUND OR IF THE SOFTWARE IS SUPPLIED AS PART OF ANOTHER PRODUCT YOU MAY RETURN THE ENTIRE PRODUCT FOR A FULL REFUND YOUR RIGHT TO RETURN AND REFUND EXPIRES 30 DAYS AFTER
149. Networks equipment owned or leased by Customer Customer s use of the Energize Update Software shall be limited to use on a single hardware chassis on a single central processing unit as applicable or use on such greater number of chassis or central processing units as Customer may have paid Barracuda Networks the required license fee and Customer s use of the Energize Update Software shall also be limited as applicable and set forth in Customer s purchase order or in Barracuda Networks product catalog user documentation or web site to a maximum number of a seats i e users with access to the installed Energize Update Software b concurrent users sessions ports and or issued and outstanding IP addresses and or c central processing unit cycles or instructions per second Customer s use of the Energize Update Software shall also be limited by any other restrictions set forth in Customer s purchase order or in Barracuda Networks product catalog user documentation or web site for the Energize Update Software General Limitations Except as otherwise expressly provided under this Agreement Customer shall have no right and Customer specifically agrees not to i transfer assign or sublicense its license rights to any other person or use the Energize Update Software on unauthorized or secondhand Barracuda Networks equipment and any such attempted transfer assignment or sublicense shall be void ii make error corrections to or otherwi
150. ONS FOR USE REPRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION 1 Definitions License shall mean the terms and conditions for use reproduction and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document Licensor shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License Legal Entity shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control are controlled by or are under common control with that entity For the purposes of this definition control means i the power direct or indirect to cause the direction or management of such entity whether by contract or otherwise or ii ownership of fifty percent 50 or more of the outstanding shares or iii beneficial ownership of such entity You or Your shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License Source form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications including but not limited to software source code documentation source and configuration files Object form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form including but not limited to compiled object code generated documentation and conversions to other media types Work shall mean the work of authorship whether in Source or Object form made available under the License as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work an example is pr
151. Options This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher In this article Search Parameter All Search Parameter Email Search Parameter Note Search Parameter Appointment Search Parameter Distribution list Search Parameter Task Search Parameter Contact Search Parameter Social Media e Viewing and Searching Messages Auditor e Advanced Search Tips e Search Strings Keyword Expressions Many different actions are possible from the Advanced Search interface that help you to build and save queries with multiple search parameters Add search parameters Click on the plus sign located to the extreme left of a search criteria line a new search parameter line is added Remove a search parameter Click on the minus sign located to the left of the search parameter you wish to remove AND or OR search parameters Click AND at the end of a search parameter to signifies that it is to be logically ANDed to the next specified parameter If your next criteria is to be logically ORed click AND to toggle it to OR Save a constructed query In the SAVE AS field enter the name under which the query is to be saved and click SAVE AS If you enter a name that already exists the new search parameters overwrite the previously saved parameters under that name Run a previously saved search Select the Saved Search from the pulldown menu to load the search parameters onto the page then click Search Adva
152. P3 Configure Account Enable Envelope Journaling on Mail Storage Verify the Service is Started Configure a Barracuda Message Archiver Journal Account Related Articles e Exchange 2003 SMTP Journal Account Important Notes If you are migrating to a newer version of Exchange Server refer to the Barracuda Message Archiver and Microsoft Exchange Server Migration overview for more information Important Ports Be sure to open the associated port to allow the Barracuda Message Archiver to communicate freely with the Exchange Server e IMAP4 Open port 143 e POP3 Open port 110 Enable IMAP4 or POP3 Use the following steps to enable either IMAP or POP3 or your Exchange 2003 Server 1 Log in to the Exchange Server as the Exchange Server administrator 2 Launch Exchange System Manager and navigate to Servers gt Protocols gt IMAP4 3 In the center pane right click Default IMAP4 Virtual Server and click Start E Exchange System Manager M p File Action View Window Help gt alm E a E e m pan 3 First Organization Exchang H Global Settings H D Recipients Servers JAD 6 A pec Start j 4 Queues Stop ee First Storage Gr Pause ree Recovery Stora J Protocols Gane HTTP Rename i IMAP4 Refresh pa air Defaut Properties ly POPS ae H New Window From Here H A Routing Groups H Tools Eee rld 4 To enable POP3 navigate to Servers gt Protocols gt IMAP4 and in the center pane
153. PURCHASE FROM BARRACUDA NETWORKS OR AN AUTHORIZED BARRACUDA NETWORKS RESELLER AND APPLIES ONLY IF YOU ARE THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER The following terms govern your use of the Energize Update Software except to the extent a particular program a is the subject of a separate written agreement with Barracuda Networks or b includes a separate click on license agreement as part of the installation and or download process To the extent of a conflict between the provisions of the foregoing documents the order of precedence shall be 1 the written agreement 2 the click on agreement and 3 this Energize Update Software License License Subject to the terms and conditions of and except as otherwise provided in this Agreement Barracuda Networks Inc or a Barracuda Networks Inc subsidiary collectively Barracuda Networks grants to the end user Customer a nonexclusive and nontransferable license to use the Barracuda Networks Energize Update program modules and data files for which Customer has paid the required license fees the Energize Update Software In addition the foregoing license shall also be subject to the following limitations as applicable Unless otherwise expressly provided in the documentation Customer shall use the Energize Update Software solely as embedded in for execution on or where the applicable documentation permits installation on non Barracuda Networks equipment for communication with Barracuda
154. PowerShell The Remote Domain must not be your normal email domain The remote domain must be a non existent and non routable unresolvable domain from either inside or outside your organization such as bma int This domain must be used for the email address of the Mail Contact that is to be the journaled message recipient i Remote Domain In previous versions of Exchange Server the Exchange Management Console was used to create a Remote Domain in Exchange Server 2013 the ECP EAC has no analogous functionality so you must use PowerShell to create the Remote Domain To create a Remote Domain you must enter a Name to describe the domain and the actual Domain Name to use In this example bm a int is the fake Domain Name that is used You can use bma int or create your own fake Domain Name Note that this Domain Name is used when creating the Mail Contact in Step 4 2a Open Exchange Server 2013 and click Exchange Management Shell 2b Execute the following command to create the remote domain this command ensures TNEF encloding is disabled and auto forwarding is enabled New RemoteDomain DomainName bma int Name Message Archiver Domain Get RemoteDomain Where _ DomainName eq bma int Set RemoteDomain TNEFEnabled Sfalse AutoForwardEnabled Strue 2c Enter the following command to verify the settings Get RemoteDomain Where _ DomainName eq bma int Format table Name DomainName TNEFEnabled AutoForward
155. Replacing a Failed System e Reloading Restarting and Shutting Down the System e Troubleshooting e How to Reboot the System in Recovery Mode e Migrating to a New Barracuda Message Archiver Configuration Backups This article refers to Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 or higher The contents of an existing configuration backup file can be restored onto the Barracuda Message Archiver whether the backup file was created manually or automatically To restore a backup of all your stored email data from a data backup you made onto your network via a means as described in the article Understanding Archived Data Backup contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support Your raw emails and additional content additional content available for restoration varies with firmware revision can then be moved to your Barracuda Message Archiver from your backup by Barracuda Networks Technical Support From the Restoring Backups section you can upload either a desktop backup or an automated backup for restoration Related Articles Firmware 3 5 and higher e How to Back Up Your Archived Data e Understanding Archived Data Backup Firmware 3 2 or earlier e How to Back Up Your Barracuda Message Archiver To restore a backup file 1 Identify the backup file to restore e Restore Backup File Enter the path and name of a locally available backup file This is generally used to restore a backup saved on your local system or file shar
156. Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete On the system where the Barracuda PST Collector Server is installed open the Admin Console Start gt Programs gt Barracuda gt Mess 1 Open the Configuration Manager Console and navigate to System Center Configuration Manager gt Site Database gt Computer Management gt Software Distribution 2 Go to Advertisements and delete the Advertisement you created to deploy the msi file s Option 3 Command Line with Custom Deployment This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher Use this deployment option if you do not want to deploy with ADM and GPO This article describes how to deploy the PST Collector using custom means such as the System Center Configuration Manager SCCM For additional deployment options refer to the Barracuda PST Collector Deployment Options In this article e Enable PST Collection on the Barracuda Message Archiver e Install the Barracuda PST Collector Server e Configure the Barracuda PST Collector Client e Create the PST Collector Software Distribution Package e Verify Barracud
157. S gt User Add Update page displays 3 Next to Retrieve user Aliases from LDAP click Populate the User Aliases field populates with all user aliases associated from the LDAP for the specified email address 4 Click Save Changes to save the list of aliases for that user The aliases are added to the Aliases field for this user in the USERS gt Local Accounts page Discovery Option for Alias Based Search When conducting an Advanced Search you can search on all aliases associated with an LDAP for a specified email address using Discovery This option searches for all items sent to or received by any email alias address or account associated with specified email addresses as resolved against the LDAP servers identified on the USERS gt Directory Services page The email address specified here is expanded to include all of the entries returned by LDAP and each email address in the resulting list is searched for in the From To Cc and Bcc fields i Email addresses must be completely formed e g username example com To search on all aliases associated with an LDAP 1 On the BASIC gt Search gt Advanced page select All from the first drop down menu and select Discovery from the second drop down menu 2 Select contains and enter the user s email address 3 Click Search 4 To view all associated email addresses click the alias icon Audit Log Filtering This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1
158. SIC gt Search page in the PSTs and Tags tab Once a PST file is enabled for processing if the SID is resolvable via the configured LDAP source the PST file is assigned to the appropriate user based on the LDAP lookup and displays in the Assigned PSTs folder in the BASIC gt Search page in the PSTs and Tags tab If the SID cannot be resolved through LDAP lookup the PST file is processed but is not assigned to a user The PST file displays in the Unassigned PSTs folder in the BASIC gt Search page in the PSTs and Tags tab Emails processed from an unassigned PST file are available in the Search page and are available to both the Message Archiver administrator and to any user whose email address or aliases are included in the email headers Manually Assigning a PST To manually assign an unassigned PST file to a user already displayed in the Assigned PSTs folder use the following steps 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver as the administrator and go to the BASIC gt Search page 2 Click the PSTs and Tags tab and open the Unassigned PSTs folder 3 Click on the unassigned PST and drag it to a user name listed in the Assigned PSTs folder To manually assign the PST file to a user not displayed in the Assigned PSTs folder use the following steps Verify Import of all Transferred PST Files Use the following steps to confirm that all PST files are correctly transferred to the Barracuda Message Archiver and verify that the contents o
159. SIC gt Status page in the Performance Statistics section irrespective of this setting Report High Storage Space Usage Sends an email alert when the storage space usage reaches the specified threshold The actual storage space data displays to the admin user on the BASIC gt Status page in the Performance Statistics section as Mail Log Storage irrespective of this setting Report Automated Backup Errors Sends an email alert if an automated scheduled backup fails for any reason To verify connectivity to the backup location use the Test Backup Server on the ADVANCED gt Backup page to receive immediate results no emails are generated during testing Outbound SMTP Host Smart Host Outbound SMTP Port Your normal outbound SMTP host or your Microsoft Exchange Server Smart Host and the associated port Click Test SMTP Connection to test the test the connection i If your Smart Host accepts SMTP connections on a different port this can be set in the TCP Port field SMB Export Options The Barracuda Message Archiver can enable a local SMB CIFS share called BarracudaMessageArchiverSmbPickup to be used to download zip or pst files from exports performed on the Search page By default this share is not enabled and exports must be downloaded from the ADV ANCED gt Task Manager page In some cases for instance large exports using the web interface is not desirable and enabling the share can be helpful From the ADVANCED
160. ST Collector Server is installed open the Admin Console Start gt Programs gt Barracuda gt Mess age Archiver gt PST Collector 2 From the File menu click Export Discovered PST Data 3 Select the name and location where you want to store the data displayed in the main window The file is saved in CSV format suitable for reading by Microsoft Excel or similar program Uninstall the Barracuda PST Collector Use the following steps to uninstall the Barracuda PST Collector from the client systems and server 1 Open the Configuration Manager Console and navigate to System Center Configuration Manager gt Site Database gt Computer Management gt Software Distribution 2 Go to Advertisements and delete the Advertisement you created to deploy the msi file s Barracuda Message Archiver Stand Alone Search Utility In this Section e Barracuda Message Archiver Stand Alone Search Utility Windows Deployment e Barracuda Message Archiver Stand Alone Search Utility for Windows e Barracuda Message Archiver Stand Alone Search Utility for Mac OS X Barracuda Message Archiver Stand Alone Search Utility Windows Deployment This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher Installation Use the following steps to install the Barracuda Message Archiver Standalone Search Addin Deployment Kit 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver as an administrator 2 Navigate to the USERS gt Client Downloads page and dow
161. ST file imports initiated via the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface there is a 100MB limit per mail item i PST Assignment In firmware 3 2 and earlier PSTs are assigned to LDAP users In firmware 3 5 and higher the Administrator can assign a PST to a local user Note that PST assignment allows visibility of the PST and access to folder names Visibility of individual emails within the PST is still governed by the local user s email address and configured mail aliases and email access is governed by these items being present in the mail headers Components e Barracuda PST Collector Server The server regulates PST transfers in your network to prevent potential network overload and displays the location and status of all PST files as reported by the Barracuda PST Collector clients It runs as a Windows service on any Windows based computer in your environment and is controlled by an administrative console from which all PST collection is configured e Barracuda PST Collector Client The client locates the PST files on the local system on which it is installed and sends the PST files to the Barracuda Message Archiver The client must be installed on all systems expected to contain PST files that require importing and runs as a Windows service However it does not have any interface since all configurations are received from the Barracuda PST Collector Server i All systems running the Barracuda PST Collector Client must have acces
162. Saved Search from being removed from the Barracuda Message Archiver On the BASIC gt Search gt Saved Search page litigation hold details include e Auditor The account name of the auditor who created the Litigation Hold e Saved Search The name of the Saved Search associated with this Litigation Hold e Hold End Date The date and time when this Litigation Hold expires Before an auditor can set up a litigation hold the administrator must first enable litigation holds by completing the following steps 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver and go to the POLICY gt Retention page 2 Set Enable Litigation Holds to Yes and click Save Changes Use Case Litigation Hold In this example Sue is an a user in the auditor role at a large corporation She has been asked to set up a litigation hold Click here to expand 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver in the auditor role Go to the BASIC gt Search page and click Advanced 3 Select Email gt To Cc gt contains and type fronteire as the first set of search criteria Click the plus button to the left of the search parameter Select Email gt Domain gt contains and type corpname com as the domain name Click Search to execute the search and verify that the provided search parameters return the expected results Click Save Search enter fronteire Litigation Hold as the name under which to save this search and click OK Click the Saved
163. Search or the Advanced Search pages Both modes are available to all users who have the ability to search through messages but only the Advanced Search page offers the ability to perform complex queries and create a Saved Search for use in Policy Alerts and Retention Policies Basic Search The Basic Search interface accepts a word or phrase on which to search and returns all available messages that contain the specified text in either the header or message body This mode is useful when searching for that handful of emails to or from someone on a specific topic or when looking for any message that contains a particular phrase These are one time searches as these cannot be saved for later use Advanced Search You can perform more complex searches from the Advanced Search interface This mode offers the ability to combine and negate multiple search parameters save a particular combination of search parameters for future use and execute any such Saved Search You can search for messages in a variety of ways including e specifying a Natural Language or keyword expression as the search string e limiting the scope of a search to specific parts of a message e identifying messages that have a specific attribute such as an attachment or an image e restricting the search base to outbound inbound or internal messages only e going only through those sent to or from specific email addresses or those sent between specific dates See Advanced Search O
164. Searches for all items that were sent or received by any email alias address or account that is associated with the specified email addresses as resolved against the LDAP servers identified on the U SERS gt Directory Services page in the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface Email addresses must be completely formed username example com Look in all fields and all data contained in each item for the entered text Look in all fields and all data contained in each message for the EXACT phrase as entered Searches based on a custom query using keyword expressions Each expression must be in the form search_field phrase Look only in the Subject line and the body of each message for the entered text Look only in the From To and Cc fields of each message for the entered text Look only in the From field of each message for the entered text Look only in the To and Cc fields of each message for the entered text Look only in the Bcc field of each message for the entered text Look in the From To and Cc fields for an email address whose domain matches the entered text Look only in the Subject line of each message for the entered text Has Attachment Attachment Name Contains Images Image Type Inbound Outbound Internal Date Body Instant Message Table 3 Search Parameter Note Entire Message Entire Message Phrase Owner Subject Date Table 4 Search Parameter Appointment
165. Server 2003 to Windows Vista or later you must disable User Account Control UAC on the client workstations because UAC is not supported in Windows Server Group Policy GPO deployments prior to Windows Server 2008 If UAC is not disabled you will encounter an error similar to the following Module C Windows systems32 BmaPST32 dll failed to register HRESULT 2147023782 contact your support personnel For more information on managing UAC through GPO refer to the Microsoft Knowledgebase article UAC Group Policy Settings and Registry Key Settings Locale The language for the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In options is determined by your Microsoft Office installation locale Supported languages for the Add In include e English e Spanish Continental e French e Japanese e Dutch e italian e Chinese Installation Use the following steps to install the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add in Deployment Kit 1 Log into the Barracuda Message Archiver as an administrator 2 Navigate to the USERS gt Client Downloads page and download the Outlook Add In Deployment Kit 3 Extract the contents to an easily accessible location the deployment kit contains the following e Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add in installer for Outlook 2010 or Outlook 2013 64 bit BmaOutlookAddlIn version_x64 msi e Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add in installer for all other versions of Outlook BmaOutlookAddIn version_x86 msi e B
166. Server so that appropriate parts of the messages are replaced with a stub a link to where the actual contents reside on the Barracuda Message Archiver e Folder Sync Import into the Barracuda Message Archiver the complete folder structure of the selected users Mailboxes This action imports the selected users custom folders and subfolders 3 Use the workflow to set up the Exchange action For a comprehensive description of each Exchange Action go to the MAIL SOURCES gt Exchange Integration page in the web interface and click Help Next Step Proceed to the article Configuring an SMTP Journal Account for Microsoft Exchange 2003 to complete your deployment setup Understanding Microsoft Exchange 2003 Envelope Journaling This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 and higher and a Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Organizations using Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 can take advantage of its envelope journaling feature to send all messages along with all recipient information directly to the Barracuda Message Archiver ensuring complete and accurate archiving of all electronic correspondence for compliance with government regulations and corporate standards i Stubbing and Microsoft Exchange Import For stubbing and Microsoft Exchange imports initiated via the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface there is a 100MB limit on file import i Important If you are migrating to a newer version of Exchange
167. Settings Q General Labels Inbox Accounts Filters ForwardingandPOPIMAP Chat Web Clips Labs Offline Themes IMAP Access 5 Click Save Changes Status IMAP is disabled Enable IMAP Disable IMAP When mark a message in IMAP as deleted w Auto Expunge on Immediately update the server default Auto Expunge off Wait for the client to update the server When a message is marked as deleted and expunged from the last visible IMAP folder 5 Archive the message default Move the message to the Trash Immediately delete the message forever Folder Size Limits Do notlimitthe number of messages in an IMAP folder default Limit IMAP folders to contain no more than this many messages 1 000 Configure your email client e g Outlook Thunderbird iPhone Configuration instructions Save Changes Cancel i In Gmail it is not possible to enable IMAP while using the basic HTML interface You must use the standard view to see this option To enable POP in Gmail O O AOUN Sign in to Gmail Click the gear icon in the upper right then select Settings Click Forwarding and POP IMAP at the top of the page Inthe POP Download section select Enable POP for all mail or Enable POP for mail that arrives from now on Choose what to do with your messages after your POP client or device receives them Configure your POP client and then click Save Changes Add the Journal Account to the Barracuda Message Arc
168. Software 5 YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE USE OF THE BARRACUDA SOFTWARE IS AT YOUR OWN RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTION QUALITY PERFORMANCE AND ACCURACY IS WITH YOU THE BARRACUDA SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND AND BARRACUDA HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE BARRACUDA SOFTWARE EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTIBILITY OF SATISFACTORY QUALITY OF FITNESS FOR ANY APPLICATION OF ACCURACY AND OF NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS BARRACUDA DOES NOT WARRANT THE CONTINUED OPERATION OF THE SOFTWARE THAT THE PERFORMANCE WILL MEET YOUR EXPECTATIONS THAT THE FUNCTIONS WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS THAT THE OPERATION WILL BE ERROR FREE OR CONTINUOUS OR THAT DEFECTS WILL BE CORRECTED NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION GIVEN BY BARRACUDA OR AUTHORIZED BARRACUDA REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY SHOULD THE BARRACUDA SOFTWARE PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE ENTIRE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 6 License YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT YOU WILL PROVIDE AN UNLIMITED ZERO COST LICENSE TO BARRACUDA FOR ANY PATENTS OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS UTILIZED IN THE BARRACUDA SOFTWARE WHICH YOU EITHER OWN OR CONTROL 7 Limitation of Liability TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW IN NO EVENT SHALL BARRACUDA BE LIAB
169. Source page from the Data Type drop down menu select File Share CIFS Verify Enable Backups is turned On 9 10 11 12 13 In the File Share Information section enter BMA SMB as the Share Name and click Test Share In the Folder Selection section specify which folders you want to back up To replicate to the cloud turn on Replicate to Barracuda Cloud Storage Click Save to save your configuration and add the data source Go to the BACKUP gt Schedules page and add a schedule for the SMB share For more information go to the go to the ADVANCED gt Backup page in the Barracuda Message Archiver and click the Help button Configuring a Data Partition Mirror This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher except where noted Message Archiver models excluding model 150 provide RAID storage to protect against physical drive failure However other environmental or catastrophic issues may occur that the built in RAID redundancy cannot protect against For this reason it is strongly recommended that the Barracuda Message Archiver administrator make use of the available mechanisms to back up the email data to an external location You can add additional storage volumes and enable mirroring for existing storage to provide redundancy of data Configure a real time mirror of the Barracuda Message Archiver s data partition through the ADVANCED gt Storage Manager page You must disable an
170. System in Recovery Mode 0 0 cece eens 261 1 11 7 Migrating to a New Barracuda Message Archiver 000 ee ee 262 T2 TOONS GIN Add WS es a Sa iss ey sia Sects hy ads cee eerael ce ath E hatin heen et apc reas ht io aah aaa Beatie endl haa ee he 263 1 12 1 Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add IN 1 0 0 0 0 eee eee ee eee e ene 263 1 12 1 1 Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In Deployment 0 000 cece ttt 263 1 12 1 2 Installing and Configuring the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In 00 cece eee ees 267 1 12 1 3 How to Search and Archive Messages Using the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In 273 1 12 1 4 Troubleshooting the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In 6 1 cc eee eens 279 1 12 1 5 How to Enable the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In in a Microsoft Terminal Server Environment 281 1 12 1 6 Barracuda Outlook Add In Customization Options 0 tenet tenes 283 1312 07 HOw to Create Local MASONS ance nccus tec eased to biae tae atuedateee ante tae Riv etna AA 285 1 12 2 Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Applications 0 00 ena 290 1 12 2 1 Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application for iPhone iPod Touch and iPad 000 eee eee 290 1 12 2 2 Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application for Android 20 0c eens 295 k23 Baracuda POT ONS CION zeia oe sles a best Avsdepiw ds rg ret atts acae Say Dead tant e
171. TITLE NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License 8 Limitation of Liability In no event and under no legal theory whether in tort including negligence contract or otherwise unless required by applicable law such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts or agreed to in writing shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages including any direct indirect special incidental or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the Work including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill work stoppage computer failure or malfunction or any and all other commercial damages or losses even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages 9 Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof You may choose to offer and charge a fee for acceptance of support warranty indemnity or other liability obligations and or rights consistent with this License However in accepting such obligations You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility not on behalf of any other Contributor and only if You agree to indemnify defend and hold each Contributor harmless for any liabi
172. The PST file now displays in the Assigned PSTs folder under the selected user name i You can also assign a PST file by dragging it to a specific user listed in the Assigned PSTs folder Unassign a pst File To unassign a PST file complete either of the following actions e Right click the PST file and click Unassign PST the PST displays in the Unassigned PSTs folder e Click and drag the PST file to the Unassigned PSTs folder Monitoring In this Section e Viewing Performance Statistics e Setting Up Alerts e Viewing System Tasks e Understanding the Front Panel Indicator Lights e Reports Viewing Performance Statistics This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher In this article e Message Statistics e Performance Statistics e Policy Statistics e Storage Statistics e Subscription Status e Cluster Status e Hourly and Daily Statistics The BASIC gt Status page provides an overview of the health and performance of your Barracuda Message Archiver including e Traffic and policy statistics such as the amount of overall email traffic and how many messages have triggered a particular policy category e The subscription status of Energize Updates e Performance statistics including CPU temperature and system load Performance statistics displayed in red signify that the value exceeds the normal threshold These values fluctuate based on the amount of traffic that is being handled Howe
173. Use the following steps to set up mail archival to the Barracuda Message Archiver 1 Log in to the MailEnable administration console expand Messaging Manager right click Filters and click N ew gt New filter 2 Turn on Filter is enabled and enter the name Archive all messages Save the filter 3 In the right pane double click the new filter the Filter Management window displays 4 Scroll down to and double click the criteria All messages Process filter actions for all messages the Pro perties window displays 5 Turn on Enable and then click OK 6 In the Filter Management window click Add Action the Actions list displays Locate and double click Forward to address the Proper ties window displays 7 In the forwarding address field enter the Barracuda Message Archiver IP address in the associated field and then click OK MDaemon Messaging Server Deployment This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 and higher and the MDaemon Messaging Server Use the following steps to configure an MDaemon Messaging Server to forward a copy of all incoming and outgoing messages to the Barracuda Message Archiver 1 From the MDaemon menu bar click the Setup menu and click Default Domain Servers domain Default Domain Servers F2 Extra Domains Olk F2 Web Sync amp IM Services bry Event Scheduling CHriI E BlackBerry Alt 6 Preferences Chrl 0 2 Inthe Default Domain amp
174. Use the following steps to test Barracuda Message Archiver StandAlone Search Utility deployment i Group Policy updates can take several minutes to post run gpupdate force to perform an immediate update 1 Restart a computer that is joined to the domain 2 Verify that the utility is installed when you log in and the configured policies are applied Troubleshooting Following is a list of troubleshooting tips e A common cause of failure is that the user and or the user s computer does not have adequate access to the share location Verify that all access and network privileges are configured appropriately e Additional error messages are available in the Event Log on the domain computer if you do not find the desired information in the Event Log consider enabling verbose logging and restarting the computer e For additional information on fixing Group Policy issues see Fixing Group Policy problems by using log files on the Microsoft TechNet website Barracuda Message Archiver Stand Alone Search Utility for Windows This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher You can download and install the Barracuda Message Archiver Stand Alone Search Utility on your Windows based system to allow archive searches without using either the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In or logging in to the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface Install the Barracuda Message Archiver Search Utility Use the followin
175. WORKS PRODUCTS INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF TITLE AVAILABILITY RELIABILITY USEFULNESS MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE NONINFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM COURSE OF PERFORMANCE DEALING USAGE OR TRADE EXCEPT FOR THE ABOVE WARRANTY BARRACUDA NETWORKS PRODUCTS AND THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS AND BARRACUDA NETWORKS DOES NOT WARRANT THAT ITS PRODUCTS WILL MEET YOUR REQUIREMENTS OR BE UNINTERRUPTED TIMELY AVAILABLE SECURE OR ERROR FREE OR THAT ANY ERRORS IN ITS PRODUCTS OR THE SOFTWARE WILL BE CORRECTED FURTHERMORE BARRACUDA NETWORKS DOES NOT WARRANT THAT BARRACUDA NETWORKS PRODUCTS THE SOFTWARE OR ANY EQUIPMENT SYSTEM OR NETWORK ON WHICH BARRACUDA NETWORKS PRODUCTS WILL BE USED WILL BE FREE OF VULNERABILITY TO INTRUSION OR ATTACK Software License PLEASE READ THIS SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT AGREEMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THE BARRACUDA SOFTWARE BY USING THE BARRACUDA SOFTWARE YOU ARE AGREEING TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE DO NOT USE THE SOFTWARE IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE YOU MAY RETURN THE SOFTWARE OR HARDWARE CONTAINING THE SOFTWARE FOR A FULL REFUND TO YOUR PLACE OF PURCHASE 1 The software documentation whether on disk in read only memory or on any other media or in any other form collectively Barracuda Software is licensed not sold to you by Barracuda Networks Inc Barracuda
176. Whether the latest release notes have been read e IP Address Subnet Mask and Default Gateway as configured on the BASIC gt IP Configuration page e Primary DNS Server and Secondary DNS Server as configured on the BASIC gt IP Configuration page e Host Name as configured on the BASIC gt IP Configuration page e Time Zone as configured on the BASIC gt Administration page e Web Interface HTTP Port as configured on the BASIC gt Administration page this must be the same value on all systems in the cluster e Any advanced IP configuration as configured on the ADVANCED gt ADVANCED Networking page e All customized branding models 650 and above as configured on the on the ADVANCED gt Appearance page e Cluster Shared Secret note that this must be the same on all systems for the cluster to work properly as configured on the ADVANCED gt High Availability page e Cluster Hostname as configured on the ADVANCED gt High Availability page e Local Host Map as configured on the ADVANCED gt High Availability page e Web Interface HTTPS SSL port as configured on the on the ADVANCED gt Secure Administration page must be the same value on a ll systems in the cluster e Any other secure administration configuration including saved certificates as configured on the ADVANCED gt Secure Administration page e All SSL information including saved certificates as configured on the on the ADVANCED gt Secure Administration pag
177. a Message Archiver is cudaSNMP b If you select v3 enter the SNMP username and password and select the authentication and encryption methods c In the Allows SNMP IP Range section enter the IP Address and Netmask or click Bulk Edit to enter multiple entries in the form IP Address Netmask Note If no IP address or network is specified then SNMP access is possible from any system d Click Add MIB and REF Files Once you set up the SNMP Manager import the following MIB and REF files to your SNMP monitor note that these files are standard across all Barracuda Networks products e The Barracuda Message Archiver MIB e The Barracuda Reference MIB standard across all Barracuda Networks products You can monitor objects included in these MIB and REF files either from custom scripts or from your SNMP monitor The MIB files are located on the Barracuda Message Archiver and can be obtained by replacing MGMTIP in the following links with the management IP address of your Barracuda Message Archiver e http MGMTIP 8000 Barracuda BMA MIB ixt e http MGMTIP 8000 Barracuda REF MIB txt Viewing System Tasks This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher The ADVANCED gt Task Manager page provides a list of tasks that are in the process of being performed and displays any errors encountered when performing these tasks Some of the tasks that the Barracuda Message Archiver tracks include e Imports of historical
178. a PST Collector Client Installation e Monitor and Verify PST Collection e Assigned and Unassigned PSTs e Manually Assigning a PST e Verify Import of all Transferred PST Files e Generate and Save a PST Collection Activity Report e Uninstall the Barracuda PST Collector i Important All new installations require some initial synchronization tasks to be performed between the Microsoft Exchange Server and the Barracuda Message Archiver These tasks including the direct import of messages stubbing and folder synchronization can take a fair amount of time to complete The Barracuda Message Archiver prioritizes these tasks over processing collected PST files Therefore to reduce network traffic as well as potential load on the Barracuda Message Archiver and to ensure that even the newest PST files are imported it is highly recommended that PST collection begin after all such initial integration tasks are complete Note that PST file imports initiated via the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface there is a 100MB limit per mail item Enable PST Collection on the Barracuda Message Archiver Use the following steps to enable PST collection on the Barracuda Message Archiver 1 Log into your Barracuda Message Archiver as admin and navigate to the MAIL SOURCES gt PST Import page 2 Inthe PST Import Options section set the Enable PST Collector option to Yes Note that this feature does not require Enable Local SMB Share for PST imports to be
179. a new mailbox store on your Exchange Server 1a Launch the Exchange System Manager ESM console Programs gt Microsoft Exchange gt System Manager expand your servers and navigate to the server in which you intend to add the mailbox store 1b Right click First Storage Group point to New and click Mailbox Store E Exchange System Manager _ oO Ea Eile 4ction View Window Help m Xx e 3 First Organization Exchange 7 First Storage Group i eer C Recipients Dj Servers i Executives EF con gA Mailbox Store ICON m 4 Public Folder Store ICOM SRE Mailbox Store i VIEW ee New Window From H ay ij Proto Delete H O Routing Group L Rename FL Tools Refresh H Folders Saa Properties Help 1c In the Properties dialog box click the General tab and type Non Journaled Mailstore in the Name field Properties General Database Limits l Full Text Indexing Details Folicies rT Name Non Journaled Mailstorel Default public store E ICOM First Storage Group Public Folder Store Browse Offline address list Defaut Offline Address List Browse Archive all messages sent or received by mailboxes on this store Browse IW Clients support S MIME signatures Display plain text messages in a fized sized font Cancel Apply Help 1d Click on the Database tab and click Browse next to the Exchange database field
180. a special designated SMTP recipient to push messages to the Barracuda Message Archivers e SMTP or SMTP Relay Deployment You have a mail server that is not capable of journaling and you have a Barracuda Spam Firewall installed If your email server does not support journaling and you do not have a Barracuda Spam Firewall or if you want to join a Barracuda Message Archiver using a journaling deployment with a Barracuda Message Archiver using an SMTP deployment contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support for High Availability configuration options Retention Policies and Litigation Holds Barracuda Message Archivers joined in an HA configuration act as independent systems with the addition of messages copied from the HA peers Ensure that retention policies and litigation holds are compatible so as to obtain the same search results on the joined systems Message Import Copy and Search in a High Availability Configuration The following figure illustrates message import copy and search in an HA configuration Figure 1 Message Import Copy and Search Internet a Primary Barracuda Message Archiver Journaling nai server Eea aA internal Email Users Secondary Barracuda Message Archiver A Incoming outgoing message content 2 Users send and receive message content 3 Message content pushed to Primary Barracuda Message Archiver Message content imported by Primary device content queued to copy to Secondary d
181. able to forward stubbed attachments or emails from their own Outlook mailbox but not from a shared Outlook mailbox If this is the case users will receive an error message from Outlook similar to Unable to open original message when attempting to forward stubbed attachments from a shared Outlook mailbox By default in Microsoft Outlook 2003 2007 and 2010 a security setting does not allow script execution or custom forms in shared mailboxes or public folders For this reason if the Microsoft Exchange Administrator performs message stubbing on shared mailboxes or public folders delegated to all users or specific user groups these stubbed messages cannot be retrieved in the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In To allow users to retrieve these stubbed messages in addition to their INBOX messages each user can set Allow Script in shared folders or the Microsoft Exchange Administrator can enable scripts in folders organization wide using the Microsoft Office policy template ADM files Microsoft Outlook 2013 In Microsoft Outlook 2013 script execution is allowed by default Enable Scripting Organization Wide Recommended To enable scripts across your entire organization go to the associated Microsoft article e Microsoft Outlook 2003 See the Microsoft article Office 2003 Service Pack 3 Administrative Template ADM OPAs and Explain Text Update verify your operating system in the section System requirements and following the steps d
182. access the share after it is enabled connect to lt P gt BMA SMB lt sharenumber gt Restore Data Partition Content To restore data partition content contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support How to Back Up Your Barracuda Message Archiver This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher except where noted i Message Archiver models excluding the 150 provide RAID storage to protect against physical drive failure However other environmental or catastrophic issues may occur that the built in RAID redundancy cannot protect against For this reason it is strongly recommended that the Barracuda Message Archiver administrator make use of the available mechanisms to back up the email data to an external location There are two methods for backing up the data partition on your Barracuda Message Archiver from within the web interface e Option 1 Configure a Data Partition Mirror Create a mirror of the Barracuda Message Archiver data partition on an external network device e Option 2 Message Store Backup The data partition of the Barracuda Message Archiver can be accessed by an external backup solution such as the Barracuda Backup Server Option 1 Configure a Data Partition Mirror Firmware Release 3 5 and Higher In firmware release 3 5 and higher note that while use of the Storage Manager Mirror capability ADVANCED gt Storage Manager pag e will push a real time copy of raw emails
183. ach the Exchange Server directly for example if they are installed in different locations In this article e Enable RoH Capability e Confirm ROH is Available e Troubleshooting e Test Remote Connectivity e Test RoH Connectivity using Outlook Related Articles RoH must bind to your email service account for details on setting up an email service account refer to the following articles e Creating an Email Service Account for Exchange Server 2003 e Creating an Email Service Account for Exchange Server 2007 2010 and 2013 i Authentication Basic authentication is required for the Barracuda Message Archiver to successfully connect to the RPC host NTLM authentication is not available at this time SSL and SSL Certificates SSL HTTPS must be enabled on the RoH proxy server The ROH proxy server must be using a trusted third party certificate If you have questions or have the need to use privately signed certificates contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support Note If you are already using NTML authentication in your environment you may want to set your RPC virtual directory to use both Basic and NTML authentication to avoid Outlook users being prompted for login information at each Outlook session For additional information see the Microsoft TechNet article RPC over HTTP Authentication and Security Enable RoH Capability Use the following steps to enable RoH capability for Exchange integration 1 Log in to the Bar
184. age and the attachment is replaced with an attachment indicator and a link to the preserved attachment This message s contents have been archived by the Barracuda Message Archiver 52 3K i If there are no attachments in the message then nothing is stubbed and the entire message is left intact e Entire Message When selected the entire message body is replaced with a text excerpt containing a link to the original message This message s contents have been archived by the Barracuda Message Archiver To view the original message 2 7M Users of Microsoft Outlook 2003 and higher can view a stubbed email using the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add in When a stubbed email is accessed through the add in the attachment is automatically downloaded and displayed as part of the original email The attachment is readily available for viewing or dragging onto the desktop making the stubbing process virtually invisible i Important In order for remote users of the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add in to interact with the Barracuda Message Archiver the Web Interface Ports specified on the BASIC gt Administration page and onthe ADVANCED gt Secure Administration page must be configured on your corporate firewall to accept incoming connections Frequency The stubbing process can be initiated on demand or configured to run nightly All messages that are currently on your Exchange Server that meet the provided criteria are
185. age on a user that is on their Exclude these Addresses Exclusion Rules blacklist Example Inclusion Exclusion Rules The following examples illustrates the inclusion exclusion rules e Example 1 If Brian is not individually configured but is a member of the distribution group HR then the Admin can set the blacklist whitelist rules for the group HR and Brian will use these settings when searching mail rather than seeing only his own mail e Example 2 If Josh is not individually configured but is a member of the distribution group HR which has an Auditor role and Josh is also a member of the group Employees which has a User role Josh has only the User role privileges when running a search Message Import Stubbing and Configuration Options In this Section e How to Import New Messages e How to Import Historical Data e Microsoft Exchange Server Integration e Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 2007 and 2010 Integration e Understanding SMTP Forwarding and Trusted Servers e Exchange Stubbing e How to Retrieve Stubbed Messages in Shared Mailboxes e Policy Alerts e Retention Policies e SMTP Proxy Related Articles e Understanding Email Encryption and Archival e How to Set Up Email Encryption and Archival e Archiving Encrypted Email Messages Barracuda Spam Firewall How to Import New Messages This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher Depending on your network configuration there are severa
186. age stubbing frequency or caching You adjust these settings through the Barracuda Message Archiver Options dialog box Initial Log In The first time you use the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Addin you are prompted to enter your login credentials e URI of your Barracuda Message Archiver The URI generally starts with https followed by the system name or IP address and may end with a colon and a number for example https archiver company com 8000 e Your complete email address for example myname company com e Your domain LDAP password typically your email password Barracuda Message Archiver URI of your Barracuda Message Archiver Email Address Password Once you enter these details and click OK Microsoft Outlook automatically remembers your login credentials and there is no need to enter this information again unless you change your password If you forget your password or are unable to access the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Addin contact your system administrator Important If your organization configures local users on the Barracuda Message Archiver each user receives a Barracuda Message Archiver User Rollout email If the login credentials differ from your email address please use the account information provided in the Rollout email to log into the system Barracuda Message Archiver Options Dialog Box Use the following steps to access the Barracuda Message Archiver Options dialog box Th
187. ail Notifications e SMB Export Options e Search Page Settings e Secondary Authorization e System Reload Shutdown Related Articles e Storage Backup e Search Options amp Configuration On the BASIC gt Administration page you configure additional usage settings management and access to the Barracuda Message Archiver including many of the default display settings Password Change In the Password Change section you change the system password for the admin account Enter the Old and New Passwords and re enter the new password to change the password used to access the web interface for the Barracuda Message Archiver Click Save Password to save your changes Time The current time is automatically updated on the Barracuda Message Archiver via Network Time Protocol NTP When the Barracuda Message Archiver resides behind a firewall NTP requires port 123 to be opened for outbound and inbound UDP traffic It is important that the time zone be correctly set on the Barracuda Message Archiver This current time determines the delivery times for messages and appears in certain mail reading programs The system reboots when the time zone is changed Default Barracuda Locale Select the default language and set the default encoding for handling unknown character sets i All email notifications from the Barracuda will be in UTF8 encoding Administrator IP Range Enter the IP addresses networks allowed to access the administrative
188. anding Shared Mailbox Support e User Search e Shared Mailbox Configuration e Shared Mailbox Support Auto Mapping Enabled e Shared Mailbox Support Auto Mapping Disabled Related Articles e Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 Deployment Additional Resource e Mailbox Auto Mapping in Exchange Server 2010 Part 1 e Mailbox Auto Mapping in Exchange Server 2010 Part 2 Understanding Shared Mailbox Support The Barracuda Message Archiver s Shared Mailbox Support feature allows a Barracuda Message Archiver user access to email based upon Microsoft Exchange Server s shared mailbox capability User Search When a user searches for emails in the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In or through a B arracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application the search results include emails from both the user s mailbox as well as all mailboxes shared with that user Shared Mailboxes Shared mailboxes and their folders display in the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface However shared PSTs are not supported at this time Shared Mailbox Configuration On your Exchange Server you can create a shared mailbox for use by multiple users For Exchange Server 2010 SP1 and higher the Barracuda Message Archiver supports shared mailboxes when one of the following is true e Auser is assigned full access permissions to another mailbox via the Exchange Management Console EMC This action populates the LDAP at
189. approximately 1 4 page of text In this example the Barracuda Message Archiver parses and indexes the text content of a 1000 slide PowerPoint presentation Note that the entire presentation is always stored and if the presentation exceeds 1000 slides you can search and match content from the first 1000 slides within that presentation This is true whether you are journaling all content or if you are simply stubbing attachments Exporting Messages Messages found to be in violation of organizational policy often need to be gathered together for easy presentation Once a search has located the messages you want to export the Barracuda Message Archiver can export either a zip file containing eml versions of the selected messages or a pst file Additionally in firmware release 3 5 and higher you can select to download to a Copy account For details go to the BA SIC gt Search page in the web interface and click the Help button Alias Unification Each user typically has only one account on the email server but may have multiple email addresses usually variations on their initials and names that they also receive These aliases are resolved by the email server using protocols such as LDAP so that messages addressed to an alias are actually delivered to the appropriate email account The Barracuda Message Archiver unifies the primary account with all of its known aliases so that a user has archive access to all messages received by that u
190. ard the message 1 Tap on a message to display the full content in the window the following options display across the bottom of the screen e Reply Sends an email response only to the message originator e Reply All Sends an email response to the message originator and all recipients e Forward Send a copy of the archived message to one or more new email addresses 2 Tap the desired option enter the content of your message and tap send Barracuda PST Collector This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher except where noted Automated PST collection enables organizations to seamlessly meet litigation support and regulatory compliance requirements by simplifying the import of PSTs into the Barracuda Message Archiver While the contents of individual PST files can be imported manually at any time the Barracuda PST Collector automates the gathering and importing of pre existing PST files from any directory on a Microsoft Windows based system minimizing the number of manual imports necessary to ensure that all emails are discoverable and included in the archive The Barracuda PST Collector is available for Microsoft Windows based systems only In this article e Components e Configuration amp Deployment Options e Stages Related Articles e How to Assign and Unassign PST Files Additional Resources e Barracuda Networks Knowledgebase Solution 0 0006097 i PST Import Size Limit For P
191. are awaiting transfer 3 Once imports are no longer in progress verify that the number and size of the completed PST files are as expected in the PST Collector Admin Console lt 4 Barracuda PST Collector Admin Console File View Reports Tools i Discovered PST file s k g Fath Copy of diag pst Copy of mapi_1213126487_ diag pst mapi_1213126487_3947 con mapi_1213735783_28349 co mapi_ 1214554467 4335 con map 1215798197 227710 My Outlook Data File 1 pst My Outlook Data File pst My Outlook Data File 3 pst pst_byHo0R 7w pst ru_msg_test pst Host shade shade shade shade shade shade shade shade shade shade shade shade Owner Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Status Complete Complete Complete Complete Complete Complete Complete Complete Pending Complete Complete Missing Created 4 25 2011 12s 4 25 2011 12s 4 25 2011 12s 4 25 2011 12 4 25 2011 12 4 25 2011 12 4 25 2011 12 4 23 2011 2 3 10 21 2011 3 10 25 2011 1 4 25 2011 12 4 25 2011 12s Modified 5 7 2008 6 38 6 12 2008 11 5 6 2008 11 0 6 16 2008 10 6 18 2008 11 7 9 2008 2 54 7 15 2008 1 5 5 14 2010 141 10 21 2011 3 10 25 2011 1 6 24 2008 11 8 1 2011 4 06 4 If
192. are complete Note that PST file imports initiated via the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface there is a 100MB limit per mail item Enable PST Collection on the Barracuda Message Archiver Use the following steps to enable PST collection on the Barracuda Message Archiver 1 Log into your Barracuda Message Archiver as admin and navigate to the MAIL SOURCES gt PST Import page 2 Inthe PST Import Options section set the Enable PST Collector option to Yes Note that this feature does not require Enable Local SMB Share for PST imports to be enabled as the Collector uses a separate import directory Install the Barracuda PST Collector Server Use the following steps to download install and configure the Barracuda PST Collector Server 1 While still logged into your Barracuda Message Archiver as admin navigate to the USERS gt Client Downloads page 2 Download and install the server application on a Microsoft Windows based system in your environment that can be reached by all the systems on which the client application is to be deployed Note that this need not be an actual server nor does it need any special configuration you can even use a virtual machine VM to function as the Server 3 Once the server application is installed run the Admin Console to configure the Server lt 9 Barracuda PST Collector Admin Console File View Reports Tools Discovered PST file s Modified Initial Configuration Hostname of your Barracuda
193. arracuda Central The Energize Updates service is responsible for downloading these updates to your Barracuda Message Archiver To activate your subscription status 1 At the top of every page you may see the following warning 2 Click on the designated link to go to the Product Activation page in a new browser window 3 On the Product Activation page fill in the required fields and click Activate A confirmation page opens and displays the terms of your subscription e lf your Barracuda Message Archiver cannot communicate directly to Barracuda Central servers an Activation Code displays enter this code in the Activation Code area using the steps described below in step 4 4 Return to the Barracuda Message Archiver administration interface and navigate to the BASIC gt Status page In the Subscription Status section verify that the word Current appears next to Energize Updates Instant Replacement Service if purchased and Premium Support if purchased If you received an Activation Code enter the code in the Activation Code area and click Save to activate your Barracuda Message Archiver 5 There may be a delay of a few minutes for the display to reflect your updated subscription status If the status continues to display as Unactiva ted click Refresh in the Subscription Status section If your subscription status does not change to Current within an hour or if you have trouble filling out the Product Activation page con
194. arracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add in Administrator module Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In version adm 4 Move or copy the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In version adm file to your local systemroot inf directory typically found in c winnt int 5 Copy the msi file s to a location that is accessible by your users 6 Open the Group Policy Object GPO Editor for the organization that is to use the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add in e g the default domain policy 7 If you do not already have a network share for GPO software deployment you must create one The share must be accessible from all of the machines on which the software is to be deployed The permissions for the share must give read access to the Everyone group and the permissions for the underlying NTFS folder must give read access to the Authenticated Users group The software is installed by the machines themselves rather than by users and machines are not members of the Everyone group therefore this modification to the default permissions is required 8 Either edit the default policy or create a new policy object then link it to the desired container For example the particular OU containing the computers on which the add in is to be installed 9 Expand User Configuration right click Administrative Templates select All Tasks and click Add Remove Templates 10 Navigate to systemroot inf select Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add
195. arracuda Message Archiver features an easy to use web user interface creating an intuitive and cost effective administration tool for the integrated hardware and software solution The web user interface allows administrators to define manage and control corporate archiving settings and rules from a central location Related Articles e Create Policy Based Security e Saved Search Retention Policies e Auditor Role The Barracuda Message Archiver provides e Litigation Support e Storage Management e Knowledge Management e Compliance Litigation Support Litigation discovery involves all parties in a lawsuit and requires that all data or information relevant to the lawsuit be provided as requested by the court of law The Barracuda Message Archiver stores and indexes all email for easy search and retrieval by both regular users and third party auditors Storage Management Not only does the volume of email messages continue to increase the size of the average email itself is also on the rise Due to the increased use of file attachments in email messages the average email size can range between 22KB and 350KB As such the ability for an organization to adequately keep up with the storage demands of email can be costly While storage solutions can be used to deal with the problem of email message growth in the short term the Barracuda Message Archiver provides a more resourceful way of handling the issue over a longer period of time
196. arracuda PST Collector Client using the ADM and ecommended deploy using GPO Option 2 ADM with Custom Deployment Configure the Barracuda PST Collector Client using the ADM and deploy using custom means e g System Center Configuration Manager SCCM Option 3 Command Line with Custom Deployment Configure the Barracuda PST Collector Client using SERVER at the command line and deploy using custom means e g SCCM i Important All new installations require some initial synchronization tasks to be performed between the Microsoft Exchange Server and the Barracuda Message Archiver These tasks including the direct import of messages stubbing and folder synchronization can take a fair amount of time to complete The Barracuda Message Archiver prioritizes these tasks over processing collected PST files Therefore to reduce network traffic as well as potential load on the Barracuda Message Archiver and to ensure that even the newest PST files are imported it is highly recommended that PST collection begin after all such initial integration tasks are complete Stages There are three main stages to PST collection e Inventory The Barracuda PST Collector Client scans client systems for PST files and creates an inventory of those files which is then submitted to the Barracuda PST Collector Server e Transfer The Barracuda PST Collector Server authorizes and schedules each client to send their PST files to the Barracuda Message Archiver
197. ata content is available for Mirroring in a future point release of the firmware Set Up Backups Use the following steps to set up Barracuda Message Archiver archive backup Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver and go to the ADVANCED gt Backups page In the Backup of Archives section set Back Up Archives via SMB to Yes to allow access to the message store as an SMB share Enter the Workgroup in which the Barracuda Message Archiver should appear Enter the Password for the username smb used to connect to the SMB share Click Save Changes aorWND Set Up Archive Backup i Log in to your Windows Network or Backup System such as the Barracuda Backup Server 1 Log in to your network system 2 Back up the following files and directories e Raw Email data e zip 1GB sized message archives e lt nnn gt directory containing recently received emails not yet merged into a zip e Snapshots of Metadata FolderSync snapshot of folderync data e index snapshot of archives of index metadata e index_backup snapshot of the entire index ldap_cache snapshot of ldap group information log Snapshot of important system information postgres backup snapshot of system databases i Nightly Backups Snapshots are performed nightly Therefore in the event that data restoration is necessary typically the only raw emails that must be reprocessed are those that arrived in the last day Access Enabled Share To
198. ateid com Click here to expand 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver as a user 2 Go to the BASIC gt Reports page 3 In the Automated Reports section enter wiley corporateid com francis corporateid com 4 Click Save Changes Wiley and Francis will now receive a daily report of all policy violations and the number of times each policy was violated by user for the previous day This report includes custom policies and all built in policies when enabled on the POLICY gt Alerts page Step 9 View Statistics Additional Resources For more information refer to the article Viewing Performance Statistics or log in to your Barracuda Message Archiver go to the BASIC gt Status page and click Help View operating status on the BASIC gt Status page when you log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver using either the auditor or administrator role as described in the following table Status Type Message Statistics Policy Statistics Performance Statistics 1 Storage Statistics 7 Subscription Status 7 Cluster Status 1 Hourly Statistics Daily Statistics Notes 1 Statistics for this item are not visible to auditors Step 10 Tools and Add Ins Additional Resources Description A snapshot of archived email attachments appointments contacts notes and tasks Statistics for built in and custom policies configured and selected on the POLICY gt Alerts page Current operating stat
199. attachment 3 Double click the archived message to open it in the message view attachments display with icons as they normally would in Outlook 4 When you click the attachment hyperlink or double click the archived message the attachment is retrieved form the Barracuda Message Archiver allowing you to view or save it in the same manner as an attachment in any other message i e Using this feature immediately sends the message for archiving however if the Barracuda Message Archiver is currently in the midst of archiving other messages it may be a matter of minutes or even hours before the archived attachments are available Once archived the message appears in the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add in search results e Forwarding an archived message automatically includes any attachments in that message as part of the forwarded message However a reply to such a message does not automatically include attachments and the original archived message remains stubbed Applying a Category to Archived Items Firmware Version This feature is available only in the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In version 3 5 and higher If enabled by your administrator a category is applied to all mail archived from the Outlook Add In For example before archival an item displays Search Test Ctri E D Current Folder 2 Reply a Reply All Forward All Unread By Date 7 Newest 4 a Sun 10 13 2013 4 00 PM eee User Name User Name FY u
200. auditor The Preserve Journal Wrappers setting also in the Search Page Settings section causes the body of an exported or forwarded message to consist of the complete envelope information with the actual contents of the email turned into an attachment to the message If an option is not visible in the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface the administrator must enable the option on the BASIC gt Administration page in the Search Page Settings section Select Messages The standard selection controls apply when selecting messages in the list view e To select one message Single click on the desired message e To select multiple consecutive messages Single click on a message and Shift click on another message to select both messages along with all messages listed between those two in the Message List e To select multiple individual messages Single click on one message and Ctrl click on every other message you want to select Resend to Me To redeliver selected messages to your mailbox select one or more messages and then click Resend to Me located at the top of the message list Export Messages Once a search is executed and the results are listed in the BASIC gt Search page you can choose to export one or more of these messages as a pst or zip file To export one or more messages select the desired item s from the message list using Shift or Ctrl click to select multiple messages Click the Tools menu at the top of the
201. ave been selected in the Message List are tagged When this option is selected a pop up prompts you for the text with which to tag the messages e Tag All All messages currently in the Message are tagged When this option is selected a pop up prompts you for the text with which to tag the messages e Untag Selected All tags removed from the selected messages you cannot remove individual tags on a message Search As User Execute a search across only those messages that are accessible by a specific user When this option is selected a pop up prompts you for the username or email address of the user whose access should be emulated for the search Advanced Search Tips This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher The search query tips in this article apply to both Basic and Advanced search queries Searches are performed across only the items to which you have access Only messages that are owned by you or those to which your account has been given access either as a Auditor or as an administrator are searched on by your query All searches are case insensitive The string polish matches both Polish sausage is not a hot dog and Please polish this Partial or substring matches are not performed in text based searches If your search string is age it matches only the 3 letter word age but not any words containing those three letters in sequence such as messages Wildcards can be used to perform
202. ave searches Saved Searches are the basis for Policy Alerts used by Auditors and Administrators to monitor compliance and Retention Policies to purge messages from the archiver that are older than a specified date Viewing a Message This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher The BASIC gt Search page of Barracuda Message Archiver initially displays a list of the archived messages that are accessible to the viewing account only the system administrator has access to all messages in the Barracuda Message Archiver All other non admin accounts must be granted access to view messages other than their own The Search page displays basic information about a message such as senders and recipients date subject and size You can view the contents of a message in one of two ways e the Preview Pane e the Message Details window A single click on any message in the Search results sends it to the embedded Preview Pane for viewing Double click on a message to view it ina separate Message Details popup window Both methods offer the ability to view the message as the sender intended for it to be viewed as well as the underlying message source code You can also select the character set to use for a particular message which can be especially useful when viewing a poorly formatted message that does not declare an appropriate charset You can download each viewable message to your desktop as an eml file Understanding Ba
203. aximum message size KB Barracuda Properties General Address Space Network SOLUCE Server Barracuda Connector status Enabled Modified Friday October 26 2012 1 32 48 AFl Protocol lagging level None Y Specify the FODM this connector will provide in response to HELO or EHLU E E E E E vvrorr E sample mail conboso com Maximum message size KB Cancel Apply Help 11 Click Apply and then click OK to save your changes and close the dialog box Create a Journaling Rule Both the Standard and Enterprise versions of Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 support Standard and Premium Journaling Open the EMC and complete the following steps to add a journaling rule 1 In the EMC expand Organization Configuration select Hub Transport and select the Journal Rules tab 2 In the Actions panel click New Journal Rule the New Journal Rule dialog displays 3 Enter a Rule name and for the Send Journal reports to e mail address click Browse and navigate to and select the mail contact created in the section Create a Mail Contact e g BMA_Journal bma int New Journal Rule New Journal Rule DO New Journal Aule ete This wizard helps pou create a new journal rule When enabled the new journal rule ts C Completion executed on your organization s Hub Transport servers Rule name Archive Send Joumal reports to e mail address BMA_Journal b
204. bject Le in Sun 10 13 To User Name usernamegimycompany com Message Fi attachment txt 7 KB similar to After the item is stubbed with a category in this example Archived it appears similar to Search Test Ctrl E Current Folder E Reply Ea Reply All Forward All Unread By Date Newest Sun 10 13 2013 4 00 PM omisi User Name User Name ty Subi subject Subject Sun 10 13 l To User Name usernamegimycompany com Message oH Stubbed Attachments htm 959 B This message s contents have been archived by the Barracuda Message Archiver 3 3K Restoring Stubbed Content to Microsoft Exchange Firmware Version This feature is available only in the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In version 3 2 30 and higher To restore stubbed content to your Microsoft Exchange Server click the Restore as Restare icon in the Outlook toolbar When clicked the selected stub content is restored to the Exchange Server and persists on the Server for 30 days Installation and Configuration For attachment and whole message stubbing options refer to Installing and Configuring the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In Troubleshooting the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher and the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In version 3 1 or higher except where noted Verify the Outlook Add In version available for download o
205. ble on Barracuda Message Archiver model 450 and higher Set the System Time Zone You can set the time zone of your Barracuda Message Archiver from the BASIC gt Administration page The current time on the system is automatically updated via Network Time Protocol NTP When the Barracuda Message Archiver resides behind a firewall NTP requires port 123 to be opened for outbound UDP traffic e It is important that the time zone is set correctly because this information is used in all logs and reports e The Barracuda Message Archiver automatically reboots when you change the time zone Customize the Web Interface Appearance The ADVANCED gt Appearance page allows you to customize the default images used on the web interface This tab is available only on the Barracuda Message Archiver 650 and above Enable SSL for Administrators and Users Use the ADVANCED gt Secure Administration page to modify various settings related to SSL https access to the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface SSL not only ensures that your passwords are encrypted but also ensures that all data transmitted to and received from the administration interface is encrypted The Barracuda Message Archiver supports SSL access without any additional configuration However some sites may enforce the use of a secured connection to access the web interface or prefer to use their own trusted certificates The SSL configuration referred to here is related only to th
206. bma int To copy the contents of this page press CTAL C Help lt Back New Cancel 6 Click New to create the Mail Contact The newly created contact appears in the Mail Contact list Click Finish to close the Wizard Create a Send Connector 1 In the EMC expand Organization Configuration select Hub Transport and select the Send Connector tab In the Actions panel and click New Send Connector The New Send Connector dialog displays Enter a Name to identify this send connector e g Barrac uda Message Archiver al New Send Connector El Introduction Introduction This vizard helps you create a new Send connector After you create the Send connector O Address space right click it in the work pane and then click Properties to configure other properties that arent shown in this vazand LJ Network settings Name LJ Source Server Baracuda Message Archived New Connector Select the intended use for Ihis Send connector Ld Completion Custom m Descnphor Select this option to create a customized connector which will be used to connect vaith systems that are not Exchange servers Help Next gt Cancel 2 From the Select the intended use for this Send connector menu select Custom and click Next 3 In the Address Space section click Add the SMTP Address Space dialog box displays SMTP Address Space Address space for example contoso comi ee eee ae o ooo Include all subdomains Cost 4
207. chiver via POP or IMAP is 100MB Procedure i e The following steps describe how to configure IBM Notes IBM Domino to use Mail Journaling on a local database The steps use the file name mailjrn nsf substitute the actual file name when completing the configuration e The following steps describe how to configure an IBM Notes IBM Domino account specifically for the Barracuda Message Archiver to allow connection to IBM Notes IBM Domino use the account name BarracudaMailArchiver substitute the actual file name when competing this configuration Log in to the IBM Notes Client Console and verify Journaling is capturing emails and that the journal file mailjrn nsf can be opened from the Barr acudaMailArchiver account If IMAP is not enabled run the following command from the IBM Notes Client Console to enable IMAP on the Journal file mailjrn nsf load convert e mailjrn nsf Step 1 Load the Journal Application into IBM Domino Designer Use the following steps to load the journal database application into IBM Domino Designer 1a Log in to IBM Domino Designer and click Open Application Open Application Look irr YMDOMINOS00 Globals CAPE GlobalSCAPE s Directory Homepage 8 Java AgentA unner Bookmark Local free time info Lotus Notes Domino Fault Reports Lotus Notes Domino Smart Upgrade Tracking Reports Globals CAPE Mail Journaling 8 Monitoring Configuration File name mailin net Browse
208. cific PST files manually prioritizing specific PST files over others or during testing of the Barracuda PST Collector in your environment e Scheduled A PST is approved for transfer only if the request occurs within a configured time window This setting is typically used to restrict PST transfers to a specified time period when there is less traffic such as after business hours Configure the Barracuda PST Collector Client Use the following steps to configure the Barracuda PST Collector Client 1 While still logged into your Barracuda Message Archiver as admin navigate to the USERS gt Client Downloads page and download the PST Collector Deployment Kit 2 Extract the contents to an easily accessible location the following files are included e Barracuda PST Collector Client 32 bit version installer ending in _x86 msi e Barracuda PST Collector Client 64 bit version installer ending in _x64 msi e Barracuda PST Collector administrator module Barracuda PST Collector adm 3 Move or copy the Barracuda PST Collector adm file to your local systemroot inf directory for example C winnt inf 4 Copy the msi file s to a location or file share accessible to users Create the PST Collector Software Distribution Package Use the following steps to configure the Barracuda PST Collector Client 1 Open the Configuration Manager Console and navigate to System Center Configuration Manager gt Site Database gt Computer Management gt Packages e S
209. complete Select your deployment e Option 1 ADM with GPO Deployment recommended e Option 2 ADM with Custom Deployment e Option 3 Command Line with Custom Deployment Option 1 ADM with GPO Deployment This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware 3 1 or higher except where noted Use this article to configure the Barracuda PST Collector Client using the Administrative template ADM and deploying through Group Policy GPO This is the recommended method for deploying the PST Collector For additional deployment options refer to the Barracuda PST Collector Deployment Options In this article e Enable PST Collection on the Barracuda Message Archiver e Install the Barracuda PST Collector Server e Deployment Options e Set the 32 Bit MSI as Unavailable to 64 Bit Systems e Install the Barracuda PST Collector Client e Verify Barracuda PST Collector Client Installation e Monitor and Verify PST Collection e Assigned and Unassigned PSTs e Manually Assigning a PST e Verify Import of all Transferred PST Files e Generate and Save a PST Collection Activity Report e Uninstall the Barracuda PST Collector i Important All new installations require some initial synchronization tasks to be performed between the Microsoft Exchange Server and the Barracuda Message Archiver These tasks including the direct import of messages stubbing and folder synchronization can take a fair amount of time to complete The Barracuda M
210. counts page a Click Delete to remove an account b Click Edit to modify the user the USERS gt User Account Create Update page displays Update the user settings and click Save Changes Auditor Role The Auditor is able to create and activate policies create litigation holds and view search and export any messages to from the domains to which they have access In this Section Viewing and Searching Messages Auditor Saved Searches and Litigation Holds Auditor Policy Alerts Auditor Message Actions Auditor Viewing and Searching Messages Auditor This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher In this article e Message Search e Viewing a Message e Executing a Search e Basic Search e Advanced Search Related Articles Auditor Role Manage User Accounts Roles Accounts Roles amp Email Aliases Advanced Search Options Message Search Searches are the main tools for the Barracuda Message Archiver and can be made on virtually every aspect of a message including e message body content e recipients and senders e attachment type and content e date Searches can only be made over messages to which the Auditor has read access so privacy is always preserved Use the Basic Search page for quick one time searches or go to the Advanced Search page for a full array of search options including complex search queries and the ability to save searches Saved Searches are the basis for
211. ct protection Mail contact joumal bma_mt mail flow Office Work phone mobile public folders unified messaging l selected of 1 total i Hide Contact from Global Address List Barracuda Networks recommends hiding the mail contact from the Global Address List You can use the following PowerShell command to hide the mail contact Get MailContact Where _ Name eq Journal Contact Set MailContact HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled STrue Enter the following command to verify the setting Get MailContact Where _ Name eq Journal Contact Format table Name HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled Step 4 Create a Send Connector for the Remote Domain To route journaled mail that is sent to the contact to the Barracuda Message Archiver use the following steps to create a Send Connector for the Remote Domain 4a Open Exchange Server 2013 and in the EAC click mail flow in the left pane select send connectors at the top of the page and then click the Add icon to create a new send connector Enterprise Office 365 Exchange admin center r Lac FE wea oo oe SS a z r e 1 recipients rules delivery reports accepted domains email address policies receive connectors send connectors erm FS 0 F 5 Preys 7 we ane compliance management NAME a STATUS organization There are no items to show in this view protection mail flow U selected of U total pe EN a Send Connect
212. ction s Ww gt Document Selection l n Mail Journaling 8 Acton We MD OMIM GS00 0 GlobalSCASPEy ie H E Framesets H E Pages H E Forms BE Views AE Folders Fl ftq Shared Code H 3 Agents of Web Services HG Outlines H E SubForme H n Fields H EE Columns EEA Actions ae Script Libraries Bl Fay Shared Resources A E Composite Applications 1 H E Other Pe ie gt 2i Close the Agent a warning dialog displays Click Yes and then close IBM Domino Designer Step 3 Update the Mail File Value Use the following steps to change the mail file value from its existing name to mailjrn i You must have an IBM Domino account with edit rights to complete the following steps 3a Log in to the IBM Domino Client and open the name and address book entry for the BarracudaMailArchiver account Click on the Person n ame in the view to access the edit mode BarracudaMailArchiver GlobalSCAPE IBM Domino Administrator SEE File Edit View Create Actions Text Help lt b Z4YBEEE EAIA Person BarracudaMailArchiver GlobalSCAPE BarracudaMalArchver S jiiyaher ocionaiscARE D Basics Work Home Other Miscellaneous Certificates Roaming Administration a First name T Mail systern Notes ivy Middle name T Domain GlobalSCAPE Last name BarracudaMailArchiver Mail server VMDOMINOS00 GlobalSCAPE J7 Username
213. cuda Message Archiver refer to the Barracuda Message Archiver Quick Start Guide Complete the steps in this guide for both Barracuda Message Archiver you intend to include in the HA configuration Step 2 Back Up System Configuration Log into the systems you want to include in the HA configuration and use the ADVANCED gt Backup page to complete the system configuration backup Step 3 Verify Firmware Version Both Barracuda Message Archivers in the HA configuration must be on the same firmware version To update the firmware version on joined systems refer to the article How to Update Firmware and Energize Updates Log into each system and on the ADVANCED gt Firmware Update page verify the Current Installed Version is the same on both systems If a system is running an o der version of firmware complete the following steps on that system Log into the system on which to update the firmware and from the ADVANCED gt Firmware Update page download the firmware Click Apply Firmware once the update is complete the system reboots After the system reboots verify that the firmware has been applied successfully and that the unit is operating as expected Repeat steps 1 through 3 for each system on which the firmware must be updated RR WOOD Step 4 Verify Processes are Complete For both systems you want to include in the HA configuration log into the web interface and verify that no processes are running on the ADVAN C
214. curity 2 10 4 2xcwu telecast be ka a a a cae oho Sele ee hte ae a a a eens 191 1 5 3 How to Define Archived Message Retention Policies Based on Saved Searches 00 c eee ee 193 1 5 4 How to Secure Network Access 215 254446644284001465 452 244408515 556445426 5810050055 05445 6444 OSS eae 193 140 Backup and Storage s cance oe oh Gre aac act baad Se rad ented ao oy rata a Saat E Sela ete aad 194 FoTo LO RAGS BACKUP ei eeto at ilo wana Dh on he ti Te og let A oe tae eee eee hs a See Se ee ae e alge randy dele a le Anat Send hg 194 1 6 1 1 Understanding Archived Data Backup 0 0 ccc tnt e tne nnes 196 HOW ROWO Back Ub Y OurAICnIVed Data 1 40 c4 25845 4d oboe eres Babee ee ebook heh a ea ee eS 197 1 6 1 3 How to Back Up Your Barracuda Message Archiver 0 0 ccc eee ee 198 16 1 4 Config rng a Data Paniti MINOT seste inei candi ce hea OR E Oak hoy eRe Ss Aas had mee S Bae 200 1 6 1 5 Backing Up the Data Partition Using an External Solution 0 0 0 ccc ttt 201 ROZ otorage Manager eeen ame me E rrr ene ee ek er ae er ere a ee eee gee 202 TO 2 TIO hAGS STIS ora rc tin Riot a A Saeco place htc Oey A cosa eh ca uate Sct ain Abed E Se x 203 1 7 Accounts Roles and Email Aliases nanna Stary We hee hte ae ee SAS aval eh en amp Got ire dear ae Si Boa Cl ae Bw Sanne Le AER axe Bed Geb Gis 203 1 7 1 How to Manage User Accounts and Roles 1 ct eee eee ee eee ees 203 MP2 Me UO RONG xe tae ke Sey yee dB ee e
215. cy definitions customize policies based on Saved Search criteria and set up email notifications that are sent out when an incoming message that meets the policy criteria is detected Exchange Stubbing Enable stubbing to store attachments on the Barracuda Message Archiver rather than on the mail server itself to greatly increase the storage capacity of the mail server Litigation Holds auditor role only Define litigation holds to prevent messages that meet specific criteria from being removed from the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In Synchronize archived folders with Microsoft Outlook search for archived messages and other Outlook data view and interact with your archived Outlook items access stubbed attachments and archive messages Barracuda Message Archiver Companion Mobile Applications Search for archived messages search deleted messages view and interact with your archived messages Deployment Options The selected deployment mode is usually dependent on the email server configuration that currently exists at your site as well as the number of domains that are to be archived Microsoft Exchange Server Deployment High Availability Deployment CommuniGate Pro E Mail Server Deployment Google Apps Deployment Barracuda Cloud Relay Service Configuration for Google Apps Mail Service GroupWise Deployment Kerio Connect Mail Server Deployment IBM Lotus Notes Domino IMAP Deployment MailEnable Deployment MDaemo
216. d f Edit gE Import your contacts from an existing e mail account 5 The Protocol Settings dialog box displays the details you must enter in the Barracuda Message Archiver Journal Use these settings to access your e mail using POP IMAP or SMTP POP setting Server name pod51011 outlook com Port 995 Encryption method SSL IMAP setting Server name example outloak com Port 993 Encryption method SSL SMITP setting Server name pod51011 outlook com Port 587 Encryption method TLS 6 Open another window and log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver as the Administrator 7 Navigate to the MAIL SOURCES gt Journal Accounts page In the Journal Accounts Configuration section enter the details from the Office 365 Protocol Settings dialog box 8 In the Office 365 Management Portal click Mail Control gt Rules and then click New gt Exchange Online a a Mail gt Options Manage My Organization My Mail a Users amp Groups eee 2 EX Domains and Protection Safety Retention Policies Retention Tags Journaling Delivery Reports Roles amp Auditing Phone amp Voice Rules Use rules to control the flow of e mail messages in your organization If you don t want a rule to run you can turn it off or delete it Learn more D en z on Rule E _closedcampusinbound A _closedcampusoutbound ia badwords v _antibullying 9 In the New Rule dialog box from the Apply this rule menu
217. d outbound and internal emails by matching one or more expressions to different areas of the email e g body header and subject e Inbound gt O N e Outbound e Internal sending e Internal receiving Add setting x Content complance Help ription 1 Email messages to affect W Inbound Outbound Wv intemal sending intemal receiving 5 In the Add setting dialog box in step 2 select If ANY of the following match the message and under Expressions click Add 6 From the drop down menu select Advanced content match the Advanced content options display Select the following options e From Location select Full Headers e From Match type select Contains text e Inthe Content field enter all domain names for which you want to archive mail Add setting x a 2 Add expressions that describe the content you want to search for in each message lf ANY of the following match the message Expressions Add Advanced content match 7 Location Full headers ii Match type Contains text x Content mydomain com Save Cancel Click Save Inthe Add setting dialog box in step 3 enter the following information e Select Modify message e Under Also deliver to turn on Add more recipients Click Add and enter the email address of the Archive Journal mailbox created in the section Create an Archive Journal Mailbox including the domain e Select the appropriate domain select the
218. d Relay Service Configuration for Google Apps Mail Service Barracuda Cloud Relay Service Configuration for Office 365 Mail Service High Availability now synchronizes common configuration settings Updated iPhone and iPad Android and Macintosh OS X applications e Mobile Apps Support Email Address Specify an email address to receive support queries from mobile application users e Firmware version 3 5 requires version 1 5 or later of the Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile App for Android e Android phone or tablet running software version 2 3 3 or greater e Firmware version 3 5 requires version 3 5 0 or later of the Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile App for iOS available for download from iTunes e The Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile App for iOS requires iOS 5 1 or later e Access for both Android and iOS mobile apps now requires an SSL connection to the Barracuda Message Archiver If you are using one of the mobile apps from outside of your company network your network administrator may need to update firewall port forwarding rules for Secure access 30 Day Evaluation Guide Barracuda Message Archiver This article refers to Barracuda Message Archiver firmware 3 5 and higher This article assumes you are logged in as the administrator admin role except where noted In this article Step 1 Initial Setup and Configuration Step 2 Deployment Options Step 3 Add Users e Use Case Add a User in the Auditor Role and Create a Custom
219. d Touch and iPad Mobile Application for Android Microsoft Office Click to Run for Office 2010 If you are running Microsoft Office Click to Run for Office 2010 Microsoft has reported that the environment has potential issues when running Add Ins such as the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In As a result the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In may not function as expected For additional information refer to the Microsoft Knowledgebase article Office 2010 Click to Run compatibility with add ins Searching it To search archived items click the Search Archive PI icon to open the Barracuda Message Archiver Search dialog box Wa Barracuda Message Archiver Search Eai oa Search for In Date e Look for drop down menu Select the type of item you wish to search for select Any type of Item Appointments Contacts Message s Notes or Tasks e In drop down list Select the search location e All data Search everywhere in the selected item type e Specific folders Click Specific folders or click Browse to select one or more folders across all of your Archiver stores in which to search click OK to save your selections i Release 3 5 and Higher In release 3 5 and higher the administrator can associate an LDAP user or group to a role and list of email addresses in the USERS gt LDAP User Add Update page If addresses are excluded and a configured user runs a search through the Outlook Add In the f
220. d and running in your environment A Important Upon activating archived mail encryption the Barracuda Spam Firewall periodically contacts the Message Center for new mail sent or received for your domain To ensure a secure outbound connection and delivery of email to the Barracuda Message Archiver port 4234 must be open Email Server configured to utilize journaling Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 2 or higher Barracuda Spam Firewall firmware version 6 0 or higher Define Encryption Policies See Encryption of Outbound Mail 6 x for additional information Encryption is configured at the domain level while an encryption policy is configured at the global level for example by sender domain or email address Global encryption policies apply to all domains from which encrypted email messages are sent From the BLOCK ACCEPT page in the Barracuda Spam Firewall specify the outbound encryption rules for global system managed filtering including Content Filtering Specify message delivery filtering based on expressions Custom Content Filters Filter based on subject line message headers message body and attachment file type Attachment Filtering Block quarantine encrypt or redirect outbound messages based on patterns or file extensions Predefined DLP and HIPAA Compliance Filters Filter based on predefined data leakage patterns as specified on the BLOCK ACCEP T gt Content Filters page Activate Encrypted Mail Arch
221. d on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following a Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code mea
222. da_envelope_rcpt_addr header_subject header_message_id object_type body_excerpt attachment_name Description Search is limited to the To and Cc fields of each message Search is limited to the From field of each message Search is limited to the domain names in the From To and Cc fields of each message Search is limited to the Subject line of each message Searches are performed in the Body of each message as well as in the contents of any message attachments Search is limited to the contents of message attachments Searches all fields and all data contained in each message The actual message size on disk The raw size of the message The date header from the mail The envelope recipient s pretty name The envelope recipient The To header The In reply to header The domain of the envelope recipient The From header Inbound Outbound Internal Email address of envelope recipient Subject of the email The message ID header Type of entry calendar mail etc The body of the email The attachment name Search Type Text Text Domain Text Text Text Text Integer number Integer number Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text attachment_mimetype The attachment MIME type Text attachment_extension The attachment s extension Text You may specify other search_field values as long as the correct name for the field is used Consult Ba
223. des e Retention Policies and Litigation Holds e Message Import Copy and Search in a High Availability Configuration e Message Import and Copy e Message Search e Offline System in a High Availability Configuration e Load Balancing Related Articles Prepare Systems for HA Join Systems in a HA Configuration Update Firmware and Energize Updates How to Make Changes to an Existing HA Configuration Remove or Replace a System Additional Resource Barracuda Networks Knowledgebase Solution 0000618 3 Important High Availability HA is an advanced feature and may not be appropriate for all environments it is highly recommended that you contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support before enabling this feature Barracuda Message Archiver High Availability Overview You can join together two Barracuda Message Archivers for HA in order to maximize uptime provide data redundancy and reduce the chances of data loss due to system failure Deployment Modes Your deployment mode is usually dependent on the email server configuration that currently exists at your site as well as the number of domains that are to be archived Following are the two most typical deployment methods for joining Barracuda Message Archivers in an HA configuration e Journaling Deployment Both of your Barracuda Message Archivers you want to join in an HA configuration are configured to use either a remote journal account to pull messages to be archived or
224. ditors to prevent messages that meet the criteria for a specific Saved Search from being removed from the Barracuda Message Archiver The system administrator must first Enable Litigation Holds before auditors are given the option to create Litigation Holds from the Saved Searches tab on the BASIC gt Search page The following information about active Litigation Holds will be displayed here visible only to the system administrator e Auditor The account name of the Auditor who created the Litigation Hold e Saved Search The name of the Saved Search associated with this Litigation Hold e Hold End Date The date and time when this Litigation Hold expires The system administrator can stop a Litigation Hold by clicking on the trashcan icon for the entry How to Define Archived Message Retention Policies Based on Saved Searches This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher Saved Search Retention Policies You can define a retention policy based on a Saved Search to automatically delete archived messages from the Barracuda Message Archiver Note that before you can create a Saved Search retention policy you must create at least one Saved Search in the BASIC gt Search gt Advanced Search page Important Litigation holds overwrite Saved Search and Global Retention Policies a litigation hold may be for a defined period of time or indefinite Messages that match the specified Saved Search are permanently
225. dy set up complete the following steps a In the Group table click Add Mirror the CIFS Windows Share section displays at the bottom of the page CIF S Windows Share Help Use this section to set up CIFS shares Enter the data pertaining to the location of the share and then give it a name After you have added share data to this section add the CIFS share to the share management section above to use it C Neme Share Name HostName _Usemame Password O A A A A a b Enter the share details and click Add c In the Group table from the drop down menu select the share you want to use to back up the data Once you click Add Mirror the Barracuda Message Archiver synchronizes the data on the existing share with the mirror share During this sync the Barracuda Message Archiver s Storage Manager may be unavailable for use but will continue to archive mail Note that a mirror share can only be added to internal shares For more information refer to Storage Manager or log into your Barracuda Message Archiver go to the ADVANCED gt Storage Manager page and click the Help button Backing Up the Data Partition Using an External Solution This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher In this article e Drive Partitions e Data Partition Backup e Barracuda Backup Related Articles e Storage Manager e Archived Data Backup i Message Archiver models excluding model 150 provide
226. e How to Update Firmware and Energize Updates This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 and higher In this article e Update Firmware Across a High Availability Configuration e Update Energize Updates Related Articles e Prepare Systems for HA e Remove or Replace a System i Important Both Barracuda Message Archivers in a High Availability HA configuration must be on the same firmware version If you need to update the firmware version on the systems plan to update both systems at the same time Before you update the firmware create a backup of your configuration data from the ADVANCED gt Backup page on both systems prior to starting the firmware update Update Firmware Across a High Availability Configuration Complete the following steps to update the firmware version on each system in the HA configuration 1 Log into the first system and from the ADVANCED gt High Availability page verify that the systems in the HA configuration display online all green indicators in the Clustered Systems table 2 From the ADVANCED gt Backup page create a backup of the system configuration 3 From the ADVANCED gt Firmware Updatepage download the firmware version onto each system Important Do not click Apply Firmware until the firmware is downloaded to both systems in the HA configuration 4 Complete steps 1 through 3 for the other system in the HA configuration 5 Apply the firmware
227. e e LDAP Accounts These accounts reside in your LDAP directory Once LDAP is configured on the Barracuda Message Archiver users can log in using their regular network credentials to view and create flags for messages in their personal archive User Roles Local Accounts are created with one of 3 Roles User Able only to view messages accessible to the account either because the username for the account is also that of the sender or recipient of a message or because it has been given explicit access to view an email address via Alias Linking Auditor Able to create and activate policies and view search and export any messages to from the domains to which they have access To create a Domain Auditor an auditor with access to only a subset of the domains on your Barracuda Message Archiver set the role to Auditor and specify at least one domain If no domains are specified then all messages in the entire Barracuda Message Archiver are accessible No auditor account has access to any system or network configuration information on the Barracuda Message Archiver IT Admin Able only to modify system and network configuration settings and has no access to policies or any messages on the Barracuda Message Archiver Admin Able to view all items from any user not just those listed for the account Also able to create and activate policies and can make other system or network changes The assigned Role can be changed at a late
228. e Click Browse to navigate to the file location e Restore Auto Backup Path and name of the automatically created backup file Click Browse to open a window with a list of all currently available backup files currently in the location specified in the Automated Backups section 2 Click Upload a confirmation screen displays a list of items in the backup file that are to be restored 3 Click Apply Now to begin the restoration If the restore is being done to transfer settings onto a new and unconfigured Barracuda Message Archiver be sure to manually set the IP address and DNS information under BASIC gt IP Configuration Restoring to a New Barracuda Message Archiver If you are restoring a backup file on a new Barracuda Message Archiver that is not yet configured you must assign your new system an IP address and DNS information on the BASIC gt IP Configuration page Note the following about the backup file e Do not edit backup files Any configuration changes you wish to make must be done through the Web interface The configuration backup file contains a checksum that prevents the file from being uploaded to the system if changes are made e You can safely view a backup file in Windows WordPad or Microsoft Word avoid viewing backup files in Windows Notepad because the file can become corrupted if you save the file from this application e The following information is not included in the backup file e System password e System IP informa
229. e account as documented in the Microsoft Technet article Set Throttling Policy i Following is a guideline adjust as necessary for your environment Create a New Account Service Account For more information on creating a Service account refer to Creating an Email Service Account for Microsoft Exchange Server Use the following steps to create a new account Log in to the Exchange Server as the administrator and open the Exchange admin center Go to recipients gt mailboxes and click the plus symbol and click User mailbox In the new user mailbox window enter the new user details for example PolicyAdmin Click Save Double click the new user mailbox to open the Properties Enter the account details in the General tab and then click Apply Click the Member Of tab and add the user as a member of the Domain Users group oa WD Assign Permissions Use the following steps to assign permissions to the account created in the previous step 1 Log in to the Exchange Server as the administrator and open the Exchange Management Shell 2 At the command prompt type the following command New ManagementRoleAssignment Name BarracudaMessageArchiver Role ApplicationImpersonation User Poli cyAdmin Where PolicyAdmin represents the new account name Disable Throttling Policy Enforcement Use the following steps to disable throttling policy enforcement on the new account replacing PolicyAdmin with the new acco
230. e Import The Barracuda Message Archiver receives the PST files directly from the client systems and queues them for automatic import adding the contents of each PST file into the archive When the Barracuda PST Collector Client is initially installed it registers against the designated Barracuda PST Collector Server No PST files are reported or transmitted during this initial registration thus no discovered PST files display in the Admin Console A list of registered clients is available from the Reports gt Registered Clients menu The Barracuda PST Collector Client then performs a one time inventory of all PST files on the machine by scanning all non network drives for files that have a PST extension and a valid signature This inventory is then submitted to the Barracuda PST Collector Server and the client system PST files are visible in the Admin Console Caution Any PST file created after this scan is not reported or transferred it is essential to disable the creation of additional PST files prior to deploying the Barracuda PST Collector particularly if PST collection is being done for compliance reasons At no time are the actual PST files transferred onto the Barracuda PST Collector Server only the details of the files such as the name location owner size and dates times of creation and last modification are recorded Once the inventory is submitted each client requests permission from the Barracuda PST Collector Server to initiate
231. e Journaling on Mail Storage Unknown Attachment 8a From the Microsoft website navigate to the E Mail Journaling Advanced Configuration tool and complete the following to enable envelope journaling e Click Download and save the file Exejcfg exe to a directory on the system and take one of the following actions to run the executable e Click Open or e Click Run this program from its current location or e Ata command prompt navigate to the file directory and run the following command Exejcfg exe e 8b Once Envelope Journaling is enabled in the ESM locate the Mailbox Store for your domain right click Mailbox Store and click Properties 8c On the General tab select Archive all messages sent or received by mailboxes on this store and click Browse following the Barracuda Journal field to locate and select the Journaling Account Mailbox User you created in Step 4 Mailbox Store ICON Properties Ed Details Policies Security General Database Limits Full T est Indexing Mailbox Store ICON Default public store First Storage GroupPublic Folder Store ICOM Browse Offline address list Defaut Offline Address List Browse IW Archive all messages sent or received by mailboxes on this store Baracuda Joumal Browse 7 IW Clients support S MIME signatures Display plain text messages in a fized sized font Cancel Apply Help 8d In the Enter the object name to select field ent
232. e Update page and download and apply the latest General Release allow the system to reboot Basic and Administration Setup 1 Once the system reboots log back into the web interface 2 Go to the BASIC gt IP Configuration tab and enter the configuration settings including external access configuration and default hostname In the External Access Configuration and Domain Configuration sections complete the following steps do not click Save Changes until you complete both of the following bullet points e Inthe External Access Configuration section specify the protocol and enter the FQDN of your Barracuda Message Archiver for example archiver mydomain com and enter the port number i External Access To allow external access to the Barracuda Message Archiver you must enter an External System Name and Port that are resolvable from outside your organization s internal network These values are used for stubbing operations and Barracuda Message Archiver Add In integration e In the Domain Configuration section enter the domains Note that depending on your environment these may match the FQDN or may be internally registered names External Access Configuration Save Changes Help External Link Protocol HTTP HTTPS The protocol to be used in stubs and other generated URIs that access the Barracuda Message Archiver External System Name An externally resolvable system name FQDN for the Barracuda Message Archiver Example arch
233. e a Recipient Mail Contact Alternate Email Address e Step 4 Create a Send Connector for the Remote Domain e Step 5 Set Up Mailbox Database Journaling Related Articles e Understanding SMTP Forwarding and Trusted Servers Full support for Exchange integration is available in Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 5 or higher support for Exchange Server 2013 Journaling is available in release 3 1 or higher Mail sources Exchange integration features for Exchange Server 2013 are available in firmware version 3 5 or higher Use the examples included in this article to simplify troubleshooting Note that you can cut and paste the shell commands directly from this article Step 1 Register Each Exchange Server as a Trusted SMTP Server To ensure that archiving begins as soon as your Exchange Servers are configured to send journal copies first register each Exchange Server that is in a Client Access Server CAS role as a Trusted SMTP Server with the Barracuda Message Archiver on the MAIL SOURCES gt SMTP IM page in the web interface 1a Log into the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface and go to the MAIL SOURCES gt SMTP IM page 1b In the Trust SMTP Servers section enter the details for each Exchange Server that is to journal directly to the Barracuda Message Archiver click Add after entering the details for each Exchange Server and then click Save Changes Step 2 Create a Remote Domain From the Exchange Management
234. e alternate mail contact from the GAL to do so with the new mailbox still selected click the Edit a icon In the general page turn on Hide from address lists User Mailbox Windows Internet Explorer Hel JournalINDR Mailbox d F general First name mailbox usage Douman JournalNDR contact information Initials organization I I I I I I I III email address Last name mailbox features Mailbox member of Name Maillip Journali DR Mailbox mailbox delegation Display name JournalN DR Mailbox Alias Journalin DR User logon name JournalNDR wacom N O Require password change on next logon Hide from address lists More options cancel Step 4 Create a Send Connector for the Remote Domain To route journaled mail that is sent to the contact to the Barracuda Message Archiver use the following steps to create a Send Connector for the Remote Domain 4a Open Exchange Server 2013 and in the EAC click mail flow in the left pane select send connectors at the top of the page and then click the Add icon to create a new send connector FJ Enterprise Office 365 Exchange admin center recipients rules delivery reports accepted domains email address policies receive connectors send connectors kioj Fa iii E3 EE a NAME a STATUS permissions compliance management organization There are no items to show in this view protection mail f
235. e deploying your Barracuda Message Archiver with a Microsoft Exchange Server and are planning to migrate to a newer version of Exchange Server or if you plan to change the Barracuda Message Archiver local hostname in an existing Exchange Server deployment refer to the article Barracuda Message Archiver and Microsoft Exchange Server Migration If you have purchased a new Barracuda Message Archiver and need to migrate your data from the old unit this work is performed by Barracuda Networks Technical Support Your raw emails and the metadata that has been built about your emails Searchable index statistics etc will be moved to your Barrac uda Message Archiver from your backup by Barracuda Networks Technical Support In the event that after a local catastrophe you need to move data from a backup you prepared to a replacement Barracuda Message Archiver contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support See Understanding Archived Data Backup for information on how to back up your Barracuda Message Archiver for fastest recovery from a disaster Tools and Add Ins Go to the USERS gt Client Downloads page in the Barracuda Message Archiver to download Tools and Add Ins In this Section e Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In e Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Applications e Barracuda PST Collector e Barracuda Message Archiver Stand Alone Search Utility Related Articles e Creating an Email Service Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 20
236. e drop down menu to reactivate your certificate once the restore is complete e Private Self signed certificates provide strong encryption without the cost of purchasing a certificate from a trusted Certificate Authority CA These certificates are created by providing the information requested in the Certificate Generation section of the ADVANCED gt Secure Administration page Additionally you can download the Private Root Certificate and import it into your browser to allow verification of certificate authenticity and to prevent warnings from displaying when accessing the web interface e Trusted Signed by a trusted CA certificates are issued by trusted CAs and must be purchased separately with a Certificate Signing Request CSR This can be downloaded after providing the information requested in the Certificate Generation section of the ADVANC ED gt Secure Administration page Once you receive the third party certificate from the CA you must upload it to the Barracuda Message Archiver from the Trusted Certificate section of that same page The certificate is in effect once the upload is completed Continue with Step 5 Understanding Message Archiving Concepts Configuration Management and Access This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher except where noted In this article e Password Change e Time e Default Barracuda Locale e Administrator IP Range e Web Interface Settings e SNMP Manager e Em
237. e ee EA 235 107 Search Options and COMNGUIANON vesies rasi e a Sete ceca ead Spteeaitigd dk att Wl Paes eaters Aa aa Pao tate ati Nee lets 236 1 9 Understanding Message Basics asiain ena a aden tit Se Ae eee a a hoot eM aR We ae Ag ete an ah ed 236 132 VICWINGPAIVICSSAQS oi sc igiit ok oh ae rs asset areal chs a ee aie oe dear PS Ai Ae le Woe aoe tear etic See hs se Series a sleds E 236 1 9 38 Understanding Basic and Advanced Search 0 00 eee eee 237 WSST Message ACHOS erasan aaa pa e a oer wane AE ease Ook Meade ates eats ce RES 238 Ds 2 Advanced Se ANCL TIDS Faran A dscns Gb E a gree haa rep E thts E T E A atch AATE NN 239 130 323 Advanced Search ODPIONS sarearen an A TAAR want mgt aT AA R AA E E AAR E E aR T EA 240 tIS ASe N STINGS ae atid rec deuce ic a E e a a iia Ea gin aa e a pte ele Do E iced ade E heck A 244 9 3 9 KEYWOrd EXPE SSIONS Guru eis dae A eae ee he a tS ee ane ea a a e Cy E Yeats eee E 246 194 Howto Sel Up Saved Seatcnes sae a tosirhatnat tye sedhs dane apes eat eae a tes Ge ete De as oa a D pe Ga 248 1 9 5 Global User Saved Search PING erecnres panre deb Wai Saw deed dew wis fi O DE Ole re ah Saeed be ak 249 1 9 6 Viewing Search Related Activities 20 0 0c eee eee eee 250 1 9 7 Exchange Server 2010 SP1 Shared Mailbox Support 0 0 0 eee eee 251 1 9 7 1 Exchange Server 2010 SP1 Shared Mailbox Support Auto Mapping 0 0 0 eee eee 252 1 9 8 How to Assign and Unassign PST Files
238. e error message If the operation is successful no further steps are necessary however if the problem persists contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support for further assistance Unexpected Search Results In release 3 5 and higher the administrator can associate an LDAP user or group to a role and list of email addresses in the USERS gt LDAP User Add Update page If addresses are excluded and a configured user runs a search through the Outlook Add In the following whitelist blacklist rules apply e lf an address is excluded blacklisted the address does not display unless the mail includes the user performing the search to assure that a user can always see their own mail e The exclusion rules always take precedence addresses that are whitelisted are searchable only if the exclusion rules do not block the mail e fa user is not configured and is a member of a group then the blacklist whitelist rules assigned to that group apply to that user e fa user is assigned to a group when the user logs in via the Outlook Add In or Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application only that user s mail displays For example if an LDAP user has the Auditor role mail available to the Auditor role does not display Contact your Barracuda Message Archiver administrator for exclusion rules Redirect Failure In firmware release 3 5 and higher and Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In version 3 5 and higher the Outlook Add In requires sec
239. e exchangelImpersonation Role ApplicationImpersonation User serviceAccount Create and Assign Throttling Policy Use the following steps to create and assign a new throttling policy replacing PolicyName with the new policy name and replacing PolicyAdmin with the Exchange Server 2010 service account 1 Log in to the Exchange Server as the administrator 2 From the Start menu go to Start gt Programs gt Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 gt Exchange Management Shell 3 At the command prompt type the following command New ThrottlingPolicy PolicyName 4 Press Enter At the command prompt type the following command Set ThrottlingPolicy PolicyName RCAMaxConcurrency Snull RCAPercentTimeInAD S null RCAPercentTimeInCAS S null RCAPercentTimeInMailboxRPC Snull EWSMaxConcurrency Snull EWSPercentTimeInAD S null EWSPercentTimeInCAS S null EWSPercentTimeInMailboxRPC S null EWSMaxSubscriptions Snull EWSFastSearchTimeoutInSeconds Snull EWSFindCountLimit Snull 5 Press Enter At the command prompt type the following command Set Mailbox PolicyAdmin ThrottlingPolicy PolicyName 6 Press Enter Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Deployment Recommended Method e Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Deployment Template e Understanding Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Envelope Journaling e Configuring an SMTP Journal Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 e For a PDF version of this deployment see the Document Downloads page Alt
240. e last known good backup file e Contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support for additional troubleshooting tips As a last resort you can reboot your Barracuda Message Archiver and run a memory test or perform a complete system recovery as described below To perform a system recovery or hardware test 1 Connect a monitor and keyboard directly to your Barracuda Message Archiver 2 Reboot the system by doing one of the following e Click Restart on the BASIC gt Administration page e Press the Power button on the front panel to turn off the system and then press the Power button again to turn the system back on 3 The Barracuda splash screen displays with the following three boot options Barracuda Recovery Hardware_Test 4 Use your keyboard to select the desired boot option and press Enter i Important You must select the boot option within three seconds of the splash screen appearing If you do not select an option within three seconds the Barracuda Message Archiver defaults to starting up in the normal mode first option To stop a hardware test press Ctrl Alt Del to reboot your Barracuda Message Archiver Reboot Options Description Barracuda Starts the Barracuda Message Archiver in the normal default mode This option is automatically selected if no other option is specified within the first three 3 seconds of the splash screen appearing Recovery Displays the Recovery Console where you can select from the fo
241. e location of the Options dialog box is based on your version of Microsoft Outlook e lf you are using Outlook 2003 or 2007 go to Tools gt Options gt Barracuda Networks and click Options EE aix Speling Securty Barracuda Networks NETWORKS e f you are using Outlook 2010 or 2013 click the File tab click Barracuda Networks in the list and click Configure File Home Send Receive Folder View ea a i Save As Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In Sg Save Attachments View Log Into Configure Figure 1 Barracuda Message Archiver Options dialog box We Barracuda Message Archiver URI of your Barracuda Message Archiver https archiver company com 443 Logged on as myname company com Archiver Stores I Mailbox Myname 256 2K Add Remove Options Message Stubbing Automatically stub attachments when archiving Enable caching of stubbed messages for offline access Maximum age of messages to include days Maximum size of cache MB Sync Cache Now Configuration Options In the URI Logged on as sections you can configure the following options e Change Click to change the Barracuda Message Archiver URI and user access details For more information see the Changing the URI Location section Log Off Click to log out the current user e Archiver Stores This section displays the Barracuda Message Archiver stores Mailboxes
242. e not up to date continue to the next step otherwise definition update is complete 4 Click Update to download and install the latest available definitions to the Barracuda Message Archiver Continue with Step 4 How to Configure Administrative Settings Step 4 How to Configure Administrative Settings This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher Before configuring administrative settings complete Step 3 How to Configure the Web Interface In this article e Set Administration Interface Access e Set the System Time Zone e Customize the Web Interface Appearance e Enable SSL for Administrators and Users Related Articles e Understanding SMTP Forwarding and Trusted Servers Set Administration Interface Access The BASIC gt Administration page is where you perform the following tasks related to Barracuda Message Archiver web access e Change the password of the administration account admin e Change the port used to access the Barracuda Message Archiver over the web default is port 8000 e Change the length of time after which idle users are to be logged out of the web interface the default value is 20 minutes e Specify the IP addresses or netmask of the systems that can access the web administration interface Attempts to log in as admin from other systems are denied e Specify the IP addresses or netmask of the systems that can communicate with the Barracuda Message Archiver via SNMP availa
243. e order submitted as soon as previous operations complete All submitted operations are added to the Recent Actions t able with the most recent ones at the top Select Action Select the type of action to perform on the Exchange Server e Email Import Import all email from your Exchange Server into the Barracuda Message Archiver that meets the specified criteria Select to import email for all users or specify import by user name email address last name public folders or a distribution list e Non Email Sync Import only non email Exchange items into the Barracuda Message Archiver from specified accounts including Appointments Contacts Tasks and Notes e Email Stubbing Locate messages on your Exchange Server that meet the specified criteria copy the specified parts just attachments or the entire message with or without attachments onto the Barracuda Message Archiver and modify those messages on your Exchange Server so that appropriate parts of the messages are replaced with a stub a link to where the actual contents reside on the Barracuda Message Archiver e Folder Sync Import into the Barracuda Message Archiver the complete folder structure of the selected users Mailboxes This action imports the selected users custom folders and subfolders Select Server Select an existing Exchange Server copy an existing Exchange Server configuration to modify or add a new Exchange Server configuration To enable RPC over HTTP
244. e search criteria tap Search to display the first 100 messages matching your search criteria or tap Cancel to clear the field and enter a new keyword or search string i A search is performed on all of your mail folders including trash and deleted items Advanced Search Settings To specify a specific date range in which to search tap Advanced at the top of the view The Advanced Search page displays the current date To change the date range tap on Date Range Tap on the desired date to update the field with your selection i The date selected in the Date To field must be the same or later date than the date selected in the Date From field Any criteria specified in Advanced settings is used in conjunction with the criteria specified in the Search field define your date range and select Advanced from a Search to use the specified date range in conjunction with the keyword to search archived messages Message Results All messages matching the specified criteria display in the search results Carrier 10 07 AM Search Results Displaying 9 of 9 lt leslie lawner enron co 10 17 712 5 Califomia state regulatory matters Let s try and set up a call to talk about the California intrastate gas issues noted below L lt alan comnes enron c 107 16 12 Additional FERC Actions Likely On FERC has set a meeting for Monday18 June 10 am POT wherein it has noticed tts California an lt jeffery fawcett enron 10161
245. e the Barracuda Message Archiver Options dialog box to specify message stubbing options Automatically Stub Attachments when Archiving This option allows all incoming messages containing attachments to be stubbed as soon as the message is submitted to the Barracuda Message Archiver All attachments are still accessible directly from within the actual message the only difference is that the attachment itself is stored on the Barracuda Message Archiver instead of your organization s Outlook server The email contains the following text with a link to the attachment This message s contents have been archived by the Barracuda Message Archiver 52 3K Click on the attachment name to view and download the attachment directly from the Barracuda Message Archiver to your local system Enable Caching of Stubbed Messages for Offline Access This option allows a copy of stubbed attachments to be stored locally on your system This allows you to retrieve the attachment when you do not have direct access to the Barracuda Message Archiver Maximum Age of Messages to Include Days Maximum age number of days of mail that will be copied to the local workstations stub cache Maximum Size of Cache MB Use this option to specify the maximum amount of disk space specified in megabytes MB on your local computer to use for caching stubbed attachments When the cache is full the oldest items in the cache are removed from your local system in order
246. e to the cloud turn on Replicate to Barracuda Cloud Storage 12 Click Save to save your configuration and add the data source 13 Go to the BACKUP gt Schedules page and add a schedule for the SMB share oo CO N OOA i For more information go to the go to the ADVANCED gt Backup page in the Barracuda Message Archiver and click the Help button Storage Manager This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher Most of the controls needed to manage both the internal and external storage volumes are on the ADVANCED gt Storage Manager page For storage capacity details by model refer to the Barracuda Message Archiver Datasheet Related Articles Storage Backup Configuration Management amp Access Additional Resources Barracuda Networks KB Solution 0000 2671 Barracuda Message Archiver Datasheet i Expansion Storage is available only on Barracuda Message Archivers shipped prior to May 15 2013 See Storage Details for further information Mirroring Enabling storage data mirroring provides data redundancy for added protection against corruption of the actual hardware while reducing overall drive capacity Note that you must disable anti virus scan on mirror shares before adding those shares to a group on the ADVANCED gt Storage Manager page i You must disable anti virus scan on mirror shares and rollover storage before adding shares to a group Email Notifications All notif
247. e tools will help confirm that details such as the required SSL certificates Basic Authentication mode and correct server name Exchange instance name and RoH proxy are being used Verify that both HTTP basic authentication and SSL HTTPS are enabled on the RoH proxy server both are enabled by default The RoH proxy server must be using a trusted third party certificate If you have questions contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support 7 Click Save and follow the onscreen directions to set up the action i Note that if you have a scheduled action in the table you can also enable RoH using the following steps 1 Click Edit in the Scheduled Actions table and go to the Select Server page 2 Click Edit following the server name and click Advanced Options in the Edit Server page 3 Enter the Proxy Server Click Save click Continue twice and then click Submit Confirm RoH is Available Use the following steps to confirm RoH is available to the Barracuda Message Archiver by testing through your browser 1 oo Enter the Barracuda Message Archiver URI in a browser window in the form https lt proxy gt rpc for example https RoH server address rpc Your browser should indicate that the ROH proxy s SSL certificate is trusted You should be challenged for your credentials by the browser enter the Barracuda Message Archiver service account credentials Your credentials should be accepted and you should see a blank page
248. e web based administrative interface it is unnecessary to explicitly configure SSL for traffic between the Barracuda Message Archiver and your email servers To enforce SSL only access 1 Go to the ADVANCED gt Secure Administration page and set the following options e HTTPS SSL Access Only Specify whether users are required to use HTTPS to access the web interface e Use HTTPS links in Emails Specify whether notices and emails from the Barracuda Message Archiver use HTTP or HTTPS links e Web Interface HTTPS SSL Enter the appropriate port number the default value is 443 2 Click Save Changes to save and activate your settings To change the certificate that is used you must first create and upload the new certificate before changing the Certificate Type in the SSL Certificate Configuration section The Barracuda Message Archiver supports the following certificate types e Default Barracuda Networks certificates are signed by Barracuda Networks On some browsers these may generate some benign warnings which can be safely ignored No additional configuration is required to use these certificates which are provided free of charge as the default certificate type During a configuration backup the certificate type is reset to Default if the original certificate cannot be located Go to the ADV ANCED gt Secure Administration page and in the SSL Certificate Configuration section reselect the certificate from the Ce rtificate Typ
249. eOne available in GroupWise 8 Support Pack 1 or higher only Option 1 Download the Trusted Application Key Generator Click here to expand Use the following steps to generate a GroupWise Trusted Key 1 Log into the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface and go to the USERS gt Client Downloads page 2 Download the Trusted Application Key Generator to a workstation that has the GroupWise client the Novell 32 bit client installed and is logged into the same eDirectory tree as the GroupWise Server 3 From that workstation execute the downloaded Key Generator to create a Trusted Application Key to be uploaded onto the Barracuda Message Archiver you must know the location of the domain directory 4 Go to the section Import GroupWise Messages to import Novell GroupWise messages into the Barracuda Message Archiver Option 2 Manually Generate a Trusted Application Key Click here to expand A Trusted Application Key is created at the Domain database level To create this key you need the following e An application capable of creating the Trusted Application Key such as the GroupWise Trusted App Key Maker available on the USE RS gt Client Downloads page of the Barracuda Message Archiver Novell GroupWise 8 Support Pack 1 and Higher Starting with GroupWise 8 Support Pack 1 you can create a trusted application and its associated key in ConsoleOne for use with the Barracuda Message Archiver For more information refer to Opt
250. earch to execute the search and verify that the provided search parameters return the expected results 5 Click Save Search enter Henneh Client as the name under which you wish to save this search and click OK 6 Now go to the POLICY gt Alerts page and enter Henneh as the Policy Name select Henneh Client from the Saved Search drop d own menu enter the alert email address joe mylawfirmname com and set Dashboard to On so that the custom policy statistics display in the Policy Statistics table on the BASIC gt Status page 7 Click Add to save and activate the Policy Alert and then click Save Changes Once activated each time an email containing the client s name Henneh that includes the domain corporatenamehere com in either the From To or Cc field an alert notification is generated A Important Important If the Saved Search is deleted from the Saved Search tab on the BASIC gt Search page the custom alert policy is automatically deleted from the POLICY gt Alerts page Step 5 Litigation Holds Auditor Role Only Additional Resources For more information refer to the article Litigation Holds or log in to your Barracuda Message Archiver using the Auditor role and go to either of the following pages e POLICY gt Retention page and click Help e BASIC gt Search gt Saved Search page and click Help A user with the auditor role can create litigation holds to prevent messages that meet the criteria of a specific
251. eate a Send Connector e Create a Journaling Rule Exchange 2007 2010 Envelope Journaling Compliance Message Import Stubbing amp Configuration Understanding SMTP Forwarding and Trusted Servers i Stubbing and Microsoft Exchange Import For stubbing and Microsoft Exchange imports initiated via the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface there is a 100MB limit on file import A If you are migrating to a newer version of Exchange Server refer to Barracuda Message Archiver and Microsoft Exchange Server Migration i Depending on your Client Access Licenses CALs you may need to apply these rules at the mail server level rather than the hub transport level For more information see the Microsoft TechNet article Overview of Compliance Features Register each Exchange Server as a Trusted SMTP Server To ensure that journaled message archiving begins as soon as your Exchange Servers are configured to send them register each Exchange Server as a Trusted SMTP Server with the Barracuda Message Archiver on the MAIL SOURCES gt SMTP IM page prior to configuring your Exchange Servers Once the Barracuda Message Archiver is configured to receive SMTP traffic you must complete the following from the Exchange Management Console EMC of each Exchange Server that will be journaling directly into the Barracuda Message Archiver e From Recipient Configuration Create a Mail Contact that is to act as the recipient of all journaled messages
252. ed Reports section on the BASIC gt Reports page Enter one or more recipients to have a report emailed daily to one or more users Report Properties In the Report Properties section on the BASIC gt Reports page you specify how the report content is presented You must click Save Changes f or these values to be used in daily reports defined in the Automated Reports section Barracuda Message Archiver Usage Report This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 2 or higher You can view a comprehensive report of archiving activity cost savings and projected storage growth based on U S dollars per gigabyte Go to the BASIC gt Report page and in the Generate Report section select Usage Report from the Report Type drop down menu e Specify the desired date range e Enter the email address to which to send the report Click Email Report to generate and send the report to the specified email address The report is attached to the email as a PDF file The PDF report displays the following details PDF Header Barracuda Message Archiver hostname serial number and report generation date e Yearly Summary Displays a summary of employee hours saved total storage savings in U S dollars and the number of emails flagged for policy violations e Archiving Activity Displays email non email and messages flagged by policy in table format as well as a summary pie chart e Total inbound outbound and internal archived email b
253. een received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work 2 Grant of Copyright License Subject to the terms and conditions of this License each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual worldwide non exclusive no charge royalty free irrevocable copyright license to reproduce prepare Derivative Works of publicly display publicly perform sublicense and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form 3 Grant of Patent License Subject to the terms and conditions of this License each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual worldwide non exclusive no charge royalty free irrevocable except as stated in this section patent license to make have made use offer to sell sell import and otherwise transfer the Work where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution s alone or by combination of their Contribution s with the Work to which such Contribution s was submitted If You institute patent litigation against any entity including a cross claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed 4 Redistribution You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Deriva
254. en starting Microsoft Outlook use this profile Add Prompt for a profile to be used Always use this profile Apply 3 Click Add to create a temporary profile Enter the Profile Name E mail Accounts Data Files Show Profiles 2 Create New Profile Profile Name Auto Account Setup Manual al setup of an accoun punt or connect to other server types C E mail Account Your Name Example Ellen Adams E mail Sddress Example ellen contoso com password Retype Password Type the password your Intemet service provider has given you Manual setup or additional server types Cra anes i Do not attempt to automatically configure this profile 5 Click Next Select Microsoft Exchange Server or compatible service Microsoft Exchange Server or compatible service Connect to an Exchange account to access email calendars contacts tasks and voice mail O Outlook com or Exchange ActiveSync compatible service Connect to a service such as Outlook com to access email calendars contacts and tasks O POP or IMAP Connect to a POP or IMAP email account 6 Click Next Enter the Exchange Server hostname in the Server field and enter the Barracuda Message Archiver service account name in the User Name field Enter the Microsoft Exchange Server settings for your account Server Settings Server exchange domain local UserName domai
255. ep that is highly recommended for your own security and protection 5b Make sure the local time zone is set correctly Time on the Barracuda Message Archiver is automatically updated via NTP and requires that port 123 is opened for outbound User Datagram Protocol UDP traffic on your firewall if the Barracuda Message Archiver is located behind one It is important that the time zone is set correctly as this information is used to determine the integrity of the message archive and in all logs and reports 5c You can change the port number used to access the Barracuda Message Archiver administration interface The default port is 8000 5d Enter the amount of time for the session expiration length in minutes of your web administration interface session 5e At expiration you are required to log back in to the administration interface 5f Enter the email addresses for your Administrator to receive system alerts and notifications and other urgent communications from Barracuda Networks 5g Optional Specify your local SMTP server in the Outbound SMTP Host Smart Host field 5h Optional Specify whether to require secondary authorization for certain actions 6 Click Save Changes Activate Subscriptions After installation your Energize Updates and other optional subscriptions must be activated to fully enable the Barracuda Message Archiver and to continue receiving the latest updates to all virus policy and document definitions from B
256. er 3 Once imports are no longer in progress verify that the number and size of the completed PST files are as expected in the PST Collector Admin Console lt 4 Barracuda PST Collector Admin Console File View Reports Tools i Discovered PST file s k g Fath Copy of diag pst Copy of mapi_1213126487_ diag pst mapi_1213126487_3947 con mapi_1213735783_28349 co mapi_ 1214554467 4335 con map 1215798197 227710 My Outlook Data File 1 pst My Outlook Data File pst My Outlook Data File 3 pst pst_byHo0R 7w pst ru_msg_test pst Host shade shade shade shade shade shade shade shade shade shade shade shade Owner Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Administrators Status Complete Complete Complete Complete Complete Complete Complete Complete Pending Complete Complete Missing Created 4 25 2011 12s 4 25 2011 12s 4 25 2011 12s 4 25 2011 12 4 25 2011 12 4 25 2011 12 4 25 2011 12 4 23 2011 2 3 10 21 2011 3 10 25 2011 1 4 25 2011 12 4 25 2011 12s Modified 5 7 2008 6 38 6 12 2008 11 5 6 2008 11 0 6 16 2008 10 6 18 2008 11 7 9 2008 2 54 7 15 2008 1 5 5 14 2010 141 10 21 2011 3 10 25 2011 1 6 24 2008 11 8 1 2011 4 06 4 If there are PST files
257. er the User name and click Check Names Click OK 8e Click Apply and click OK to close the dialog and save your changes Step 9 Configure Exchange Mailbox Management After a message is forwarded to the Barracuda Message Archiver define an Outlook rule to automatically delete the archived message from the local mailbox store to reduce storage bloat e Step 9a Create a Journal Account Mailbox Outlook Rule e Step 9b Create Recipient Policy to Delete Messages e Step 9c Schedule mailbox Manager to Run Recipient Policy Step 9a Create a Journal Account Mailbox Outlook Rule Use the following steps to create an Outlook rule for the Journal Account Mailbox 1 In Outlook 2003 on the Tools menu click Rules and Alerts click the E mail Rules tab and click New Rule F Apply this rule after the message arrives assigned to any categon clear message s categories On the first page of the Rules Wizard click Start from a blank rule and click Next Under Select when messages should be checked select Check messages when they arrive and click Next Inthe Select condition s section verify all conditions are deselected and click Next Click Yes to verify you want to create the rule for all messages that are received in this mailbox On the next page in the Select action s section select move it to the specified folder Rules Wizard what do you want bo do with the message Step 1 Select action s move it to t
258. erences the modified retention time to determine if a user is allowed to empty their trash If a system administrator has manually set the modified retention time or this value has been populated by a utility or application the user may be unable to empty their trash until the modified retention time value is cleared for the mailbox For more information regarding Message Retention on your GroupWise server refer to your Novell GroupWise documentation or the Novell website Understanding GroupWise Trusted Application Keys Related Articles e Importing Novell GroupWise Messages e How to Create a GroupWise Trusted Application Key The Trusted Application Key was introduced in Novell GroupWise release 6 5 as a way of providing trusted third party applications such as the Barracuda Message Archiver a method of logging into user mailboxes as a Super user and allowing them to access the account without requiring the user password The Trusted Application Key is generated through specialized APIs included with the third party vendor software The Trusted Application Key provides access to every account in the GroupWise system You can secure the Trusted Application Key from unauthorized use by specifying a retention flag against the Trusted Application Key A retention flag allows the Barracuda Message Archiver to ensure 100 retention See the Novell website for details on creating retention flags How to Create a GroupWise Trusted Applica
259. ernate Method e Configuring an IMAP4 or POP3 Journal Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 See Also e Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 2007 and 2010 Integration describes how to automatic import stub and synchronize Microsoft Exchange Server folder data Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Deployment Template This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 and higher and a Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Standard Edition version using SMTP push journaling This template is a based on a typical onsite deployment of the Barracuda Message Archiver with Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Standard Edition This template describes the initial Barracuda Message Archiver setup for this deployment In this article e Implementation Prerequisites e Physical Installation and Console Configuration e Firewall Ports e Activation e Basic and Administration Setup e Enable Journaling e Enable SMTP Forwarding on the Barracuda Message Archiver e Email Service Account Creation e Configure Exchange Integration Operations Related Articles e Message Archiving Concepts e Message Import Stubbing amp Configuration e Search Options amp Configuration Additional Resource e Troubleshooting message journaling in Exchange Server 2003 i Stubbing and Microsoft Exchange Import For stubbing and Microsoft Exchange imports initiated via the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface there is a 100MB limit on file im
260. ers C Start Menu and Taskbar System C Windows Components Css Al Settings Preferences Barracuda PST Collector Server Mot configured Extended 1 setkingis 6 Double click the Barracuda PST Collector Server the Properties window displays 7 Inthe Server Hostname field enter the hostname not the URI of the system where the Barracuda PST Collector Server is installed For example enter pstcolserver domain local The hostname must be resolvable and the system must be accessible by all machines on which the Barracuda PST Collector Client is to be deployed Set the 32 Bit MSI as Unavailable to 64 Bit Systems 32 and 64 Bit Mixed Deployment Only Use these steps only if you are deploying the Barracuda PST Collector to both 32 and 64 bit systems running in your environment If you are deploying to both 32 and 64 bit systems install both the 32 and 64 bit client MSIs and configure the 32 bit MSI to be unavailable to 64 bit systems using the following steps 1 While in the Group Policy Management Editor navigate to Computer Configuration gt Policies gt Software Settings and click Softwar e Installation 2 Right click Barracuda PST Collector and click Properties Barracuda PST Collector Client 3 5 35 Properties General Deployment Upgrades Categories M Console Root Default Domair Name Baracuda PST Collector Client 3 5 35 Product information Version 3 5 Publisher Language English United
261. es e Outlook Add In Installation and Configuration e Outlook Add In Customization Options e Outlook Add In Troubleshooting i Secure Connectivity The Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In requires secure HTTPS connectivity to the Barracuda Message Archiver If an insecure HTTP connection is attempted the Outlook Add In is redirected to use https with the configured secure port the default port is 443 For existing Outlook Add in users if your URI was originally set up via Group Policy on an earlier firmware version verify that the URI uses HTTPS If the URI was set up using HTTP use the steps in the section Configure Using Administrative Templates to update the URI If the URI is not updated users are automatically redirected to the secure HTTPS protocol This redirection may require an update to your network firewall rules to allow connectivity to complete on the secure port i Microsoft Office Click to Run for Office 2010 If you are running Microsoft Office Click to Run for Office 2010 Microsoft has reported that the environment has potential issues when running Add Ins such as the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In As a result the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In may not function as expected For additional information refer to the Microsoft Knowledgebase article Office 2010 Click to Run compatibility with add ins i Windows Server 2003 Deployment If you are deploying the Outlook Add In from Windows
262. es certificates 2e NAME ACTIVE ON SERVER SERVERS WITH COPIES STATUS BAD COPY COUNT Mailbox Database 1 WILEX13 2 Mailbox Databa Servers WILEX13 2 Database copies Mailbox Database 1414 Active Mounted Copy queue length 0 Content index state H View details 1 selected of 1 total 5b In the Properties page click maintenance in the left pane Mailbox database Windows Internet Explorer Mailbox Database 1414003762 general maintenance limits client settings Help Name N Mailbox Database 1414003762 Database path C Program Files Microsoft Exchange Server V15 Mailbox Mz Last full backup Last incremental backup Status Mounted Mounted on server WILEX13 2 WIL2 COM Master witex1 3 2 Master type Server Modifhed 4 10 2013 10 22 AM z Damasa ummi m am am asam ad m ba maaa save cancel R0 5 5c In the maintenance page click browse following the Journal recipient field Mailbox database Windows Internet Explorer Hel Mailbox Database 1414003762 elp general 3 Journal recipient maintenance gt i browse linmuts Maintenance schedule Midnight AM Noon PM 12 2 j4 6 8 10 12 j2 4 6 je 10 client settings customize Enable background database maintenance 24 x 7 ESE scanning C Don t mount this database at startup C This database can be overwritten by a restore lt
263. es for your Active Directory server are configured on the Barracuda Message Archiver from the USERS gt Directory Services page This ensures that SMTP aliases associated with the message sender and recipients are resolvable There are two methods to import a pst file e Immediate import from the web interface for single small pst files less than 250MB e Queued import for multiple and or large pst files Immediate Import The Barracuda Message Archiver can accept one pst file at a time for immediate import from the web interface Files that are imported directly in this manner are processed immediately and their contents added to the Barracuda Message Archiver Because processing files for import can be resource intensive Immediate Import supports files of less than 250 MB in size If you have any large files or if you have multiple smaller files to import use the Queued Import method described below Queued Imports Queued importing separates out the uploading step of importing a pst file from the actual processing step This is highly recommended if you have multiple pst files whose contents you wish to add to the archive allowing you to easily place pst files on the Barracuda Message Archiver and to delay file processing until a time when system performance is least impacted Use Queued Import for large pst files greater than 250 MB as this allows you to upload files in the background thus reducing the risk of file transfer
264. escribed in the section Instructions e Microsoft Outlook 2007 See the Microsoft article 2007 Office system Administrative Template files ADM ADMX ADML and Office Customization Tool version 2 0 your operating system in the section System requirements and following the steps described in the section Instructions e Microsoft Outlook 2003 See the Microsoft article Office 2010 Administrative Template files ADM ADMX ADML and Office Customization Tool download verify your operating system in the section System requirements and following the steps described in the section Instructions Once you download and set up the ADM template files open the associated Outlook ADM file e For Outlook 2003 open the ADM file outlk11 adm e For Outlook 2007 open the ADM file outlk12 adm e For Outlook 2010 open the ADM file outlk14 adm In the ADM file set VALUEON NUMERIC to 1 and VALUEOFF NUMERIC to 0 for the following values VALUENAME SharedFolderScript VALUENAME PublicFolderScript For example update the ADM file outlk11 adm to display as POLICY Disable scripts for shared folders KEYNAME Software Policies Microsotft 0ffice 11 0 Outlook Security PART Check to disable scripts for shared folders CHECKBOX VALUENAME SharedFolderScript VALUEON NUMERIC 1 DEFCHECKED VALUEOFF NUMERIC 0 END PART END POLICY POLICY Disable scripts for public folders KEYNAME Software Policies Microsoft 0ffice 11 0 Outlook Security PART Check to d
265. eset Virtual Directory JEI IMAP4 Ja POP3 Properties Help Right click on the desired service for example IMAP4 and click Properties In the General tab verify the service is ready in the Banner string window IMAP4 Properties a The Microsoft Exchange IMAP4 service is ready 7 Click the Binding tab to view the default port for the service IMAP4 Properties General Binding Authentication Connection Retrieval Settings TLS or Unencrpted Connections Speci the local IF addresses and ports you want to use for either a TLS or an unencrypted connection eia Add 5 Edit 7X Local IF addresses All Available IFE 143 All Available Pv4 143 Secure Sockets Layer SSL Connections Specify the local lP addresses and ports you want to use for an SSL connection ea Add 2 Edit pS Local IF addresses All Available IFE All Available Pv4 F Cancel Aoply Help 8 To modify the port number select from the available options e Add Click to add an additional port number e Edit Click to modify the port details for the highlighted item e Delete Click to remove the highlighted port from the list 9 Click OK to save your changes and close the dialog box Start the Service Use the following steps to start the service 1 Log in to the Exchange Server as the Exchange Server Administrator and go to Start gt Programs gt Administrative Tools gt Services
266. essage Archiver firmware version 3 2 and higher and Microsoft Office 365 Enterprise cloud based mail service live edu You can configure the Barracuda Cloud Relay Service to dispatch journaled mail from the Office 365 hosted mail service to the Barracuda Message Archiver Note that the Office 365 Management Panel web interface may differ slightly depending on the version of Office 365 you are running In this article e Step 1 Open Port 2500 on your Corporate Firewall e Step 2 Configure Barracuda Message Archiver Forwarding e Step 3 Create a Non Delivery Report Recipient e Step 4 Configure Office 365 to Send Journal Mail Related Articles e Office 365 IMAP POP Deployment Additional Resources e Office 365 Understanding Journal Rules A A e Office 365 Creating a Journal Rule Hybrid Deployment If you are using the Barracuda Cloud Relay Service with a hybrid Microsoft Exchange Server Office 365 deployment where some mailboxes are located on a physical server and some mailboxes are hosted by Office 365 to properly deploy your configuration you must journal directly to the physical Barracuda Message Archiver from your Exchange Server by designating an on premises mailbox as the journal mailbox for your Office365 and on premises mailboxes Use the following articles to set up journaling based on the version of Exchange Server running in your environment e How to Configure Envelope SMTP Journaling for Microsoft Exc
267. essage Archiver prioritizes these tasks over processing collected PST files Therefore to reduce network traffic as well as potential load on the Barracuda Message Archiver and to ensure that even the newest PST files are imported it is highly recommended that PST collection begin after all such initial integration tasks are complete Note that PST file imports initiated via the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface there is a 100MB limit per mail item Enable PST Collection on the Barracuda Message Archiver Use the following steps to enable PST collection on the Barracuda Message Archiver 1 Log in to your Barracuda Message Archiver as admin and navigate to the MAIL SOURCES gt PST Import page 2 Inthe PST Import Options section set the Enable PST Collector option to Yes Note that this feature does not require Enable Local SMB Share for PST imports to be enabled as the Collector uses a separate import directory Install the Barracuda PST Collector Server Use the following steps to download install and configure the Barracuda PST Collector Server 1 While still logged into your Barracuda Message Archiver as admin navigate to the USERS gt Client Downloads page 2 Download and install the server application on a Microsoft Windows based system in your environment that can be reached by all the systems on which the client application is to be deployed Note that this need not be an actual server nor does it need any special con
268. essage Archiver release 3 1 or greater except where noted and the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In version 3 1 or greater The Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In supports Outlook versions 2003 2007 2010 and 2013 Verify the Outlook Add In version available for download on the USERS gt Client Downloads page is the same major revision as the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware for proper functionality article Locale Installation Configuration Configuration Options Changing the URI Location Attachment and Whole Message Stubbing Message Stubbing Options Restore Stubbed Content to Microsoft Exchange Folder Synchronization Manual Folder Content Synchronization Related Articles Outlook Add In Search and Archive Outlook Add In Deployment Outlook Add In Troubleshooting Mobile Application for iPhone iPod Touch and iPad Mobile Application for Android Secure Connectivity The Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In requires secure HTTPS connectivity to the Barracuda Message Archiver If an insecure HTTP connection is attempted the Outlook Add In is redirected to use https with the configured secure port the default port is 443 For existing Outlook Add in users if your URI was originally set up via Group Policy on an earlier firmware version verify that the URI uses HTTPS If the URI was set up using HTTP use the steps in the Changing the URI Location section to update the URI If the UR
269. essage Archiver to automatically clean up the content of the journal mailbox after each import e Select On to prevent the Barracuda Message Archiver from removing the journaled messages from the mail server only turn this option on if the contents of the journal account is required by other applications In this case make sure that another method for cleaning up the journal account is enabled on the mail server in order to prevent unlimited growth on the mail server and to stay in compliance with your organization s message retention policies Barracuda Networks recommends that you deselect Keep Items on Server to save hard drive space on your mail server 5 Click Add to add the journal account verify the Status field displays green and then click Save Changes 6 To remove a journal account click the Delete J icon and confirm you want to remove the account How to Disable Throttling in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 5 or higher and Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 If you are using Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 refer to How to Disable Throttling in Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 message throttling policies set bandwidth limits and restrict the number of processed messages Throttling is enabled by default on Microsoft Exchange 2013 In order to disable throttling you must create an appropriate policy and assign it to the servic
270. eted tem retention keep deleted tems for days o Do not permanently delete iteme until the store has been backed up 6h Click OK Click Apply in the Properties dialog box and then click OK to close the dialog Step 7 Modify Journal Mail Contact 7a In the Active Directory Users and Computers console right click on the contact you created in Step 5 and click Properties 7b Click the E mail Addresses tab and remove all addresses except journaling bma int and the X400 address Clear Automatically update e mail addresses based on recipient policy BMA Journal Properties EE General Address Telephones Organization Member Of Exchange General E malAddesses Exchange Advanced Each e mail address type has one default reply address To change the default select an entry in the list and then chck Set As Primary 7c Click Apply Click the Exchange Advanced tab select Hide from Exchange address lists and clear Use MAPI rich text format BMA Journal Properties General Address Telephones Organization Member Of Exchange General E mail Addresses change Advanced Simple display name Use MAPI rich text format View and modify custom attributes Custom Attributes Configure server and account information ILS Setting for Internet locator service ES Sune Administrative Group First Administrate Group 7d Click Apply and click OK to close the dialog box Step 8 Enable Envelop
271. ets i If you do not enclose the IP address in square brackets an error displays 3d Below the Local Bridgehead section click Add Click on your SMTP virtual server instance and click OK the SMTP Virtual Server is added Address Space Connected Routing Groups Delivery Restrictions Content Restrictions Delivers Options Advanced Details General Sl Mame Baracuda Message Archiver C Use DNS to route to each address space on this connector NP address of your Barracuda Message Archiver Local bridgehead Server Virtual Server ICON Default SMTP Virtual Server Remove M Do not allow public folder referrals Cancel Apply Help 3e Click Apply Click the Address Space tab and click Add In the Add Address Space dialog box select the address type SMTP Add Address Space Ei Select an address type a Cancel Help 3f Click OK The Internet Address Space Properties dialog box displays Type the domain name bma int Internet Address Space Properties 3g Click Apply and click OK to close the dialog box The new address space displays in the Address Space tab Content Restrictions Delve Options Advanced Details General Address space Connected Routing Groups Delivery Restrictions Create modify or remove an address space Address SMTP bra imt Add Modify Remove Connector scope f Entire organization C Routing group
272. evice 5 Message content copied to Secondary device 6 Users search retrieve archived content Message Import and Copy All messages imported into a Barracuda Message Archiver in an HA configuration regardless of the mail source are copied to the HA peer New messages on each system are fully indexed by message content and attachments and those messages are queued for copy to the other system in the HA configuration Because message import takes precedence over message copy to an HA peer queued copy tasks are deferred until there is a pause in new mail import tasks To view the number of messages waiting to be processed go to the BASIC gt Status page and view the Cluster Status Note that copy tasks do not display in the Index Queue Length metric on the BASIC gt Status page PST files are not transferred between systems but the messages contained therein are transferred When a PST file is imported the Barracuda Message Archiver extracts the messages from the PST file Those messages are then archived on the primary device and transferred during the archiving process to the secondary device in the HA configuration Message Search Once messages are copied to the HA peer the messages are available for search on all joined systems Search results on the HA peer are limited to the items archived on the system whether imported from a mail source or pushed from one system to an HA peer Offline System in a High Availability Configuration
273. example http 192 168 200 200 8000 2 Log in to the administration interface using admin for both the username and password 3 Go to the BASIC gt IP Configuration page and perform the following steps 3a In the TCP IP Configuration section verify the IP address netmask default gateway for your Barracuda Message Archiver 3b Verify the primary and secondary DNS servers for your Barracuda Message Archiver 3c Enter the default hostname and default domain name of the Barracuda Message Archiver 3d To allow external access to the Barracuda Message Archiver you must enter an External System Name and Port that is accessible resolvable from outside of your organization s internal network These may differ from the values in Step 3c above since the Default Host Name may resolve to an internal IP address that is unreachable by remote users The values specified here must be externally resolvable and are used for stubbing operations as well as by the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add in to communicate with the Barracuda Message Archiver 4 Click Save Changes Whenever your Barracuda Message Archiver IP address is changed on the BASIC gt IP Configuration page you are disconnected from the administration interface log in again using the new IP address 5 Go to the BASIC gt Administration page and perform the following steps 5a Assign a new administration password to the Barracuda Message Archiver i This is an optional st
274. f each PST file has been extracted and imported into the archive Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver as the administrator and go to the BASIC gt Search page Click the PSTs and Tags tab navigate to and right click the PST file to assign and then click Assign PST In the Assign PST dialog box enter at least three characters of the email address to which to assign the PST The Search for User field populates with all matching users click on the user to which to assign the PST file and click OK 1 Log into your Barracuda Message Archiver as admin and navigate to the MAIL SOURCES gt PST Import page 2 3 For any listed file including files that did not complete click the ViewLog link to display a log of what transpired during the import or click File Name diag pst mapi_1213735 763_26349 conf pst mapi_1215798197_22271 conf pst My Outlook Data File 1 pst Copy of diag pst My Outlook Data File 3 pst pat byHg RTw pst Copy of mapi_1213126487_3947 conf pst mapi_1214334467_4305 conf pst mapi_1213126467_3947 conf pst Trying to get a 1gigger_a203 pst has_becs_vtkn pst amoran_1 pst bjorn01 pst amp Couple of Spaces pst L bnma 415701 pst A few_selected_folders_mPwS pst Start Time 2011 12 12 15 07 06 2011 12 12 15 06 32 2011 12 12 15 05 52 2011 12 12 15 05 23 2011 12 12 15 04 49 2011 12 12 15 04 20 2011 12 12 15 03 49 2011 12 12 15 03 14 2011 12 12 15 02 37 20
275. ffers the ability to monitor various settings via SNMP including e Traffic and policy statistics such as e Amount of overall traffic e Number of messages that triggered a particular policy category e Number of messages currently in the indexing queue e The subscription status of Energize Updates e Performance statistics including CPU temperature and system load Emailed System Alerts Use the BASIC gt Administration page to configure the Barracuda Message Archiver to automatically email notifications to specified addresses use a comma to separate multiple addresses System alerts notify you when e Your Energize Updates subscription is about to expire e Possible backup synchronization Journal account or other connectivity failures e Your system is low on disk space SNMP Manager You can use the SNMP Manager to query system information Setting Up SNMP Manager Use the following steps to set up SNMP Manager 1 Log into the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface and go to the BASIC gt Administration page 2 In the SNMP Manager section set Enable SNMP Agent to Yes This setting allows the Barracuda Message Archiver to accept and respond to SNMP queries 3 Select the SNMP Version as either v2c or v3 select the v3 protocol for a more secure transmission a If you select v2c enter the SNMP Community String to allow the Barracuda Message Archiver to communicate SNMP information the default string used by the Barracud
276. figuration you can even use a virtual machine VM to function as the Server 3 Once the server application is installed run the Admin Console to configure the Server Discovered PST file s Path Barracuda PST Collector Admin Console Configuration x reated Hostname of your Barracuda Message Archiver Options Import policy Automatic Between and Collect only owned PST files 4 Enter the hostname not the URI of your Barracuda Message Archiver for example archiver company com and select the desired import policy for PSTs e Automatic All PSTs are approved for transfer without any further interaction from a system administrator Recommended e Manual A PST is approved for transfer only if that PST has been manually marked for transfer using the Admin Console This setting always requires administrative input as each discovered PST file must be explicitly marked for import This setting is typically used for importing only specific PST files manually prioritizing specific PST files over others or during testing of the Barracuda PST Collector in your environment e Scheduled A PST is approved for transfer only if the request occurs within a configured time window This setting is typically used to restrict PST transfers to a specified time period when there is less traffic such as after business hours 5 To collect only PST files that are owned by domain users set Collect only owned PST files to On
277. firmware version 3 1 and higher and a Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 In this article e Before Getting Started e Configuration e Step 1 Create a Mailbox Store for the Journaling Mailbox e Step 2 Create Remote Domain Step 3 Set Up Message Routing for Journal Contact e Step 4 Create a Journal Account Mailbox e Step 5 Create a Custom SMTP Recipient e Step 6 Hide Mail Contact in Exchange Global Address List Modify SMTP Addresses and Enable Server Side Mailbox Forwarding e Step 7 Modify Journal Mail Contact e Step 8 Enable Envelope Journaling on Mail Storage e Step 9 Configure Exchange Mailbox Management e Step 10 Verify Journaling is Functioning as Expected Compliance Set Up Email Journaling Exchange 2003 Envelope Journaling Message Import Stubbing amp Configuration Understanding SMTP Forwarding and Trusted Servers Additional Resource e Troubleshooting message journaling in Exchange Server 2003 and in Exchange 2000 Server i Server Edition This article applies to Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Enterprise Edition if you are using Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Standard Edition contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support for details on configuring an IMAP or POP3 Journal Account for Microsoft Exchange 2003 If you are migrating to a newer version of Exchange Server refer to Barracuda Message Archiver and Microsoft Exchange Server Migration i Stubbing and Microsoft Exchange Import Fo
278. form an audit of company records With the Barracuda Message Archiver you can provide an independent auditor complete access to all data Using the Auditor role there is no need to add the user directly to the official directory structure nor is there need to assign the user administrator level privileges to the entire network Specific individuals or accounts can be assigned special audit privileges on the Barracuda Message Archiver including the ability to create and monitor policies and to flag messages as needed Stubbing Stubbing refers to the replacement of the often sizable attachments in messages with stubs that contain a link from which an attachment can be retrieved thus eliminating the need to store attachments on the mail server where they take up valuable disk space Messages that have stubs in place of the actual attachment can still be read forwarded and otherwise acted upon in the same manner as messages with embedded attachments The Barracuda Message Archiver supports stubbing with Microsoft Exchange mail servers and offers an add in for Microsoft Outlook that allows users to easily stub or unstub their own messages containing attachments Attachment Parsing Parsing is the process of analyzing and indexing searchable text In addition to message parsing the Barracuda Message Archiver parses attachments i Attachment Types To make attachment content available to the Search page the Barracuda Message Archiver parses
279. formation Table 3 Advanced Search Criteria Criteria Description Attachments Number of attachments required in the messages in which to search Options are Any One or more or None Attachment Name Name of the attachment for which to search Only messages containing an attachment with the specified name are returned Tags Tag s on which to search Wildcards are NOT accepted in this field Tags are defined and set on messages in the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface If tags are defined and set on messages you can use these tags in this field to quickly locate the messages Options are Any or Specific tags Contact your system administrator for more information Message Results All messages that match the specified criteria are returned in the search window Double click an item to open it in Outlook or right click to select an action to perform on the selected item Table 4 Available Actions Action Description Open Open the selected item in the standard Outlook view double clicking an item performs the same action Once an item is opened it can be treated as any other non archived item including replying to and forwarding Reply Creates a Reply or Reply All to the selected item in the exact same Reply to All manner as Outlook Forward Crates a Forward of the selected item in the exact same manner as Outlook Copy to Folder Opens the Select Folder dialog box in Outlook from which you can select a folde
280. ftover airidas ihal ane mol handed by caution paps Attributes ii Organizational Uni i Ohject Class E maGvOpenServersiate eS man WS malicengtNurmber l gt maLogtnnString i malogMask BE maMetyrarkAdiress E matetworkPont B S maMmifErmail W maNotlifyMlask if maQtherName E maSMTPServerip ee maSMTPServerUserid i maSlorageievicel ist malrustedtiay 0 o AApga 70 DACOOOA IF ASC OO 2000BOHMASSST S20S0A000092FASCOOITDIBDOD E mafrustedHame 4 Show read ony Page Opto KA Cancel Apt Hela How to Import IBM Notes NSF Files This article refers to firmware version 3 5 or later and IBM Notes IBM Domino 8 5 or later running on a Microsoft Windows based system In this article e Import Options e Barracuda Message Archiver NSF Import Utility e NsfDump exe Command Related Articles IBM Notes IBM Domino IMAP Deployment i Because the IBM Domino attachment and object service DAOS stores file attachments in a separate repository on the server that are retrieved by reference before working with the NSF Import Utility first restore these attachment objects to the customer mailbox i Important Barracuda Networks products interface with third party products for email archival Barracuda is not responsible for the performance or functionality of third party products In some instances Lotus Notes NSF imports have caused corruption of the data The source of the corru
281. g steps to install the Barracuda Message Archiver Stand Alone Search Utility 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver and go to the USERS gt Client Downloads page 2 In the Stand Alone Search Utility section click Download Now to the right of the Stand Alone Search Utility to download the msi installer 3 Locate and double click the msi file to open the Setup Wizard 4 Follow the onscreen instructions to install the utility Set Up the Barracuda Message Archiver Search Utility Use the following steps to set up the Barracuda Message Archiver Stand Alone Search Utility 1 Launch Barracuda Message Archiver Search 2 In the setup dialog enter the URI of your Barracuda Message Archiver for example https archiver mycompany com 8000 i If you do not know the URI of your Barracuda Message Archiver contact your administrator 3 Enter your Email Address and Password and then click OK You are now ready to search your message archives Barracuda Message Archiver Stand Alone Search Utility for Mac OS X This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 5 or higher You can download and install Barracuda Archive Search on your Mac OS X based system to allow archive searches without logging in to the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface Install Barracuda Archive Search Use the following steps to install Barracuda Archive Search 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver and go to the USERS gt
282. gnment is not performed However if auto assignment cannot be made the administrator can manually assign a PST to an active AD user by right clicking on the PST file in the BASIC gt Search page in the PSTs and Tags tab In firmware 3 5 and higher the Administrator can assign a PST to a local user Note that PST assignment allows visibility of the PST and access to folder names Visibility of individual emails within the PST is still governed by the local user s email address and configured mail aliases and email access is governed by these items being present in the mail headers Once a PST file is enabled for processing if the SID is resolvable via the configured LDAP source the PST file is assigned to the appropriate user based on the LDAP lookup and displays in the Assigned PSTs folder in the BASIC gt Search page in the PSTs and Tags tab If the SID cannot be resolved through LDAP lookup the PST file is processed but is not assigned to a user The PST file displays in the Unassigned PSTs folder in the BASIC gt Search page in the PSTs and Tags tab Emails processed from an unassigned PST file are available in the Search page and are available to both the Message Archiver administrator and to any user whose email address or aliases are included in the email headers Manually Assigning a PST To manually assign an unassigned PST file to a user already displayed in the Assigned PSTs folder use the following steps 1 Log in to the Ba
283. gt Administration page click on Help for more details on SMB Export Also see the Barracuda Networks Solution 00004903 Search Page Settings Global settings for the BASIC gt Search page Each setting can be customized by account role Admin Auditor or User e Display All Messages on Start Causes all available messages to display by default when bringing up the BASIC gt Search page Loading all available messages can take a significant amount of time so disabling this setting allows faster access to enter and execute search commands This option does not affect the behavior when a Saved Search is loaded from the Saved Searches tab e Preserve Journal Wrappers Includes the journal envelope which reflects all headers including the BCC header when exporting downloading or viewing the source of messages pulled from Microsoft Exchange journal accounts These wrappers are generally not included when exporting or forwarding messages but in some cases it may be desirable to keep this additional information i This feature is not applicable to the user role e Export Allowed Enables the Export Selected option in the Tools button of the Search page for the selected role e Export All Search Results Allowed Enables the Export All option in the Tools button of the Search page for the selected role e Forward Allowed Enables the Forward Selected option in the Tools button of the Search page for the selected role e Forward All
284. gt Journal Accounts 2 In the Journal Accounts section enter the following details e Enable Journal Accounts Select Yes to allow the Barracuda Message Archiver to poll the listed accounts for new messages for archiving e Enable Journal When set to Yes all listed accounts are tested for connectivity with each page view e Polling Frequency Specify how often to poll each journal account for new messages 3 In the Journal Accounts Configuration section specify the following details for each journal account e Status Displays the connection status for each account e Server Enter the hostname of the mail server where the account resides e Protocol Select whether the account is POP3 or IMAP once you select the protocol the default port number automatically populates the Port field e Username Enter the username or ID associated with this mailbox as defined by your server This is usually the mailbox designated as the journaling email address on your mail server and specified by the complete email address such as journal example com e Password Enter the password associated with the username e Encryption Select the type of encryption used to connect to the mail server e TLS if available e TLS e SSL e None e Port Select the associated port based on the selected protocol the default value is port 143 for IMAP and port 110 for POPS 4 Keep Items on Server e Select Off to allow the Barracuda M
285. gure journaling on your email server so that all journaled messages are actually delivered to the designated email address 3 If you created an account on your email server then you must create a forwarding rule on your email server to deliver all messages received by that user to the Barracuda Message Archiver How to Archive Microsoft Non Email Items In addition to emails that are automatically sent from your Microsoft Exchange Server to the Barracuda Message Archiver for storage you can also configure non email items such as Appointments Contacts Notes and Tasks for archive This enables you to get a more complete picture of all items that are or have been stored on your Exchange server and eliminates the need to keep pst files around solely for the purposes of retaining this information The archiving or synchronization of all non email items is configured on the MAIL SOURCES gt Exchange Integration page You can configure synchronization of all or a portion of the Outlook items be it for all or selected users on a recurring basis For details on archiving Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or 2010 non email items refer to Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 Deployment Template For details on archiving PST files refer to the Barracuda PST Collector How to Synchronize Folders This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher In firmware release 3 5GA and higher Folder Sync data automatically synchr
286. hange Server 2013 Standard Journaling e How to Configure Envelope SMTP Journaling for Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Premium Journaling e Configuring Envelope Journaling for Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 e Configuring an SMTP Journal Account for Microsoft Exchange 2003 Additionally be sure to review the Microsoft technet Journaling article specifically You can t designate an Office 365 mailbox as a journaling mailbox for on premises mailboxes If you re running a hybrid deployment with your mailboxes split between on premises servers and Office 365 you can designate an on premises mailbox as the journaling mailbox for your Office 365 and on premises mailboxes Custom Token Before completing the steps in this deployment contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support and request a custom token to configure Barracuda Cloud Relay Service for Office 365 Mail Service For example uuid bma cudasvc com Step 1 Open Port 2500 on your Corporate Firewall Mail journaled for Compliance purposes on Office 365 is sent to the Barracuda Cloud Relay Service on port 25 The Barracuda Cloud Relay Service then sends the mail to your Barracuda Message Archiver on port 2500 You must open port 2500 on your corporate firewall to allow journaled mail to be sent to the Barracuda Message Archiver Step 2 Configure Barracuda Message Archiver Forwarding Use the following steps to configure the Barracuda Message Archiver to accept mail on port 25
287. hare in files of about 1GB in size All files in all shares must be backed up Be aware that although you can back up the files you must contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support in order to restore any of the data Backups can be saved to any FTP or SMB location to which the Barracuda Message Archiver has access To create internal storage volume backups you can enable Show Local Backup Options on the ADVANCED gt Backup page to display the backup options Backup of Archives In the Backup of Archives section you can enable NFS or SMB access to the message store and create local storage backups For more information refer to Archived Data Backup i e For backups via SMB the username used to connect to the published SMB share is always smb but you can optionally specify a workgroup name and an access password e When publishing the data partition via NFS please contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support for assistance in restricting access to the NSF share by IP address The Message Store can be made available as an NFS or SMB share on your network Provide the following information to enable any share e Back Up Archives via NFS Set to Yes to enable access to the Message Store as NFS shares e Back Up Archives via SMB Set to Yes to enable SMB access to the Message Store e Workgroup Enter the name of the Workgroup that the share is to be a part of e Password Enter the password required to access the network share
288. hat meet the search criteria of selected Policy Alerts on the BASIC gt Status page of the Barracuda Message Archiver by enabling the dashboard option when defining the Alert In addition you can configure a daily Policy Violations Report containing statistics on all messages that generate a Policy Alert to go out to specific recipients on the BASIC gt Reports page Alert Notification Frequency From the POLICY gt Alerts page specify the alert frequency In release 3 2 and earlier you can specify daily or weekly alert notifications In release 3 5 and higher you can configure hourly daily or weekly alert notifications For additional configuration options contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support Retention Policies This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher While the Barracuda Message Archiver is capable of handling an archive of virtually unlimited size some organizations may want to expire messages just as a matter of course The POLICY gt Retention page allows you to set the maximum age of an archived message before it is permanently purged from the archive Note that if an auditor has specified an indefinite hold on a Saved Search the retention policy is treated as an infinite lifetime By default automated purging of messages archived on the Barracuda Message Archiver is disabled If you enable this ability the Global Retention Policy and any Saved Search retention policies are run against
289. he Barracuda Message Archiver that meets the specified criteria Select to import email for all users or specify import by user name email address last name public folders or a distribution list e Non Email Sync Import only non email Exchange items into the Barracuda Message Archiver from specified accounts including Appointments Contacts Tasks and Notes e Email Stubbing Locate messages on your Exchange Server that meet the specified criteria copy the specified parts just attachments or the entire message with or without attachments onto the Barracuda Message Archiver and modify those messages on your Exchange Server so that appropriate parts of the messages are replaced with a stub a link to where the actual contents reside on the Barracuda Message Archiver e Folder Sync Import into the Barracuda Message Archiver the complete folder structure of the selected users Mailboxes This action imports the selected users custom folders and subfolders 3 Use the workflow to set up the Exchange action For a comprehensive description of each Exchange Action go to the MAIL SOURCES gt Exchange Integration page in the web interface and click Help i Email Service Account Creation An email service account is a shared account that is accessible by multiple users allowing the specified users to view and manage email to the account An email service account allows you to import historical data from your Exchange Server and to
290. he Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 9 The Free Software Foundation may publish re
291. he Trusted Application Key Generator from the USERS gt Client Downloads page to generate the GroupWise Trusted Key To manually generate a key see the article How to Create a GroupWise Trusted Application Key To enable archiving with Novell GroupWise 1 Follow the instructions provided in your Novell GroupWise manual for enabling Message Retention Directions are also provided on the Novell web site 2 Log into a workstation that has the GroupWise client the Novell 32 bit client installed and is logged into the same eDirectory tree as the GroupWise server 3 From that workstation open a web browser and download the Trusted Application Key Generator from the USERS gt Client Downloads page 4 From that workstation execute the downloaded Key Generator to create a Trusted Application Key to be uploaded onto the Barracuda Message Archiver you must know the location of the domain directory 5 Navigate to the MAIL SOURCES gt GroupWise Sync page on the Barracuda Message Archiver 6 Configure the items in the GroupWise Synchronization section for each GroupWise server The generated Key should be entered in the Trusted Application Key field 7 Save your changes to enable the Barracuda Message Archiver to maintain synchronicity with your GroupWise server i Retention Time For GroupWise retention time the Barracuda Message Archiver sets the digest retention time the modified retention time is not used or changed However GroupWise ref
292. he journaled messages from the mail server only se lect this option if the contents of the journal account is required by other applications In this case make sure that another method for cleaning up the journal account is enabled on the mail server in order to prevent unlimited growth on the mail server and to stay in compliance with your organization s message retention policies Barracuda Networks recommends that you deselect keep Items on Server to save hard drive space on your mail server 3 Click Add to add the journal account verify the Status field displays green and then click Save Changes 4 To remove a journal account click the Delete J icon and confirm you want to remove the account Creating an Email Service Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 2010 and 2013 This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 and higher except where noted and Microsoft Exchang e Server 2007 2010 and 2013 You can create an email service account for Exchange import integration and message attachment stubbing In this article e Microsoft Exchange 2007 e Microsoft Exchange 2010 and 2013 Related Articles e How to Enable RPC over HTTP Connectivity e How to Launch Barracuda Message Archiver from Microsoft OWA A Read First Firmware versions 3 2 and earlier To create an email service account you will need to e Verify the service account has a mailbox and is not hidden in
293. he specified Folder CJ assign it to the category category _ delete it _ permanently delete it _ move a copy to the specified Folder _ Forward it to people or distribution list _ Forward it to people or distribution list as an attachment _ reply using a specific template _ flag message For action in a number of days _ flag message with a colored Flag clear the Message Flag _ mark it as importance _ print it Step 2 Edit the rule description click an underlined value 6 In the Edit section click specified the Rules and Alerts window displays Navigate to and select the Deleted Items folder and click OK to return to the Rules Wizard The underlined phrase displays as Deleted Items 7 Click Finish to create and activate the Rule Step 9b Create Recipient Policy to Delete Messages Use the following steps to create a recipient policy to delete messages 1 In the ESM console expand the Recipients folder right click on the Recipient Policies folder and click New gt Recipient Policy 2 In the New Policy dialog box select Mailbox Manager Settings Property pages J E Mail Addresses Mailbox Manager Settings OF Cancel 3 Click OK the Properties dialog box displays Properties Ei General Mailbox Manager Settings Policy Details A Mame Filter rules Cancel Apply Help 4 On the General tab enter a name for the policy and click Modify the Find Excha
294. hiver Once you configure the Service on Google Apps you can add the journal account to the Barracuda Message Archiver to begin retrieving new messages for archiving 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver as the administrator and go to MAIL SOURCES gt Journal Accounts 2 Inthe Journal Accounts section enter the following details e Enable Journal Accounts Select Yes to allow the Barracuda Message Archiver to poll the listed accounts for new messages for archiving e Enable Journal When set to Yes all listed accounts are tested for connectivity with each page view e Polling Frequency Specify how often to poll each journal account for new messages 3 In the Journal Accounts Configuration section specify the following details for each journal account e Status Displays the connection status for each account Server Enter the Google Apps hostname Protocol Select whether the account is POP3 or IMAP once you select the protocol the default port number automatically populates the Port field Username Enter the journaling email address you created in the section Create an Archive Journal Mailbox at the beginning of this article Password Enter the password associated with the email address Encryption Select the type of encryption used to connect to the mail server e TLS if available e TLS e SSL e None e Port Select the associated port based on the selected protocol the default value
295. hould also get your employer if you work as a programmer or your school if any to sign a copyright disclaimer for the program if necessary Here is a sample alter the names Yoyodyne Inc hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program Gnomovision which makes passes at compilers written by James Hacker signature of Ty Coon 1 April 1989 Ty Coon President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs If your program is a subroutine library you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library If this is what you want to do use the GNU Library General Public License instead of this License Barracuda Products may contain programs that are copyright c 1995 2005 International Business Machines Corporation and others All rights reserved These programs are covered by the following License Permission is hereby granted free of charge to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files the Software to deal in the Software without restriction including without limitation the rights to use copy modify merge publish distribute and or sell copies of the Software and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so provided that the above copyright notice s and this permission notice appear in all copies of the Software and that both the above copyright notice s and this permission
296. ically been seen in This does not cause any extra copies of the mail to be stored the association is actually performed by associating the messagelD of the email and the name of the folder s that the email should be shown in Understanding Which Folders are Synchronized Outlook system folders e g Drafts Sync Issues Inbox Deleted Items and Sent Items are not synchronized a user s custom folders under nbox are scanned In the Barracuda Message Archiver s folder view data is shown in Inbox and Sent Items based upon the header information in the mail itself An email displays in a user s Inbox if that user is on the recipient list and is visible in their Sent Items if the user s SMTP address or email aliases appears in the From header of the email If email is sent to the Barracuda Message Archiver via journaling any emails in Deleted Items will have already been archived to the Barracuda Message Archiver from the Inbox How to Import GroupWise Messages To archive messages from Novell GroupWise Servers to the Barracuda Message Archiver each GroupWise server must have Messa ge Retention enabled and you must create a GroupWise Trusted Application Certificate Related Articles GroupWise Deployment Understanding GroupWise Trusted Application Keys How to Create a GroupWise Trusted Application Key Additional Resource Barracuda Networks Knowledgebase Solution 00 002510 This article assumes you are downloading t
297. ication emails regarding storage maintenance such as alerts for low storage space are configured on the BASIC gt Administration page Maintenance for any external storage that is added to the Barracuda Message Archiver can and should be performed as you would for any other data storage device Storage Details i Storage Details Beginning May 15th 2013 internal storage capacity on Barracuda Message Archiver models 350 through 1050 has been doubled compared to previous generation hardware As part of this change the extended storage expansion feature had been deprecated for these models Units that were shipped prior to this change will continue to have this feature available To learn more about this change and the Barracuda Hardware Refresh program please contact your Barracuda sales representative or authorized reseller Accounts Roles and Email Aliases In this Section e How to Manage User Accounts and Roles e Understanding Email Aliases e Audit Log Filtering e Adding LDAP Users How to Manage User Accounts and Roles This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher In this article e User Accounts e User Roles e Add Users e Edit Users User Accounts There are two types of user accounts on the Barracuda Message Archiver e Local Accounts These accounts reside only on the Barracuda Message Archiver and are created from the USERS gt User Add Update page in the administration interfac
298. igation Holds Retention Policies By default automated archived message purging on the Barracuda Message Archiver is disabled If you enable this ability the Global Retention Policy and any Saved Search retention policies are run against all the archived messages once a week If the age of a message exceeds the maximum age allowed by all Saved Search retention policies that apply to the message that message is permanently deleted from the Barracuda Message Archiver The Global Retention Policy setting does not apply to any messages that match a Saved Search retention policy To enable or disable the automatic message expiration capability e On the POLICY gt Retention page specify whether to Allow automatic message deletion Global Retention Policy The Global Retention Policy applies to all archived messages When retention policies are run against the archived messages once a week any messages stored on the Barracuda Message Archiver that are older than this age are deleted unless they match an existing Saved Search policy To configure the Global Retention Policy 1 On the POLICY gt Retention page set Allow automatic message expiration to Yes 2 In the Policy Length Days field enter the default maximum number of days to retain archived messages 3 Click Save Changes Saved Search Retention Policy A Saved Search retention policy enables you to automatically expire messages that match a particular set of content criteria defi
299. igher Mail sources Exchange integration features for Exchange Server 2013 are available in firmware version 3 5 or higher Understanding Microsoft Exchange 2013 Journaling This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 2 or higher and Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Microsoft Exchange 2013 provides the following journaling options e Standard journaling Standard journaling is configured on a mailbox database It enables the Journaling agent to journal all messages sent to and from mailboxes located on a specified mailbox database To journal all messages to and from all recipients and senders you must configure journaling on all mailbox databases on all mailbox servers in the organization e Premium journaling Premium journaling enables the Journaling agent to perform more granular journaling by using journal rules Instead of journaling all mailboxes residing on a mailbox database you can configure journal rules to match your organization s needs by journaling individual recipients or members of distribution groups You must have an Exchange Enterprise client access license CAL to use premium journaling When you enable standard journaling on a mailbox database this information is saved in the Active Directory AD and is read by the Journaling agent Similarly journal rules configured with premium journaling are also saved in the AD and applied by the Journaling agent For more information on configuring standard and
300. ile set VALUEON NUMERIC to 1 and VALUEOFF NUMERIC to 0 for the following values VALUENAME SharedFolderScript VALUENAME PublicFolderScript For example update the ADM file outlk11 adm to display as POLICY Disable scripts for shared folders FEYNAME Software Policies Microsott 0ffice 11 0 O0utlook Security PART Check to disable scripts for shared folders CHECKBOX VALUENAME SharedFolderScript VALUEON NUMERIC 1 DEFCHECKED VALUEOFF NUMERIC 0 END PART END POLICY POLICY Disable scripts for public folders KEYNAME Software Policies Microsoft 0ffice 11 0 O0utlook Security PART Check to disable scripts for public folders CHECKBO VALUENAME PublicFolderscript VALUEON NUMERIC 1 VALUEOFF NUMERIC 0 END PART END POLICY Enable Scripts on User Systems If you do not wish to use ADM templates to allow scripting across the entire organization you can direct each user to enable scripts for shared and public folders based on their installed version of Microsoft Outlook Enable Scripts in Microsoft Outlook 2003 Use the following steps to enable scripts in shared and public folders in Outlook 2003 1 Log into Microsoft Outlook 2003 2 On the Tools menu click Options 3 In the Options dialog box click the Other tab and click Advanced Options 4 In the General Settings pane turn on Allow Script in shared folders and Allow script in Public Folders Advanced Options General settings Startup in this Folder l Browse
301. included in the search i You must specify at least one search criteria from Table 1 to complete a search if you specify multiple criteria only messages that meet all criteria are returned Keywords must be alpha numeric characters and are not case sensitive Additionally you can use wildcards to represent one or more other characters to use search patterns Table 2 Keywords Wildcard Symbol single question mark asterisk returns plane Specifies a single alohanumeric character Question marks can be appended to search for a specific number of characters for example a a returns five letter words that starts and ends with a or A Specifies zero or more alphanumeric characters For example pl planning etc i The first character of a keyword cannot be a wildcard and wildcards cannot be used when searching for a quote phrase Advanced Search Criteria Click the Advanced tab in the Barracuda Message Archiver Search dialog box to specify additional search criteria based on attachments and tags We Barracuda Message Archiver Search Attachments Attachment Name Tags Any search criteria specified in the Advanced tab is used in conjunction with the criteria specified in the selected search item type search tab Keywords in the Advanced tab must be alpha numeric characters and are not case sensitive You can include wildcards in the Attachment Name field refer to Table 3 below for more in
302. ine authenticate SNMP access The default community string used by the Barracuda Message Archiver to communicate SNMP information is public e v3 Encrypts SNMP traffic and limits access to only password authenticated users Recommended e User A name to be used for authenticating SNMP v3 queries An actual user account with this name need not exist on the Barracuda Message Archiver e Password The password to be used for the above account Must be at least 12 characters long e Authentication Method The authentication method supported by your SNMP monitor SHA is the more secure method e Encryption Method The encryption method supported by your SNMP monitor AES is the more secure method e Allowed SNMP IP Range The only IP address es allowed to connect to the Barracuda Message Archiver via SNMP i If no IP addresses or networks are specified here then SNMP access is possible from any system From the BASIC gt Administration page click on Help for more details on SNMP monitoring Email Notifications i Separate multiple addresses in a list with commas You can specify email addresses to receive notifications for the following Mobile Apps Support Email Address Available in release 3 5 and higher only Recipient email address within your organization where support queries from mobile application users are sent System Contact Email Address Notification about new firmware releases security bulletins and cus
303. ing an SMTP Journal Account for Microsoft Exchange 2003 IBM Lotus Notes Domino IMAP Deployment Additional Resources e Barracuda Networks Knowledgebase Solution 00 002528 Stubbing and Microsoft Exchange Import For stubbing and Microsoft Exchange imports initiated via the Archiver user interface there is a 100MB limit on file import To set up a Remote Journal Account deployment 1 Configure your email server to journal messages as per the directions for your particular email server 2 Go to the MAIL SOURCES gt Journal Accounts page on the Barracuda Message Archiver to configure the settings for each mail server from which to archive Additionally you can set the polling frequency for all accounts and temporarily disable journaling for these accounts from this page 3 Upon saving the Barracuda Message Archiver immediately begins pulling messages from the designated journaling accounts To include the journal envelope when exporting messages pulled from Microsoft Exchange journal accounts go to BASIC gt Administration In the Search Page Settings section turn on Preserve Journal Wrappers To set up a Designated SMTP Recipient 1 Identify an email address that is to receive all journaled messages This must be an account with the username archiver on your email server and specified in the following format archiver ip_address_of_Barracuda_Message_Archiver_inside_square_brackets Example archiver 192 168 2 24 2 Confi
304. ing and Microsoft Exchange imports initiated via the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface there is a 100MB limit on file import Direct Imports via MAPI All emails currently on your Microsoft Exchange Server can be imported directly into the Barracuda Message Archiver via Microsofts Message Application Protocol Interface MAPI You can configure multiple Exchange servers on the MAIL SOURCES gt Exchange Integration page to import to the Barracuda Message Archiver A list of all imports currently in progress as well as those most recently completed are available along with details for each import including real time monitoring of imports in progress For details on using the Exchange Integration feature refer to the following articles e Firmware release 3 2 and earlier Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 2007 and 2010 Integration e Firmware release 3 5 or higher Microsoft Exchange Server Integration PST File Imports A pst file is an MS Personal Storage Table and contains email messages exported from Microsoft Outlook Some pst files also contain additional Microsoft Outlook items such as Appointments and Contacts You can import the contents of any pst file from Microsoft Outlook 2000 and later into the Barracuda Message Archiver from the MAIL SOURCES gt PST Import page Password protected pst files are accepted as well as non password protected files i Important Before importing pst files ensure that LDAP servic
305. ing the Trusted Application Key for the Barracuda Message Archiver You must name the Trusted Application Key Barracuda_IMAP F Edit Trusted Application Name Barracuda IMAP Description TCP IP Address Requires SSL Provides Message Retention Service Allow access to Archive Service Archive Service address _ Archive Service requires SSL Validating the Trusted Application If the application is having difficulty running or if the Trusted Application Key does not generate properly review the Post Office Agent POA log files for the Post Office database you are trying to access using the Trusted Application Key Locate the log entry for the login attempt TRUSTED APP login attempt If the login attempt fails there may have been issues encountered during the creation of the Trusted Application Key Use the following steps to troubleshoot the Trusted Application Key 1 Validate that the key lists the Trusted Application Key in eDirectory The actual key is a 64 byte alpha numeric string for example B346A421039D0000803225001F008000B346A422039D0000803225001F008000 If the key does not look similar to this example or if it contains non alpha numeric characters such as it is likely due to insufficient rights to the domain object in eDirectory when creating the object 2 If the key structure is valid it may be that the key credentials did not propagate to the Post Office database perform a database rebuild on
306. ion 3 below e Administrator access to the GroupWise wodomain db database e Administrator privileges to the Domain object within eDirectory For step by step instructions refer to How to Create a GroupWise Trusted Application Key Go to the section Import GroupWise Messages to import Novell GroupWise messages into the Barracuda Message Archiver Option 3 Create a Trusted Application Key on GroupWise 8 Support Pack 1 and Higher Click here to expand GroupWise 8 Support Pack Version 1 and Higher Only This option applies only to Novell GroupWise 8 Support Pack 1 and higher Starting with GroupWise 8 Support Pack 1 you can create a trusted application and its associated key in ConsoleOne for use with the Barracuda Message Archiver Message Retention Support In order for GroupWise mailboxes to support message retention complete the following steps 1 Open Novell ConsoleOne and go to Tools gt GroupWise Utilities gt Client Options gt Environment gt Retention 2 In the dialog select the retention options e User Enable individual mailboxes e Post Office Enable all mailboxes in a post office e Domain Enable all mailboxes in a domain 3 Click OK to save your settings Set Up Trusted Application 1 Open Novell ConsoleOne and go to Tools gt GroupWise System Operations gt Trusted Applications Novell Coms ole Ona MPS E Select Domain Grunts Utilities System Preferentes ED My Worle GroupWise Diagn
307. ion of Exchange Server refer to Barracuda Message Archiver and Microsoft Exchange Server Migration Service Availability Use the following steps to verify the IMAP or POPS service is available on the Exchange Server 2 3 4 5 6 Log in to the Exchange Server as the Exchange Server Administrator Go to All Programs gt Microsoft Exchange Server gt Exchange Management Console In the Console tree navigate to and click Client Access In the Work pane click the POP 3 and IMAP 4 tab Exchange Management Console e m Els Microsoft Exchange E Client Access 1 object E E Microsoft Exchange On Premises k f Client Access E L Organization Configuration Create Filter 4 Mailbox Configure External Client Access Domain AD Cent Access Name a RR version 5 Hub Transport iz Lo Hub Transport Client Acc Version 14 1 Build 216 15 3 Export List gt Unified Messaging E g Server Configuration View gt ind Mailbox G Refresh Client Access Help D Hub Transport am Unified Messaging E amp Recipient Configuration S Toolbox LO a Manage Mailbox Role fs Manage Hub Transport Role is Manage Diagnostic Logging Properties 2 2 LO 2 objects Outlook Web App Exchange Control Panel l Exchange ActiveSync Offline Address Book Distribution POP3 and IMAP4 Y Disable Outlook Anywhere R
308. ional information is displayed in the Detail column for instance to narrow down a broad action type 4 To view additional information click on an item Details display in the right pane Audit Log Tools and Options The Audit Log includes the following tools and options e Page Navigation Click on the navigation arrows or type a number in the Page field to move through the Audit Log e Refresh me Icon Click the icon to update the page e Export available in firmware release 3 5 and higher only Click Export enter an email address to which to send a csv file containing the selected audit logs in the dialog box and click OK Once the report generates it is sent to the specified email address e Tools Click to select the number of items to display per page and to specify the Details Pane location Adding LDAP Users This article refers to Barracuda Message Archiver firmware 3 5 and higher Use the USERS gt LDAP Users Add Update page to associate an LDAP User or LDAP Group to a Barracuda Message Archiver role and list of email addresses For example you may want to prevent a user with the Auditor role from viewing specific user mailboxes Adding LDAP Users Use the following steps to add an LDAP user or group 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver and go to the USERS gt LDAP Users Add Update page 2 In the LDAP User Group field enter the LDAP User or Group name to which the permissions apply The LDAP User Group val
309. is excluded blacklisted the address does not display unless the mail includes the user performing the search to assure that a user can always see their own mail e The exclusion rules always take precedence addresses that are whitelisted are searchable only if the exclusion rules do not block the mail e fa user is not configured and is a member of a group then the blacklist whitelist rules assigned to that group apply to that user e ifa user is assigned to a group when the user logs in via the Outlook Add In or Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application only that user s mail displays For example if an LDAP user has the Auditor role mail available to the Auditor role does not display Tap email at the top of the view and tap in the Search field to display the keypad Use the keypad to enter the desired keyword or search string you must enter at least one keyword to perform a search i Wildcards are not supported and search is not case sensitive Tap on the desired search criteria All Subject From Advanced l I J Criteria Description All Returns all messages that contain the search string anywhere in the From field subject line or within the email content Subject Returns messages that contain only the keyword in the subject line From Returns messages that contain only the keyword in the From field Advanced Restrict the results to a predefined date range only those emails sent within the specified date s are
310. is port 143 for IMAP and port 110 for POPS 4 Keep Items on Server e Select Off to allow the Barracuda Message Archiver to automatically clean up the contents of the journal mailbox after each import Select On to prevent the Barracuda Message Archiver from removing the journaled messages from Google Apps only turn this option on if the contents of the journal account is required by other applications In this case make sure that another method for cleaning up the journal account is enabled on Google Apps in order to prevent unlimited growth on the mail server and to stay in compliance with your organization s message retention policies Barracuda Networks recommends that you set the value of Keep Items on Server to Off to save hard drive space on your mail server 5 Click Add to add the journal account verify the Status field displays green and then click Save Changes 6 To remove a journal account click the Delete U icon and confirm you want to remove the account Barracuda Cloud Relay Service Configuration for Google Apps Mail Service This article refers to Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 2 and higher and applies to Google Apps Business and Google Apps Education editions For customers using Google Apps Email service it is possible to use the Barracuda Cloud Relay to relay journal mail from Google Apps Email to the Barracuda Message Archiver Mail being journaled for Compliance purposes
311. is sent back through the Message Center where it is encrypted and the Message Center notification is delivered The Barracuda Spam Firewall then periodically contacts the Message Center for new mail sent or received for your domain and sends the email to the Barracuda Message Archiver to ensure complete archival of Message Center correspondence Message Originator Barracuda Message Center Receives Decrypted Response Email Server AES 256 Encryption Responder Encrypted Response imn Barracuda Spam Firewall wre o Fm TLS je Barracuda Message Archiver How to Set Up Email Encryption and Archival Required Product Version This article applies to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 2 and higher and the Barracuda Spam Firewall firmware version 6 0 and higher You can encrypt and archive journaled email by partnering the Barracuda Spam Firewall and the Barracuda Message Archiver In this article e Requirements e Define Encryption Policies e Activate Encrypted Mail Archiving e Verify Inbound and Outbound Email Archival Related Articles e Understanding Email Encryption and Archival Barracuda Message Archiver e Deployment Options e Message Import Stubbing and Configuration Options Barracuda Spam Firewall e Archiving Encrypted Email Messages e Encryption of Outbound Mail 6 x e Content Analysis Outbound Requirements Before getting started verify that you have the following deploye
312. isable scripts for public folders CHECKBOA VALUENAME PublicFolderscript VALUEON NUMERIC 1 VALUEOFF NUMERIC 0 END PART END POLICY Enable Scripts on User Systems If you do not wish to use ADM templates to allow scripting across the entire organization you can direct each user to enable scripts for shared and public folders based on their installed version of Microsoft Outlook Enable Scripts in Microsoft Outlook 2003 Use the following steps to enable scripts in shared and public folders in Outlook 2003 1 Log into Microsoft Outlook 2003 2 On the Tools menu click Options 3 In the Options dialog box click the Other tab and click Advanced Options 4 In the General Settings pane select Allow Script in shared folders and Allow script in Public Folders Advanced Options General settings Startup in this Folder l Browse warn before permanently deleting items When selecting text automatically select entire word _ Provide Feedback with sound Show Paste Options buttons Use Unicode Message Format when saving messages Enable logging troubleshooting Allow script in shared folders Allow script in Public Folders Appearance options Date Mavigator opt Tahoma When viewing Notes show time and date Task working hours per day Task working hours per week 40 Reminder Options 4dd In Manager Custom Forms COM Add Ins Service Options 5 Click OK to save your settings Enable Sc
313. it icon to edit the Send Connector properties From the Maximum send message size MB d rop down list select unlimited and then click save Exchange Send Connector Windows Internet Explorer Help New gene ral Name BMA Journal Contact Send Connector Connector status Enable C Proxy through chent access server Comment Protocol logging level None C Verbose Maximum send message size MB Save cancel Step 5 Set Up Mailbox Database Journaling i Journaling This article assumes you are setting up mailbox database journaling If you intend to implement a journal rule refer to the article How to Configure Envelope SMTP Journaling for Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Premium Journaling Use only one journaling method choose the appropriate method for your environment Use the following steps to set up mailbox database journaling Important You must complete all of the steps in this section for each Exchange 2013 Email Database 5a Open Exchange Server 2013 and in the EAC click servers in the left pane select database at the top of the page and then click the Edit a icon to edit the database properties J Enterprise Office 365 Exchange admin center recipients permissions compliance management organization protection mail flow mobile public folders unified messaging servers hybrid servers databases database availability groups virtual directori
314. iver barracuda com External Port The port to include in generated URIs and for connecting to the Barracuda Message Archiver from an external location Domain Configuration Save Changes Help Default Host Name Used in reports and notifications Default Domain The default domain for the system Example mydomain com 3 Click Save Changes once you have completed both of the preceding bullet points 4 The Local Domains section should include all domains from which to accept mail for archive This identifies internal and external email Local Domains Save Changes Help LocalDomains List of domains and FQDNs whose emails are to be archived on the Barracuda Add Message Archiver Example emaildomain com p i Define external access configuration to determine how to integrate with other Barracuda Message Archiver tools and Add Ins Define internal or external DNS names depending on how you want to deploy Add Ins for example message stubbing 5 Go the BASIC gt Administration page and configure access management and default display settings For more information refer to the article How to Configure Administrative Settings Enable Journaling To set up journaling complete all of the steps described in the article Configuring an SMTP Journal Account for Microsoft Exchange 2003 Enable SMTP Forwarding on the Barracuda Message Archiver On the Barracuda Message Archiver go to the MAIL SOURCES gt SMTP IM page and u
315. iver to act as a transparent proxy you must make sure that the mail server to which you are forwarding accepts the sent messages If message delivery to the next mail destination server fails for any reason invalid recipient mail not accepted from the Barracuda Message Archiver s IP address etc then the message is not archived Enable Forwarding To enable forwarding on the ADVANCED gt SMTP Proxy page enter the IP address of the desired destination system and the TCP port to be used for communications For mail servers the TCP port is the port used for SMTP traffic typically either 25 or 587 Messages sent to the Barracuda Message Archiver are stored internally prior to being forwarded to the specified destination for further delivery Leave these fields blank to disable forwarding Host Exclusion List If you have a system such as a Barracuda Spam Firewall that is configured to journal mail to the Barracuda Message Archiver or if you want to prevent incoming messages from certain systems from being forwarded to another destination even when the proxy feature is enabled you can pr event forwarding of all messages received from this type of system by entering the IP address in the Host Exclusion List field All messages arriving from sources not listed here continue to forward to the destination listed in the SMTP Proxy Server Configuration section Trusted SMTP Servers You must enter the IP addresses of all trusted senders of SMTP me
316. iving Use the following steps to specify encrypted email archival on the Barracuda Message Archiver 1 2 O OAO Log in to the Barracuda Spam Firewall as the administrator and go to the BASIC gt Administration page In the Email Encryption Service section enter an email address in the Valid Test Email Address field to test encryption and enter the Barracuda Message Archiver the IP address in the associated field Email Encryption Service Save Changes Help Enter valid email address to test encryption of an z x outbound email message The recipient will receive a Valid Test Email Address n Test Encryption Connection notification that they have an email to retrieve from the Barracuda Message Center The IP address or hostname of the Barracuda Message Archiver where you would like to archive your Barracuda Message Archiver encrypted messages and encrypted replies This willl archive all encrypted correspondence for all of your validation domains Domains must be validated from the DOMAINS page before sending encrypted mail If this option is set to Yes mail that matches encryption policy will be queued if Queue Encrypted Mail Yes No the sending domain is not validated If No and if the domain isn t validated soon after the mail is sent then that mail will bypass the encryption policy and be delivered Recommended Yes Sender Email Address Domain Exemptions Comment Bulk Eat Senders listed
317. k Add In version available for download on the USERS gt Client Downloads page is the same major revision as the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware In this article e Method 1 Copy the Outlvbs dll File to Existing Installations e Method 2 Custom Installation Wizard Related Articles e Search and Archive e Troubleshooting Additional Resource e Forms with VBScript do not work with Terminal Services in Outlook e Barracuda Networks Knowledgebase Solution 00 006099 By default Microsoft Office 2003 and Office 2007 do not install the VBScript component in windows Terminal Server environments For this reason if you are running a copy of Outlook 2003 or 2007 in a Windows Terminal Server with remote users connecting to the server to run Outlook users may encounter an error similar to the following when using the Barracuda Outlook Add In with Outlook 2003 or 2007 running in this environment Microsoft Word 7 This feature is not available For more information contact your system administrator Contact your Terminal Services Administrator for more information on your organization s set up For additional information refer to the Microsoft Support article Forms with VBScript do not work with Terminal Services in Outlook Use one of the following methods to work around this issue and to enable the Barracuda Outlook Add In e Method 1 Copy the Outlvbs dll File to Existing Installations e Method 2 Custom Instal
318. ks under this Energize Update Software License Agreement will be at Barracuda Networks option repair replacement or refund of the Energize Update Software Renewal At the end of the Energize Update Service Period Customer may have the option to renew the Energize Update Service at the current list price provided such Energize Update Service is available All initial subscriptions commence at the time of sale of the unit and all renewals commence at the expiration of the previous valid subscription In no event does Barracuda Networks warrant that the Energize Update Software is error free or that Customer will be able to operate the Energize Update Software without problems or interruptions In addition due to the continual development of new techniques for intruding upon and attacking networks Barracuda Networks does not warrant that the Energize Update Software or any equipment system or network on which the Energize Update Software is used will be free of vulnerability to intrusion or attack DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE NONINFRINGEMENT SATISFACTORY QUALITY OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING LAW USAGE OR TRADE PRACTICE ARE HEREBY EXCLUDED TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY APPLICABLE LAW TO THE EXTENT AN IMPLIED WARRANTY CANNOT BE EXCLUDED SUCH WARRANTY IS LIMITED IN
319. l archive The Barracuda Message Archiver stores up to 10 years worth of email through a combination of internal and external storage This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher Search Alerts Email messages are fully indexed according to popular message fields including subject sender receiver date attachment importance and more Custom policies can be set to alert when terms related to ongoing litigation are contained in emails and their attachments Email messages are fully indexed according to popular message fields including subject sender receiver date attachment importance and more Email messages are fully indexed according to popular message fields including subject sender receiver date attachment importance and more Reports can also be generated that log attempts to tamper with the archive storage Alerts can be customized to notify the administrator when a policy has been violated Policy definitions included with Energize Updates will update the Barracuda Message Archiver s lexicon with the latest advances in health care industry Data retention policies allow you to specify message retention policies and Saved Search retention policies on the P OLICY gt Retention page Retention policies are the only way to purge messages data cannot be deleted directly by a user In this article e Global Retention Policy e Saved Search Retention Policy e Lit
320. l Groupwise Address ba omea Ho 5e Click SMTP Address and click OK the Internet Address Properties dialog box displays In the General tab enter the external email address BMA_Journal bma int Internet Address Properties Ei General Advanced E mail address Cancel Apply Help 5f Click OK In the New Object Contact dialog box click Next and verify the entered details click Apply and click Finish to create the contact and close the dialog box Step 6 Hide Mail Contact in Exchange Global Address List Modify SMTP Addresses and Enable Server Side Mailbox Forwarding 6a In the Active Directory Users and Computers console right click on the user you created in Step 4 and click Properties Barracuda Journal Properties 6b Click the Exchange Advanced tab and select Hide from Exchange address lists Barracuda Journal Properties Ei Merniber Ut Dialin Environment Sessions Remote control Terminal Services Profile LOM Exchange General General Address Account Frofile Telephones Organization E mail Addresses Exchange Features Exchange Advanced Simple display name ide from Exchange address lists Downgrade high priority mail bound for 400 View and modify custom attributes Custom Attributes Configure server and account information ILS Settings for Internet locator service View and modify permissions to access Mailbox Rights this mailbox
321. l ways in which the Barracuda Message Archiver can receive new messages and other Microsoft Outlook items for archiving Stubbing and Microsoft Exchange Import For stubbing and Microsoft Exchange imports initiated via the Barracuda Message Archiver user interface there is a 100MB limit on file import In this Section e How to Set Up Email Journaling e How to Archive Microsoft Non Email Items e How to Synchronize Folders e How to Import GroupWise Messages e How to Import IBM Notes NSF Files e How to Configure Your Barracuda Message Archiver to Act as an SMTP Proxy to Your Email Server Related Information For details on automatically importing stubbing and synchronizing Microsoft Exchange Server folder data refer to the article Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 2007 and 2010 Integration How to Set Up Email Journaling This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher This is the recommended method of sending messages to the Barracuda Message Archiver If your email server is capable of journaling verify that it is set up and enabled per the directions for your particular email server The Barracuda Message Archiver has been tested and verified to work with many different types of journaling email servers including but not limited to e Microsoft Exchange e IBM Lotus Notes Domino e IPSwitch Imail Related Articles How to Set Up Microsoft Exchange 2007 2010 Envelope Journaling Configur
322. lation Wizard Method 1 Copy the Outivbs dll File to Existing Installations Click here to expand Use the following steps to copy the Outlvbs dll file to existing installations 1 Log onto a computer that is running a full standalone version of Microsoft Office 2 Copy the file Outlvbs dll from the folder e For Microsoft Office 2003 copy the file from Program Files Microsoft Office Office11 e For Microsoft Office 2007 copy the file from Program Files Microsoft Office Office12 3 Log onto a computer that is running Microsoft Outlook from the Terminal Server and is encountering the form scripting error 4 Paste the file Outlvbs dll from step 2 to the folder e For Microsoft Office 2003 paste the file into the folder Program Files Microsoft Office Office11 e For Microsoft Office 2007 paste the file into the folder Program Files Microsoft Office Office1 2 If the Terminal Server is running Microsoft Office 2010 copy the Outlvbs dil file to the Program Files Microsoft Office Office1 4 f older Method 2 Custom Installation Wizard Click here to expand Use the following steps to use the Custom Installation Wizard to deploy Microsoft Office with an additional property to let the VBScript component to be installed For Microsoft Office Outlook 2003 Log onto the Microsoft Terminal Server and open the Custom Installation Wizard Create a new Installer transform MST file for the Microsoft Office installation Config
323. le from Barracuda Networks at no charge If you would like a copy of the source code or the changes to a particular program we will gladly provide them on a CD for a fee of 100 00 This fee is to pay for the time for a Barracuda Networks engineer to assemble the changes and source code create the media package the media and mail the media Please send a check payable in USA funds and include the program name We mail the packaged source code for any program covered under the GPL or other open source license Document Downloads Quick Start Guides PDF e Barracuda Message Archiver Quick Start Guide US e Barracuda Message Archiver Quick Start Guide German e Barracuda Message Archiver Quick Start Guide Chinese e Barracuda Message Archiver Quick Start Guide Japanese Deployment Templates Tools and Utilities PDF To download tools and utilities go to the USERS gt Client Downloads page in the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface e Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Deployment Template e Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 2010 Deployment Template e Configuring an SMTP Journal Account for Microsoft Exchange 2003 e Envelope Journaling for Microsoft Exchange 2007 2010 e Barracuda Message Archiver Standalone Search Utility
324. led but there are no existing AD containers that specify on which of these computers Outlook 2010 or Outlook 2013 64 bit is installed Click to view Scenario 3 In this case perform only one of the following e Manually create and populate these AD containers and then perform the steps in Scenario 2 or e Consider installing Outlook 2010 or Outlook 2013 32 bit on all computers unless you have users that require the 64 bit capabilities of Office 64 bit or e Manually install the correct version of the add in on each machine or e Allow your users to install the correct version of the add in installer for themselves they must have administrative privileges on their computers Administrative Template Deployment Testing Complete the following steps to test the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add in deployment i Group Policy updates can take several minutes to post run gpupdate force to perform an immediate update 1 Restart a computer that is joined to the domain 2 Verify that the Add In is installed when you log in and that the configured policies are applied Administrative Template Deployment Troubleshooting Following is a list of troubleshooting tips e A common cause of failure is that the user and or the user s computer does not have adequate access to the share location Verify that all access and network privileges are configured appropriately e Additional error messages are available in the Event Log on the domain
325. lick Assign PST In the Assign PST dialog box enter at least three characters of the email address to which to assign the PST The Search for User field populates with all matching users click on the user to which to assign the PST file and click OK Verify Import of all Transferred PST Files Use the following steps to confirm that all PST files are correctly transferred to the Barracuda Message Archiver and verify that the contents of each PST file has been extracted and imported into the archive 1 Log into your Barracuda Message Archiver as admin and navigate to the MAIL SOURCES gt PST Import page 2 Inthe Recent PST Imports section verify the status for all listed PST files displays as Completed Recent PST Imports Update Help File Name diag pst map 1213735703_ 26349 conf pst mapi_1215798197_22271 conf pst My Outlook Data File 1 pst Copy of diag pst My Outlook Data File 3 pst pst_byHg0Riw pst Copy of mapi_1213126487_3947 conf pst mapi_1214334467_4385 conf pst mapi_1213126487_3947 conf pst Trying to get a 1gigger_a203 pst has_becs_vtkn pst amoran_1 pst bjorn01 pst A Couple of Spaces pst boma 415701 pst Start Time 2011 12 12 15 07 06 2011 12 12 15 06 32 2011 12 12 15 05 52 2011 12 12 15 05 23 2011 12 12 15 04 49 2011 12 12 15 04 20 2011 12 12 15 03 49 2011 12 12 15 03 14 2011 12 12 15 02 37 2011 12 12 15 02 00 2011 12 05 18 43 11 2011 12 01 16 59 43 2011 12 01 1
326. lick OK to close the dialog 10 In the ESM console in the Recipient Policies details pane right click on the newly created policy and select Apply this policy now E Exchange System Manager Oo File Action View Window Help f m Xx 2 m G First Organization Exchange Recipient Policies 8 a Global Settings iori Last Modified BE Internet Message Formats ras Case SES Message Delivery J1 142012 Gros PM 2 18 2011 3 42 PM Deleted Barracuda Jog Ae Default Policy Change property pages S Recipients Apply this policy mow H D Details Templates E Address Templates HJ All Address Lists Delete BJ All Global Address Lists Rename Offline Address Lists Refresh T Recipient Update Services H E Recipient Policies Properties Administrative Groups E gt First Administrative Group Starts applying this policy immediatelw 11 Click Yes to confirm you want to apply the policy immediately Once the policy is created you must schedule the policy to run on each journaling mailbox server that hosts a Journal Account Mailbox as described in Step 9c Step 9c Schedule Mailbox Manager to Run Recipient Policy All Tasks EF H E H H Help Use the following steps to schedule the policy to run on each journaling mailbox server that hosts a Journal Account Mailbox 1 In the ESM console locate and right click the name of the server hosting the mailbox on which to r
327. lity incurred by or claims asserted against such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPENDIX How to apply the Apache License to your work To apply the Apache License to your work attach the following boilerplate notice with the fields enclosed by brackets replaced with your own identifying information Don t include the brackets The text should be enclosed in the appropriate comment syntax for the file format We also recommend that a file or class name and description of purpose be included on the same printed page as the copyright notice for easier identification within third party archives Copyright yyyy name of copyright owner Licensed under the Apache License Version 2 0 the License you may not use this file except in compliance with the License You may obtain a copy of the License at http www apache org licenses LICENSE 2 0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing software distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND either express or implied See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License Source Code Availability Per the GPL and other open source license agreements the complete machine readable source code for programs covered by the GPL or other open source license agreements is availab
328. ll as the global policy then the Saved Search policy takes precedence Global User Saved Search Filter This article refers to Barracuda Message Archiver firmware 3 5 and higher Use Global User Saved Search filter to pre filter all results before they are displayed to the end user For example the Administrator can restrict all users from viewing emails with the term Confidential Financials in the subject This filter is global applying to all user sessions Use the following steps to specify a Saved Search to automatically filter search results for all accounts with the role User 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver and go to the BASIC gt Search page 2 Click Advanced enter the desired search criteria and click Save Search 3 Go to the BASIC gt Administration page and in the Search Page Settings section select the desired Saved Search from the drop down menu 4 click Save Changes The specified saved search is added to every user s default search filter Viewing Search Related Activities This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher In this article Audit Log Page Filter Options Results Pane Related Articles e Audit Log Filtering Audit Log Page The ADVANCED gt Audit Log page of Barracuda Message Archiver displays a list of all search related activities that have been performed on the Barracuda Message Archiver In this view you can browse through the list or
329. llowing options e Perform file system repair Repairs the file system on the Barracuda Message Archiver e Perform full system re image Restores the factory settings on your Barracuda Message Archiver and clears out all configuration information e Enable remote administration Initiates a connection to Barracuda Central that allows Barracuda Networks Technical Support to access the system Another method for enabling this troubleshooting connection is to click Establish Connection to Barracuda Networks on the ADVANCED gt Troubleshooting page e Run diagnostic memory test Runs a diagnostic memory test from the operating system If problems are reported when running this option it is recommended that you next run the Hardware_Test option Hardware_Test Performs a thorough memory test that shows most memory related errors within a two hour time period The memory test is performed outside of the operating system and can take a long time to complete Reboot your Barracuda Message Archiver to stop the hardware test by pressing Ctrl Alt Del Migrating to a New Barracuda Message Archiver A Important Consult your Barracuda Networks Product Specialist before migrating from an existing Barracuda Message Archiver to a new Barracuda Message Archiver model or contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support If you are replacing a failed system contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support or refer to Replacing a Failed System If you ar
330. log box complete the following a If the message is sent to or from Select Apply to all messages to journal all recipients b Journal the following messages Select All messages to journal all messages regardless of source or destination c Send journal reports to Enter the email address where you want to store the journal reports generated by the journal rule This is called the journaling mailbox New Journal Rule Google Chrome New Journal Rule Required fields Apply this rule Tf the message is sent to or from Apply to all messages Journal the following messages All messages hi Send journal reports to journaling UUID_bma cudasve com Mame of rule Journal All Messages Wf Save X Cancel Because the journaling mailbox may contain sensitive information it is recommended that you create organization wide policies that govern who can access the journaling mailboxes in your organization d Name of rule By default the name of the journal rule is automatically generated from the journal recipients If there are existing journal rules that contain the same journal recipients numbers are automatically appended to the journal rule name to avoid duplicates If you choose to override the automatically generated name by typing in a custom name verify the name is unique and descriptive 4 Click Save Supplemental Service Information Office 365 IMAP POP Deployment This a
331. loud relay service configuration for Google Apps Mail Service alternately you can set up IMAP POP3 Journaling as described in this article Create an Archive Journal Mailbox Use the following steps to create a mailbox to which to archive all email 1 Log in to the Google Apps administrator control panel as the Administrator 2 At the top of the page click Organization amp users Goog Search accounts l Search Help Center g Dashboard Organization amp users Domain settings Reports Advanced tools archiver com Add suborganization More actions archiver com More actions List Active users 1 20f2 3 Click Create a new user Enter the new user First Name Last Name and Primary email address in the appropriate fields 4 Select the domain you want to journal mail 5 Click Set password to set the initial password enter the password twice Note that Google requires the password to be at least eight characters in length 6 Click Create new user to save your settings Add Email Settings Use the following steps to configure email settings for the Barracuda Message Archiver domain Sign into the Google Apps control panel as the Administrator From the menu at the top of the page select Settings From the left navigation menu click Email scroll down to Content compliance and click Configure In the Add setting page select each of the following options to enforce content based policies for inboun
332. low selected of 0 total J Send Connector Windows Internet Explorer new send connector This wizard will create a send connector There are four types of send connectors Each connector has different permissions and network settings Leam more Type Custom For example to send to other non Exchange servers C Intemal For example to send intranet mail C Internet For exmaple to send internet mail C Partner For example route mail to trusted 3rd party servers 4c Click next In the Network settings page select Route mail through smart hosts f Send Connector Windows Internet Explorer new send connector A send connector can route mail directly through DNS or redirect it to a smart host Leam more Network settings Specify how to send mail with this connector C MX record associated with recipient domain Route mail through smart hosts SMART HOST C Use the extemal DNS lookup settings on servers with transport roles back next cancel lt lt lt 4d Click next In the add smart host page enter the fully qualified domain name FQDN or IP Address of the Barracuda Message Archiver Network Settings Webpage Dialog Help add smart host Specify a fully qualified domain name FQDN IPv4 address or Pv6 address Example contoso com 192 168 1 1 fidd ee 09 save cancel 4e Click save
333. ls Policies Security General Database Limita Full T est Indexing TE Mailbox Store ICON Default public store First Storage Group Public Folder Store ICON Browse Offline address list Defaut Offline Address List Browse P Archive all messages sent or received by mailboxes on this store exchange mailbox Browse M Clients support S MIME signatures Display plain text messages in a fized sized font Cancel Apply Help 4 In the Enter the object name to select field enter the User name and click Check Names Click OK 5 Click Apply and click OK to close the dialog and save your changes Verify the Service is Started Use the following steps to configure IMAP to accept plain text authentication 1 Log in to the Exchange Server as the Exchange Server Administrator 2 Goto Programs gt Administrative Tools gt Services 3 Verify the selected service status is set to Started e Microsoft Exchange IMAP e Microsoft Exchange POP3 4 To change the status right click on the service and click Start Configure a Barracuda Message Archiver Journal Account Once you configure the Service Exchange Server and the service is started you can add the journal account to the Barracuda Message Archiver to begin retrieving new messages for archiving Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver as the administrator and go to MAIL SOURCES gt Journal Accounts 1 In the Journal Accounts
334. lude Exclude Rules This article refers to Barracuda Message Archiver firmware 3 5 and higher When adding LDAP users and LDAP groups to the Barracuda Message Archiver through the USERS gt LDAP Users Add Update page inclusion exclusion rules are analogous to whitelist blacklist When a configured user runs a search on the BASIC gt Search page the following whitelist blacklist rules are in place e Mail for addresses added to the Exclude these Addresses blacklist are NOT displayed unless the mail includes the user performing the search to assure that a user can always see their own mail e The Exclude these Addresses blacklist always takes precedence addresses added to the Include these Addresses whitelist are searchable unless the Exclude these Addresses blacklist blocks the mail e Because a user with the Admin or Auditor role can by default view all mail users set to these roles can only edit their Exclude these Addresses list e ifa user is not configured and is a member of a group then the blacklist whitelist rules assigned to that group apply to that user Additionally if the unconfigured user is a member of multiple groups then the privileges for all of those groups are merged and that user is assigned the east privileged role of those groups This allows the Admin to apply blacklist whitelist rules to all users of a distribution group Exclude these Addresses A user cannot run a Search As User Search on the BASIC gt Search p
335. m Firewall to copy messages to your Barracuda Message Archiver To capture messages sent from inside your organization you can configure internal email clients to use the Barracuda Message Archiver as an SMTP relay placed in front of your internal email server If you are migrating to a newer version of Exchange Server refer to the Barracuda Message Archiver and Microsoft Exchange Server Migration overview for more information The following image illustrates deployment through SMTP relay Barracuda Message Archiver Incoming Journaled email email lt a ff Outgoing Baracuda R N itara email Spam Firewall _ g gt Internal email server Internal email users i The Barracuda Spam Firewall only forwards messages that it does not block to the Barracuda Message Archiver Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Deployment In this Section e Understanding Microsoft Exchange 2013 Journaling e How to Configure Envelope SMTP Journaling for Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Standard Journaling e How to Configure Envelope SMTP Journaling for Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Premium Journaling e How to Configure an IMAP or POP3 Journal Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 e How to Disable Throttling in Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Full support for Exchange integration is available in Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 5 or higher support for Exchange Server 2013 Journaling is available in release 3 1 or h
336. m the specified Exchange Server into the Barracuda Message Archiver for processing Item Date Only items matching this date restriction are imported Synchronize Non Email Items Item Source Select the target list from which to import e Public Folders Looks in all public folders on the specified Exchange Server e Distribution List Looks for items that are sent to the individual accounts that receive content sent to the list entered in the associated field e Users Looks for items sent to specified users e All Users All users on the specified Exchange Server e Last Name Any user on the specified Exchange Server whose last name matches the value entered in the associated field e Email Address Any email account that matches the value entered in the associated field Enter an entire email address including the domain name or only a portion to match multiple addresses e Folders Users only lf you select the tem Source as Users you can specify from which folders to pull messages Advanced Settings e Home Server Enter the hostname or IP address of the server housing the message store to search through e Maximum Size KB Enter the maximum acceptable size for a message to be inspected Messages larger than the entered size are bypassed This is a one time task to import non email items Item Type Select the type of data to import Item Source Advanced Settings Email Stubbing Sched
337. ma ind Browse Scope Global all messages Intemal intemal messages only Estemal messages with an external sender or recipient Journal messages for recipient Browse W Enable Rule Es To use premium journaling you must have an Exchange Enterprise Client Access License CAL Help 4 Back New Cancel 4 Select the Scope for archiving the recommended setting is Global all messages for the most complete coverage 5 Turn on Enable Rule click New to create the Journaling rule and click Finish to return to the Journal Rules tab where the newly created rule displays in the list Configuring an IMAP or POP3 Journal Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 and higher and Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 Barracuda Networks recommends deploying your Barracuda Message Archiver with Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 2010 using the push method alternately you can set up IMAP or POPS journal accounts as described in this article You can configure the Barracuda Message Archiver to automatically retrieve messages directly from your mail server using the IMAP or POP3 protocol In this article e Service Availability e Start the Service e Add a Journal Account to the Barracuda Message Archiver Related Articles e Envelope Journaling for Exchange 2007 2010 Important If you are migrating to a newer vers
338. mends placing the Exchange Mailbox Store containing the journaling mailbox on a drive that does not hold user mailboxes For more information see the Microsoft article Troubleshooting message journaling in Exchange Server 2003 and in Exchange 2000 Server i To ensure messages display properly in all standard mail clients save messages in Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions MIME multipart format i It is possible to send messages and other Exchange data directly from the mailbox database to an archive over SMTP using Microsoft Outlook server side rules or Active Directory Users and Computers ADUC Exchange Properties However messages sent based on these settings do not include envelope information i Important Exchange cannot fully journal the following e Posts to public folders Journaling cannot be enabled on public folder stores e Expansion of external distribution lists While actual message content sent to or from internal and external distribution lists can be journaled only an internal distribution list can be fully expanded and included in the envelope journaling data Membership information for a distribution list that is external to your Exchange organization cannot be expanded and therefore cannot be included in the envelope information even if individual members on the list are in your Exchange server Configuring an SMTP Journal Account for Microsoft Exchange 2003 This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver
339. messages are available for search with the Barracuda Message Archiver mobile application non email items such as calendar entries and contacts are not included in search results Configuration To search your archived mail from your iPhone or other supported device you must first enter your organization s Barracuda Message Archiver settings as well as your email address and password Email Password Characters If your email password contains certain punctuation characters for example the pound symbol you may encounter problems searching archived messages on the Barracuda Message Archiver from iPhone Archived Mail If you attempt to search archived messages before configuring the settings an error displays Enter the following details e Barracuda Message Archiver hostname or IP address e Barracuda Message Archiver HTTPS port number e Your corporate email address from which messages are archived e Your email password Use the following steps to get started 1 Before you can set up Archived Mail you need your Barracuda Message Archiver URI from your system administrator For example htt ps archiver company com 8000 Launch Barracuda Archived Mail and tap Settings the Settings page displays 3 Tap in the Host field and enter your organization s hostname or IP address For example enter https archiver company como r 192 168 200 200 4 Tap in the Port field and enter the HTTPS port number For example enter 8000 5
340. messages containing specific words that have been identified as Foul Language e Personal Email Looks for messages sent to and from various sites that have been classified as non business sites such as recreation or gambling sites In addition to built in policies you can define custom policies based on a Saved Search that you create on the BASIC gt Search page Use Case Custom Alert Policy In this example Joe is an administrator for the Barracuda Message Archiver at a local law firm He has been asked to track any emails pertaining to their client Henneh to or from the domain corporatenamehere com Joe defines a custom alert policy in the Barracuda Message Archiver using the following steps Click here to expand 1 On the BASIC gt Search page click Advanced Archive Search Help Standard pSTs amp Tags Saved Searches Tasks I Email A Entire Message contains A Basic Save Search 2 Select Email gt Entire Message gt contains type Henneh as the first set of search criteria then click the plus button to the left of the search parameter 3 Select Email gt Domain gt contains and type corporatenamehere comas the second set of search criteria Archive Search Help Standard pSTs amp Tags Saved Searches Tasks b Email Entire Message contains Henner Basic Email Domain contains corporatenamehere com Save Search 4 Click S
341. msiexec i 90120000 0030 0000 0000 0000000FF1CE ADDLOCAL OutlookVBScript Barracuda Outlook Add In Customization Options This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher and the Barracuda Outlook Add In Deployment Kit 3 1 or higher except where noted The Barracuda Outlook Add In Deployment Kit is available for download from the USERS gt Client Downloads page in the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface Additionally from this page verify the Outlook Add In version is the same major revision as the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware This Barracuda Outlook Add In Deployment Kit includes an administrative template that allows you to enforce or modify certain functionality and features included in the Barracuda Outlook Add In You can use this template to customize your deployment Additional Resource e Recognized Environment Variables The following table describes the customizable features Feature Description General Barracuda Message Archiver URL Hide Toolbar Elements Hide Outlook Options Page Search Message Copy Limit Maximum Cache Size Search Cache Path Coerce All HTML Message Bodies to UTF 8 when Displaying Complete URL e g https archiver mycompany com 443 Microsoft Outlook users use to connect to the Barracuda Message Archiver e URL must be externally accessible if users plan to access the Barracuda Message Archiver outside your local network e Using
342. n GroupWise Deployment This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 and higher and Novell GroupWise 6 5 and higher except where noted In this article e Trusted Application Key Options e Option 1 Download the Trusted Application Key Generator e Option 2 Manually Generate a Trusted Application Key e Option 3 Create a Trusted Application Key on GroupWise 8 Support Pack 1 and Higher e Import GroupWise Messages e Troubleshoot GroupWise Mail Archiving e Additional GroupWise Troubleshooting Resources Related Articles e Importing GroupWise Messages e GroupWise Trusted Application Keys e Create GroupWise Trusted Application Key Additional Resource Novell GroupWise website Resolving GWCheck Problems Mobile Email Sync with Novell Data Synchronizer How to fix GroupWise mailbox system folders To archive messages from Novell GroupWise Servers to the Barracuda Message Archiver the following must be true for each GroupWise Server e The Barracuda Message Archiver has been added as a Trusted Application within Groupwise i For more information see Trusted Applications on the Novell website e Message Retention is enabled e Each Server has a GroupWise Trusted Application Certificate and e The Server user mailboxes are healthy and provide mail to the Barracuda Message Archiver when access is requested Additionally once a Trusted Application Key is in place to automatically populate the
343. n click Select address J Enterprise Office 365 Administrator Exchange admin center recipients In Place eDiscovery amp Hold auditing data loss prevention retention policie retention tags journal rules permissions Send undeliverable journal reports to Select address wte compliance management ON RULE USER SEND JOURNAL REPORTS organization There are no items to show in this view protection mail flow mobile public folders unified messaging servers hybrid 0 selected of 0 total 5g In the non delivery reports window click browse NDEs for undeliverable journal reports Windows Internet Explorer Help non delivery reports Send undeliverable journal reports to Save cancel 5h Browse to and select the alternate mailbox created in Step 3 Journal NDR Mailbox Select Destination for Journal Report NDRs Windows Internet Ex Pi Eg D Help DISPLAY NAME EMAIL ADDRESS Administrator Administrator wil2 com Journal Contact journal bma int JoumnalNDR Mailbox JournmalNDR wil2 com 5i Click ok Verify your selection and then click save NDRs for undeliverable journal reports Windows Internet Explorer 3 Help non delivery reports Send undeliverable journal reports to JournalNDR wil2 com x browse cancel 100 4 5j The address displays in the Send undeliverable journal reports to section Enterprise Office 365 Administrator
344. n click the Edit icon next to the field and specify the IP address or DNS hostname of the trusted application server 7 To require a secure SSL connection between the trusted application post office agents POAs and Internet Agents turn on Requi res SSL 8 If the purpose of the trusted application is to retain GroupWise user messages by copying them from GroupWise mailboxes into another storage medium select Provides Message Retention Service 9 Select Allow Access to Archive Service to allow message retention to interact with the Barracuda Message Archiver 10 The following options are not applicable for configuration with the Barracuda Message Archiver e Archive Service Address leave this field blank e Archive Service Requires SSL deselect 11 Click the Browse icon to the right of the Location for key file field and browse to and select the directory where you want to create the trusted application key file 12 In the Name of Key File field enter the trusted application key file name 13 Click OK to save the trusted application configuration information 14 Go to the section Import GroupWise Messages to import Novell GroupWise messages into the Barracuda Message Archiver Import GroupWise Messages Use the following steps to enable archiving with Novell GroupWise Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface and navigate to the MAIL SOURCES gt GroupWise Sync page 2 Configure the items in the Gro
345. n Messaging Server Deployment Barracuda Cloud Relay Service Configuration for Office 365 Mail Service Office 365 IMAP POP Deployment Unix Mail Server Deployment Barracuda Message Archiver and the Barracuda Spam Firewall What s New in Barracuda Message Archiver What s New in Release 3 5 Shared Mailbox Support Search shared mailboxes and sync shared mailboxes to an offline store in Outlook New Mail Forwarding Options Forward as an attachment inline or resend to your own mailbox Improved Microsoft Exchange Server Integration e Exchange 2013 support e RPC over HTTPs e New Exchange Configuration page e Folder based imports Archived Item Category Specify whether to apply a category to items archived or stubbed by the Barracuda Outlook Add In Role and User Management e Assign Roles to LDAP Groups When adding LDAP users and groups associate a role with the account e Global User Saved Search Filter Assign Filters to end user searches e Create User Include Exclude Rules Create whitelist blacklist rules when adding LDAP users and LDAP groups Export to Copy Export messages to copy com as either a zip or pst file Export the Audit Log to a csv file Set hourly Policy Alert notifications Dual NIC and static routes on Barracuda Message Archiver model 650 and above Archived Data Recovery Raw emails and metadata snapshot backup provides for rapid recovery in the event the data partition needs to be restored Barracuda Clou
346. n any order in the Subject field Matches items whose body contains in any order BOTH the word version and a word that starts with either 1 1 or 1 2 Matches items that contain a word that starts with 1 2 anywhere in the body of the message OR items that contain both the word version and a word that starts with 1 1 in any order anywhere in the body of the message Compound search strings of increasing complexity can be constructed by combining multiple compound phrases themselves to create a single query that identifies multiple search locations in addition to multiple search patterns For example from barracuda com OR barracudanetworks com AND body datasheets to user1 mycompany com AND subject party OR from user2 yourcompany com AND subject gala Stop Words Matches all items that were sent from any user in either the barracuda com or barracudanetworks com domains that ALSO contain the word datasheets somewhere in the body of the item Matches all items sent to user1 mycompany com with the word party in the Subject field as well as all messages from user2 your company com with the word gala in the Subject field Stop Words are common words that are ignored in searches and may be omitted Recognized Stop Words are a an and are as at be but by for if in into is it no not of on or such that the their then there these they this to was will with Stop Words are also ig
347. n appears and when a user instructs the Barracuda Message Archiver to import a PST a PST Import action appears Detail Many audit log records contain information in addition to the date user and type In some cases a useful piece of this additional information is displayed in the Detail column for instance to narrow down a broad action type Details Pane Many audit log records contain information in addition to the date user and type To view this additional information click on that record s row a pane displays the record details The additional information that is available varies by action type and sometimes within a given type The Results Pane also lets you navigate through large quantities of results via the Page Navigation controls in the upper left corner Additionally you can customize the look of the pane using the Tools menu The options in the Tools menu are e Results Per Page Choose how many rows of audit log results display per page in the Results Pane If there are more results than can fit on one page you can always use the Page Navigation controls to view them e Details Pane Choose which side of the Results Pane the Details Pane is to appear Options are Right Bottom and Left Exchange Server 2010 SP1 Shared Mailbox Support This article refers to Barracuda Message Archiver firmware 3 5 and higher and Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 SP1 with shared or delegate mailboxes In this article e Underst
348. n barracudal Offline Settings Use Cached Exchange Mode Mail to keep offline 12 months More Settings 7 Click More Settings In the Microsoft Exchange dialog box click the Connection tab and turn on Connect to Microsoft Exchange using HTTP Depending on the version of Outlook you are running warning messages may display alerting you to Exchange Server connection issues this is expected as ROH is not yet configured You can ignore these error messages at this step in the process Microsoft Exchange General Advanced Security Connection Outlook Anywhere Connect to Microsoft Exchange using HTTP 8 Click Exchange Proxy Settings In the Microsoft Exchange Proxy Settings dialog box complete the following e Enter the RoH proxy server hostname in the https field e Turn on Connect using SSL only e Select Basic Authentication from the Proxy authentication settings drop down menu 9 Click OK to save your RoH configuration and then click OK to close the Microsoft Exchange dialog box 10 In the Add Account dialog box click Check Name You should be challenged for your credentials Enter the Barracuda message Archiver service account credentials You should be able to authenticate and the username that you entered in the Add Account dialog should resolve successfully 11 Click Cancel in the dialog box to remove the temporary Outlook p
349. n the drop down menu then that user may not have performed any actions which have been recorded in the Audit Log Type Select an action type from the drop down menu to view only actions of that specific type Select blank to not filter by type i e to view results of any action type If a type is not displayed in the drop down menu it may be that no actions of that type have been performed or that action is not tracked in the Audit Logs Once you have entered the filter criteria click Search to return Audit Log results matching your criteria You may specify Start Date and End Date by typing in a date instead of using the date pickers If you do so you must specify the date in the following format YYYY MM DD If you use an invalid format an error message displays when you click Search Additionally if you enter an invalid date range that is End Date comes before Start Date an error message displays when you click Search Results Pane The Results Pane displays audit log records matching the search criteria Information displayed for each record includes Date When this action occurred and was logged in the Audit Log User Which user performed this action some actions are performed by the Barracuda Message Archiver automatically not actively by a specific user These actions will have the user System displayed for them Type What type of action this record is for For instance when a user logs in a Login actio
350. n the SMART HOST list verify the address J Send Connector Windows Internet Explorer Help new send connector A send connector can route mail directly through DNS or redirect it to a smart host Leam more Network settings Specify how to send mail with this connector C MX record associated with recipient domain Route mail through smart hosts e SMART HOST 10 66 32 22 C Use the extemal DNS lookup settings on servers with transport roles back next cancel 4f Click next In the Smart host authentication page because authentication is not used on the smart host connection to the Barracuda Message Archiver no changes are necessary click next J Send Connector Windows Internet Explorer new send connector Configure smart host authentication Learn more Smart host authentication None Basic authentication Offer basic authentication only after starting TLS User name a Password ee Note all smart hosts must accept the same usemame and password Q Exchange server authentication Externally secured for example with IPSec 4g In the Address space section click the Add icon Send Connector Windows Internet Explorer new send connector A send connector routes mail to a specified list of domains These domains can be SMTP address space or a
351. n the USERS gt Client Downloads page is the same major revision as the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware for proper functionality In this article e Components Error e Unexpected Search Results e Redirect Failure e Capturing Log Files Components Error i Microsoft Office Click to Run for Office 2010 If you are running Microsoft Office Click to Run for Office 2010 Microsoft has reported that the environment has potential issues when running Add Ins such as the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In As a result the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In may not function as expected For additional information refer to the Microsoft Knowledgebase article Office 2010 Click to Run compatibility with add ins If required Outlook components are missing or incorrectly installed you may encounter the error Unable to initialize required components whe n performing some operations in the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In To resolve this error complete the following steps 1 Use the steps outlined on the Microsoft Knowledgebase to repair your installation of Microsoft Outlook e Microsoft Office 2003 http support microsoft com kb 821593 e Microsoft Office 2007 http support microsoft com kb 92461 1 e Microsoft Office 2010 http office microsoft com en us project help repair or remove office HA010357402 aspx Test Restart Outlook and attempt the operation that originally initiated the error message If the o
352. nages Returned Device Drives e Removing or Replacing a System in a High Availability Configuration e Migrating to a new Barracuda Message Archiver Before you replace your Barracuda Message Archiver use the tools provided on the ADVANCED gt Troubleshooting page to try to resolve the problem In the event that a Barracuda Message Archiver fails and you cannot resolve the issue customers that have purchased the Instant Replacement service can call Barracuda Networks Technical Support and arrange for a new unit to be shipped out within 24 hours After receiving the new system ship the old Barracuda Message Archiver back to Barracuda Networks at the address below with an RMA number clearly marked on the package Barracuda Networks Technical Support can provide details on the best way to return the unit Barracuda Networks Inc 3175 S Winchester Blvd Campbell CA 95008 attn RMA lt your RMA number gt Reloading Restarting and Shutting Down the System This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher The System Reload Shutdown section on the BASIC gt Administration page allows you to shutdown restart and reload system configuration on the Barracuda Message Archiver Shutting down the system powers off the unit Restarting the system reboots the unit Reloading the system re applies the system configuration You can perform a hard reset of the Barracuda Message Archiver by pressing the RESET but
353. nal Wrappers setting also in the Search Page Settings section causes the body of an exported or forwarded message to consist of the complete envelope information with the actual contents of the email turned into an attachment to the message Exporting Messages Once a search is executed and the results are listed in the BASIC gt Search page you can choose to export one or more of these messages to a pst or zip file To export one or more messages select the desired item s from the message list using Shift or Ctrl click to select multiple messages Click on T ools located at the top of the message list and click Export Messages In the window select the desired action and export method The desired messages are gathered into a single pst or zip file and are available for download by any administrator from the Tasks tab in the BASIC gt Search page Forwarding Messages Once a search is executed and the results listed in the BASIC gt Search page you can specify one or more of these messages to be forwarded to a desired list of recipients To forward one or more messages select the desired item s from the message list using shift or ctrl click to select multiple messages Click on T ools located at the top of the message list and select the desired action A pop up dialog prompts you for the email addresses of those users that are to receive the selected messages use semi colons to separate multiple email addresses Tagging Mes
354. naling data Membership information for a distribution list that is external to your Exchange organization cannot be expanded and therefore cannot be included in the envelope information even if individual members on the list are in your Exchange server Configuration To fully utilize envelope journaling you must set up the following on the Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Step 1 Step1 Create a Mailbox Store for the Journaling Mailbox Define a dedicated mailbox store for the envelope journaling mailbox otherwise mail arriving in the mailbox results in unwanted mail loops Step 2 Create Remote Domain Create a new remote domain Step 3 Set Up Message Routing for the Journal Contact Define message routing to route journal contact via a dedicated SMTP connector Step 4 Create a Journal Account Mailbox Create a Journal account mailbox Step 5 Create a Custom SMTP Recipient Define an SMTP address in your Active Directory this address serves as the delivery address for journaled messages Step 6 Hide Mail Contact in Exchange Global Address List Modify SMTP Addresses and Enable Server Side Mailbox Forwarding Set up a server side rule to forward all journaled messages to the custom SMTP recipient mailbox Step 7 Modify Journal Mail Contact Hide the Journal Mailbox from the Exchange Server address lists to maintain the mailbox store for envelope journaling only Step 8 Enable Envelope Journaling on Exchange Enable envelope j
355. nced Search Parameters Select the area of a message to which the search criteria applies i From the BASIC gt Search page click on Help for additional search criteria details The following tables describe the available advanced search parameters Table 1 Search Parameter All Entire Message Entire Message Phrase From Owner Subject Date Archive Time Discovery Table 2 Search Parameter Email Entire Message Entire Message Phrase Keyword Expressions Subject Body From To Cc From To Cc Bcc Domain Subject Look in all fields and all data contained in each item for the entered text Look in all fields and all data contained in each item for the EXACT phrase as entered Look only in the From and Owner fields of each item as applicable for the entered text Look only in the Subject lines of each item for the entered text For Distribution Lists the name of the list is searched For Contacts the Full Name both First and Last is searched Searches for all items with a timestamp that matches the specified date range For Appointments the Date is the scheduled start date and time of the Appointment except when searching Date is equal to In that case the search matches Appointments that span the provided Date For Tasks the Date is the date and time that the Task was created Searches for all items added to the Barracuda Message Archiver in the specified date range
356. ncluding bcc recipients and recipients in distribution lists which is required data for compliance with most regulations Additionally Exchange cannot fully journal the following e Posts to public folders Journaling cannot be enabled on public folder stores e Expansion of external distribution lists While the actual contents of messages sent to or from internal and external distribution lists can be journaled only an internal distribution list can be fully expanded and included in the envelope journaling data Membership information for a distribution list that is external to your Exchange organization cannot be expanded and therefore cannot be included in the envelope information even if individual members on the list are in your Exchange server What to Configure To ensure that journaled message archiving begins as soon as your Exchange Servers are configured to send them register each Exchange Server as a Trusted SMTP Server with the Barracuda Message Archiver on the MAIL SOURCES gt SMTP IM page prior to configuring your Exchange Servers Configuring Envelope Journaling for Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 and higher and a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 In this article e Register each Exchange Server as a Trusted SMTP Server e Configure the Barracuda Message Archiver e Create a Remote Domain e Create a Mail Contact e Cr
357. ncluding any software contained or embedded in such products will substantially conform to Barracuda Networks published specifications in effect as of the date of manufacture Except for the foregoing the software is provided as is In no event does Barracuda Networks warrant that the software is error free or that Customer will be able to operate the software without problems or interruptions In addition due to the continual development of new techniques for intruding upon and attacking networks Barracuda Networks does not warrant that the software or any equipment system or network on which the software is used will be free of vulnerability to intrusion or attack The limited warranty extends only to you the original buyer of the Barracuda Networks product and is non transferable Exclusive Remedy Your sole and exclusive remedy and the entire liability of Barracuda Networks under this limited warranty shall be at Barracuda Networks or its service centers option and expense the repair replacement or refund of the purchase price of any products sold which do not comply with this warranty Hardware replaced under the terms of this limited warranty may be refurbished or new equipment substituted at Barracuda Networks option Barracuda Networks obligations hereunder are conditioned upon the return of affected articles in accordance with Barracuda Networks then current Return Material Authorization RMA procedures All parts will be new or refurbi
358. nd emails no longer visible in your mail application e View and interact with reply to reply all or forward archived messages e Redeliver messages to your mailbox using the Resend to Me option These actions are available directly from your Android phone allowing transparent access to and interaction with your archived messages Additional Resources For configuration requirements set up and search options refer to the Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application for Android arti cle Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application for iPhone iPod Touch and iPad The Barracuda Message Archiver mobile applications allow you to perform various actions with your messages that are stored on your organization s Barracuda Message Archiver including e Search for archived messages based on email content or constrain the search to a date range a specific sender or subject line content e Search deleted messages and emails no longer visible in your mail application e View and interact with reply to reply all or forward archived messages These actions are available directly from your iPhone iPod Touch or iPad allowing transparent access to and interaction with your archived messages Additional Resources For configuration requirements set up and search options refer to the Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application for iPhone iPod Touch and iPad article Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In The Barracuda Mes
359. ned by turning the equipment off and on the user in encouraged to try one or more of the following measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver e Plug the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that of the receiver e Consult the dealer on an experienced radio television technician for help Notice for Canada This apparatus complies with the Class B limits for radio interference as specified in the Canadian Department of Communication Radio Interference Regulations Notice for Europe CE Mark This product is in conformity with the Council Directive 89 336 EEC 92 31 EEC EMC Power Requirements AC input voltage 100 240 volts frequency 50 60 Hz Limited Warranty and License Limited Warranty Barracuda Networks Inc or the Barracuda Networks Inc subsidiary or authorized Distributor selling the Barracuda Networks product if sale is not directly by Barracuda Networks Inc Barracuda Networks warrants that commencing from the date of delivery to Customer but in case of resale by a Barracuda Networks reseller commencing not more than sixty 60 days after original shipment by Barracuda Networks Inc and continuing for a period of one 1 year a its products excluding any software will be free from material defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and b the software provided in connection with its products i
360. ned in the BASIC gt Search page Use this feature to create exceptions to the global Retention Policy Saved searches containing tags cannot be used in a Saved Search retention policy and do not appear in the list of available Saved Searches To configure a Saved Search retention policy 1 Go to the Barracuda Message Archiver Note the criteria specified by the Saved Search on which this retention policy is to be based If you need to create a saved search go to the BASIC gt Search page After you create and saved a search you can use it as part of a Saved Search retention policy definition 2 Verify Allow automatic message expiration option is set to Yes 3 In the Saved Search Retention Policy table complete the following a In the Policy Name field enter a name for the policy you are creating b In the Saved Search field select the name of the saved search on which this retention policy is to be based c In the Policy Length field enter the number of days to retain archived messages that match these search criteria lf a message matches more than one Saved Search based policy then the message is kept according to the longest p olicy length If it matches a Saved Search based policy as well as the global policy then the Saved Search policy takes precedence 4 Click Add See How to Define Archived Message Retention Policies Based on Saved Searches for more information Litigation Holds Litigation Holds are created by au
361. ng Specify the maximum search cache size in megabytes MB Specify the search cache path this path can include environment variables If the path is not set the default path is set to SUSERPROFILE AppData Local Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In Cache When enabled the Barracuda Add In converts all message HTML bodies to UTF 8 when displayed in Outlook Important Barracuda Networks Technical Support Enable this feature only if you have been advised to do so by Barracuda Networks Technical Support Archiving firmware release 3 5 and higher only Stub Entire Message Category to Apply to Archived Items Stub Caching Disable Stub Caching Maximum Cache Size Maximum Message Age Stub Cache Path Archiver Store Disable Archiver Stores Disable Sync if Exchange Mailbox Stores Maximum Message Age Maximum Disk Usage Location of New Archiver Stores Sync Schedule Notes Specify whether to stub the entire message Specify whether to apply a category to items archived or stubbed by the Barracuda Outlook Add In When enabled enter the category name in the Category field for example enter Stored Specify whether users can cache stubbed messages for offline access Specify the maximum stub cache size in MB Specify the maximum number of days cached messages are stored Specify the stubbed message cache path this path can include environment variables Specify whether to disable Archiver s
362. ng steps to configure Google Apps to send journal mail to Barracuda Networks Cloud Relay Custom Token You must have your custom token from Barracuda Networks Technical Support to configure Barracuda Cloud Relay Service for Google Apps Mail Service Please note The Barracuda Cloud Relay Service cannot accept your journal mail traffic until Barracuda Support indicates that the Relay Service has been configured for your account 1 Log in to your Google Apps and click Sign in Enter your domain name select Domain management from the drop down menu and click Go 2 Sign in to the Google Apps domain console Click Google Apps gt Gmail gt Advanced settings User settings Set name formats Enable user preferences such as themes read receipts and email delegation Email addresses Review all email addresses and aliases for your organization Labs Enable additional experimental Gmail features for your users Hosts Add mail hosts for use in advanced routing such as to direct messages to Microsoft Exchange Default routing Create domain wide routing rules such as for split delivery or a catchall address Authenticate email Set up email authentication DKIM Advanced settings 3 In the Advanced settings window click the Hosts tab H Google Apps gt Settings for Gmail Advanced settings General Settings Email addresses Hosts Default routing Labs Search qQ 4 Click Add route In the Add mail route window
363. nge Recipients dialog box displays Select Users with Exchange mailbox and clear the remaining options S Find Exchange Recipients File Edit view Help Find Exchange Recipients General Storage Advanced Show these recipients IY Users with Exchange mailbox Users with extemal e mail addresses Mai enabled Groups Contacts with extemal e mail addresses Mai enabled Public folders 5 Click the Advanced tab and set the following conditions e Field E Mail Address e Condition Is exactly e Value BMA Archive your_domain com a 2 Find Exchange Recipients File Edit wiew Help Find Exchange Recipients bd General Storage Advanced Find How Field Condition Value St E Mail Address Is exactly 3MA_Archive your_d a Clear All Condition List Remove Dexal Ti Add criteria From above to this list 6 Click Add and then click Find Now The Search results displays the matching email address S Find Exchange Recipients File Edit View Help Find Exchange Recipients a General Storage Advanced Field Condition Wale Condition List Add Remove E Mail Addr Is exactly BMA_Archive your_domain com Stop Clear All Search results Alias Internet E Mail Address f Barracuda Journal BMA Archive BMA _Archive your_domain com gt 1 itemisi Found 7 Click OK The filter rules display in the General tab
364. nization runs No new emails are brought into the Barracuda Message Archiver by this job type Item Source Select the target list to synchronize e Distribution List Looks for items that are sent to the individual accounts that receive content sent to the list entered in the associated field e Users Looks for items sent to specified users e All Users All users on the specified Exchange Server e Last Name Any user on the specified Exchange Server whose last name matches the value entered in the associated field e Email Address Any email account that matches the value entered in the associated field Enter an entire email address including the domain name or only a portion to match multiple addresses e Folders Users only lf you select the tem Source as Users you can specify from which folders to stub content Advanced Settings e Home Server Restrict the action to only items residing on the configured server e Run Now Turn Onto immediately synchronize the folders and schedule the job Schedule Actions The Scheduled Actions table displays a list of operations that are currently in a queue awaiting execution Click Update to update the table data Recent Actions The Recent Actions table displays a list of operations that recently ran Click Update to update the table data Understanding SMTP Forwarding and Trusted Servers In this article e SMTP Forwarding e Trusted SMTP Servers Related
365. nload the StandAlone Search Utility Deployment Kit 3 Extract the contents to an easily accessible location the deployment kit contains the following e Barracuda Message Archiver StandAlone Search Utility installer BmaSaSearch version msi e Barracuda Message Archiver StandAlone Search Utility Administrator module Barracuda Message Archiver Search version adm e A copy of this document in PDF format 4 Move or copy the Barracuda Message Archiver Search version adm file to your local systemroot inf directory typically found in c winnt inf 5 Copy the msi file to a location that is accessible by your users 6 Open the Group Policy Object GPO Editor for the organization that is to use the Barracuda Message Archiver StandAlone Search Utility e g the default domain policy 7 Either edit the default policy or create a new policy object and link it to the desired container For example the particular organizational unit OU containing the computers on which the utility is to be installed 8 Expand Computer Configuration rightclick Administrative Templates select All Tasks and click Add Remove Templates 9 Navigate to systemroot inf select Barracuda Message Archiver Search version adm and click Add Configuration Use the following steps to configure the Barracuda Message Archiver StandAlone Search Utility 1 While still in the GPO Editor navigate to Computer Configuration gt Administrative Templates and expand the Barracuda
366. nment variables refer to the Microsoft technet article Recognized Environment Variables How to Create Local Mailstores This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher and the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In version 3 1 or higher and Microsoft Outlook 2003 2007 or 2010 In this article e Outlook 2003 2007 and 2010 e Enable Scripting Organization Wide Recommended e Enable Scripts on User Systems e Enable Scripts in Microsoft Outlook 2003 e Enable Scripts in Microsoft Outlook 2007 e Enable Scripts in Microsoft Outlook 2010 Related Articles e Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In Deployment Configuration Guidelines This article is intended as a configuration guideline your deployment will be specific to your environment Any administrative changes should be reviewed with your IT team before proceeding Outlook 2003 2007 and 2010 By default in Microsoft Outlook 2003 2007 and 2010 a security setting does not allow script execution or custom forms in shared mailboxes or public folders For this reason if the Microsoft Exchange Administrator performs message stubbing on shared mailboxes or public folders delegated to all users or specific user groups these stubbed messages cannot be retrieved in the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In To allow users to retrieve these stubbed messages in addition to their Inbox messages each user can set Allow Script in shared folders
367. node that should now be visible 2 Click Message Archiver and click Barracuda Message Archiver Search 3 Doubleclick the Barracuda Message Archiver URI policy and enter the fully qualified URI that users are to use to access the Barracuda Message Archiver for example http archiver mycompany com 8000 Note the following e lf users will be accessing the Barracuda Message Archiver from outside the local network the URI must be externally accessible e f users must use HTTPS when connecting specify HTTPS in the URI e Remember to include the port number in the URI If you have not changed the default port settings on your Barracuda Message Archiver the HTTP port is 8000 and the HTTPS port which need not be specified here is 443 4 Configure other settings as required For an explanation of the available settings click the Explain tab of the policy Deployment Use the following steps to deploy the Microsoft installer msi file 1 Start the GPO Editor for the domain where you are installing the utility 2 Either edit the default policy or create a new policy object and link it to the desired container for example the particular OU containing the computers of users that will be using the utility 3 Navigate to Computer Configuration gt Software Settings gt Software Installation rightclick Software Installation and click New Pac kage 4 Enter the UNC path to the msi located in the shared folder and click OK Testing
368. nored in wildcard searches so make sure that the wildcards are attached to letters that do not comprise a Stop Word in its entirety For example the AND meeting Keyword Expressions Equivalent to enteringmeeting or the meeting This matches both no meeting minutes and the meeting This does not match the meetings The be part is ignored so this is treated as just which matches all words This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher except where noted Keyword expressions allow you to construct your own complex queries in Advanced Search letting you combine multiple kKeyword based search terms that follow this basic syntax without any spaces between the sear ch_field and phrase search_field phrase In firmware release 3 5 or higher two additional keyword expressions are available e Keyword proximity syntax form e Fuzzy search syntax form Related Articles Understanding Basic and Advanced Search Advanced Search Options Search Strings Advanced Search Tips Commonly used search_field values are listed in the following table Term to from domain subject body attachment all stored_size size header_date header_barracuda_envelope_rcpt_pretty_ name header_barracuda_envelope_rcpt_user header_to header_in_reply_to header_barracuda_envelope_rcpt_domain header_from header_barracuda_envelope_rcpt_messa ge_mode header_barracu
369. not enabled on a custom mailbox database to set the Send As Receive As and Administer Information Store permissions at the store level you must enter the following command in the Exchange Management Shell Add ADPermission identity custom database name user CUDASVC accessrights GenericRead GenericWrite extendedrights Send As Receive As ms Exch Store Admin To verify the Send As Receive As and Administer Information Store permissions enter the following command in the Exchange Management Shell where Exchange2007 is the name of the Microsoft Exchange 2007 Server dbname is the name of the Exchange mail database and CUDASVC is the name of the Barracuda service account get mailboxdatabase Exchange2007 dbname get ADpermission user CUDAS VC WERO rmat Erot Microsoft Exchange 2010 and 2013 Use the following steps to set the permissions on Exchange 2010 or 2013 where database name is the name of the Microsoft Exchange Server and CUDASVC is the name of the Barracuda service account 1 Log in to the Exchange Server as the administrator 2 From the Start menu go to Start gt Programs gt Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 gt Exchange Management Shell 3 At the command prompt enter the following command and then press Enter Get MailboxDatabase Add ADPermission User CUDASVC AccessRights ExtendedRight ExtendedRights Receive As ms Exch Store Admin Add RoleGroupMember Organization Management Member CUDASVC U
370. ns Before installation determine the best type of deployment for your Barracuda Message Archiver refer to the Deployment section for a list of options Verify Equipment Verify you have the necessary equipment e Barracuda Message Archiver check that you have received the correct model e AC power cord e Ethernet cables e VGA monitor recommended e USB PS2 keyboard recommended Connect to Network 1 Fasten the Barracuda Message Archiver to a standard 19 inch rack or other stable location i Do not block the cooling vents located on the front and rear of the unit 2 Connect a CAT5 or a CAT6 Ethernet cable from your network switch to the Ethernet port on the back of the Barracuda Message Archiver 3 Connect the following to your Barracuda Message Archiver e Power cord e VGA monitor e USB PS2 keyboard 4 After you connect the AC power cord the Barracuda Message Archiver may power on for a few seconds and then power off this behavior is normal 5 Press the Power button located on the front of the unit The administrative console login prompt displays on the monitor and the power light on the front of the Barracuda Message Archiver turns on Continue with Step 2 How to Configure the Barracuda Message Archiver Step 2 How to Configure the Barracuda Message Archiver This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher Before configuring the IP address and network settings complete Step 1 How to In
371. ns all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 4 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do n
372. nt field enter journaling followed by the host name provided to you by Barracuda Networks Technical Support including your custom token as the recipient For example journaling mytoken bma cudasvc com 11 Select Suppress bounces from this recipient Add setting E Remove attachments from message Also deliver to Add more recipients Recipients Advanced z Apply the above modifications plus the following Route E Change route Envelope recipient Change envelope recipient Replace recipient journaling MYTOKEN bma cudasvc com Enter new username existing domain Existing username Enter new domain E Do not deliver spam to this recipient Suppress bounces from this recipient Spam Filtering You can optionally select Do not deliver spam to this recipient However if you select this option and you spam filter journal mail the Barracuda Message Archvier will not receive any email that Google Apps considers to be spam 12 Scroll down and verify the settings click Add Add setting Envelope recipient E Change envelope recipient spam E Bypass spam filter for this message Attachments E Remove attachments from message Also deliver to Add more recipients Recipients Add Deliver to journaling MYTOKEN bma cudasvc com suppress bounces from this recipient 13 In the General Settings tab scroll down to Receiving routing and click Configure 14 In the Email messages to affect select Inbound and In
373. ntre onsen dad aise cad tan aes atocweutene dee hd 298 1 12 3 1 Option 1 ADM with GPO Deployment 0 0 cet tnt nnn e tenes 300 1 12 3 2 Option 2 ADM with Custom Deployment 200d 604 0dotawedadeas cod Kode doe ete wee Cede eee RRR 308 1 12 3 3 Option 3 Command Line with Custom Deployment 0 0000 ttt teens 312 1 12 4 Barracuda Message Archiver Stand Alone Search Utility 0 00 0 317 1 12 4 1 Barracuda Message Archiver Stand Alone Search Utility Windows Deployment 000000 317 1 12 4 2 Barracuda Message Archiver Stand Alone Search Utility for Windows 0 000 tees 319 1 12 4 3 Barracuda Message Archiver Stand Alone Search Utility for Mac OS X 2 ees 319 tIS hardware COMPpPIIANGE samoar cat ire ete sends aio tance ene er und cre gud Sai Sue a od aR aes Sree mn Be See St ete 320 1 14 Limited Warranty and License 0 ee eee eee eee tenes 320 1 15 Document Downloads s eccrss amser ook Ba ee we ae ee hk Bhd eed we See A es oO Reed bed Wea es 330 Barracuda Message Archiver Overview The Barracuda Message Archiver is a complete and affordable email archiving solution designed for optimizing email storage meeting regulatory compliance and e discovery requirements and providing anytime anywhere access to old emails The Barracuda Message Archiver integrates with all standards based email servers and provides powerful search retrieval and export capabilities for administrators
374. o be installed Inthe Group Policy Management Editor expand Computer Configuration Right click on Administrative Templates point to All Tasks and click Add Remove Templates Navigate to the systemroot inf directory select Barracuda PST Collector adm and click Add Start the Group Policy Management Editor for the domain in which you are installing the Barracuda PST Collector Client Either edit the default policy or create a new policy object and link it to the desired container For example the particular OU containing the computers on which the Barracuda PST Collector Client is to be installed Navigate to Computer Configuration gt Software Settings gt Software Installation Right click Software Installation and click New gt Package Enter the UNC path to the msi file located in the shared folder For example fileserver deploy Click OK Verify Barracuda PST Collector Client Installation Use the following steps to verify that the Barracuda PST Collector Client is installed and registered on all clients 1 2 On the system where the Barracuda PST Collector Server is installed go to Start gt Programs gt Barracuda gt Message Archiver gt PST Collector to open the PST Collector Admin Console From the Reports menu click Registered Clients a window displays a list of all systems currently running a Barracuda PST Collector Client configured to connect to the PST Collection Server Registered Client
375. o search for all of messages related to the sale and then export the messages to a zip file Click here to expand 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver as a user 2 Go to the BASIC gt Search page and click Advanced 3 Select Email gt From To Cc gt contains and type beck1ly as the first set of search criteria then click the plus button to the left of the search parameter 4 To the right of the first set of search criteria click AND to toggle to OR 5 Select All gt Entire Message gt contains and type hernandez as the second set of search criteria le Email FromiTo Cc contains beckly OR Search Email Entire Message A contains l hernandez 6 Click Search to execute the search and verify that the provided search parameters return the expected results 7 In the results window use Ctrl and Shift click to select all of the messages to include in the zip file 8 Click the Tools menu and select Export Messages in the Export Messages dialog box specify the following details a Enter the Export name as beckly_hernandez_sale b Select ZIP c Select the Naming Scheme as Date From To d Specify the Export to as Barracuda Message Archiver to download the ZIP file to your local system e Specify the Chunk Size as 800 MB CD ROM Export Messages Export name beckhy hernandez_sale PST ZIP Content 14 Selected Messages Naming Scheme Date From To we Export to
376. oft technet article Eseutil D Defragmentation Mode to determine how best to recover whitespace located within the Exchange Server mailstore Some administrators of Microsoft Exchange servers may wish to enable stubbing to store attachments on the Barracuda Message Archiver rather than on the mail server itself since doing so can greatly increase the storage capacity of their mail server in some cases by as much as 70 Exchange Stubbing configuration is done on the MAIL SOURCES gt Exchange Integration page During the stubbing process the Barracuda Message Archiver adds all attachments Attachments Only option or the entire message Entire Message option for a message to its own storage database and creates a hyperlink or stub to the original attachment or message depending on the option you select in the Exchange Integration page The attachment from the original message or if selected the entire message is then removed from your Exchange server and replaced with the stubs so that any requests to access the file or message is automatically redirected to and served from the Barracuda Message Archiver A short message containing the names and sizes of the stubbed content is placed in every stubbed email along with a hyperlink from which users can easily access the attachments regardless of what email client is used including Outlook Web Access and mobile devices e Attachments Only When selected the attachment is removed from the mess
377. olders New Window From Here uk Copy Delete Rename Refresh Properties Help Creates a Full text index For this store 1f Click Allow and then click OK Step 2 Create Remote Domain 2a In the ESM console expand Global Settings right click Internet Message Formats point to New and click Domain E Exchange System Manager M Ea pa File Action View Window Help e Am iaee 3 First Organization Exchange Internet Message Formats Global Settings a a Mame Domain Modified Internet Message Fornaks pn 2 Message Delivery Domain 4fi7i2011 6 03 PM lg Mobile Services H D Recipients Administrative Groups l i First Administrative Gre Refresh H Servers Export List d i Routing Groups o First Routing a Properties H E Connector E Members f y Folders Tools MIE New Window From Here Help 2b In the Properties dialog box enter Barracuda Message Archiver in the Name field and in the SMTP domain field type bma int Properties pe g m 2c Click Apply click the Advanced tab and in the Exchange rich text format section click Never use Select Allow automatic forward and deselect all other options Verify that only Never use and Allow automatic forward are selected in the dialog box Barracuda Message 4rchrier Properties ki General Message Format dvanced Details Exchange rich test format
378. ollowing files are included e Barracuda PST Collector Client 32 bit version installer ending in _x86 msi e Barracuda PST Collector Client 64 bit version installer ending in _x64 msi Barracuda PST Collector administrator module Barracuda PST Collector adm Move or copy the Barracuda PST Collector adm file to your local systemroot inf directory for example C winnt inf While in the Group Policy Management Editor navigate to Computer Configuration gt Administrative Templates and expand the Barr acuda node for Windows 2008 Server the policy appears under Classic Administrative Templates ADM as the templates are in ADM format Click Message Archiver and click Barracuda PST Collector B Group Policy Management Editor Efx File Action View Help e 9 m gt H m Ej Default Domain Policy WIN GGSKW i w MMG SHADEMET BE Barracuda PST Collector 1 0 E jl Computer Configuration E 0 Policies cats Setti Stat Select an item to view its description Eeng zle Software Settings Windows Settings E Administrative Templates Policy definitions i Control Panel C Network ia Printers System Windows Components El Classic Administrative Templates ADM E Barracuda H Message Archiver Barracuda PST Collector 1 03 Use all Settings Preferences E g User Configuration El Policies Software Settings Windows Settings E Administrative Templates Policy definitions i C Control Panel C Desktop Network Shared Fold
379. ollowing whitelist blacklist rules apply e lf an address is excluded blacklisted the address does not display unless the mail includes the user performing the search to assure that a user can always see their own mail e The exclusion rules always take precedence addresses that are whitelisted are searchable only if the exclusion rules do not block the mail e fa user is not configured and is a member of a group then the blacklist whitelist rules assigned to that group apply to that user e fa user is assigned to a group when the user logs in via the Outlook Add In or Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application only that user s mail displays For example if an LDAP user has the Auditor role mail available to the Auditor role does not display Search Criteria The available search criteria differs based on the selected searched item type Table 1 Search Criteria Search Item Type Criteria Description Any Type of Item Search for List of keywords on which to search If multiple keywords are entered only items with all of the specified keywords are returned If keywords are enclosed in double quotes then only items that contain all of Messages the keywords exactly as specified appear in search results Appointments Contacts Notes In The part of the item in which to search for the specified keywords Options vary based on the selected item Tasks Appointments Organized By Appointment creator Only tho
380. om LDAP for the entered Email Address click Pop ulate Use Case Add a User in the Auditor Role and Create a Custom Saved Search In this example the administrator adds Jake in the auditor role Jake has requested a custom Saved Search to automatically apply to all of his searches to reduce the number of items in the results pane Jake wants only email related to petitions from the domain corporatenamehere com Jake uses the following steps Click here to expand 1 On the BASIC gt Search page click Advanced Select Email gt Entire Message gt contains type pet ition as the first set of search criteria i Using the wildcard will return the words petition petitions petitioned petitioner and petitioning 2 Click the plus button to the left of the search parameter select Email gt Domain gt contains and type corporatenamehere c om as the second set of search criteria Archive Search Help Standard PSTs amp Tags Saved Searches Tasks l Email Entire Message contains petition AND Search as b Email A Domain A contains A corporatenamehere com Save Search 3 Click Search to execute the search and verify that the provided search parameters return the expected results 4 Click Save Search enter Petition Audit as the name under which to save this search and click OK 5 Go to the USERS gt User Add Update page enter jake corporateid com and set Use Email Addre
381. oming Joumaledemail ee eH email Outgoing Barracuda w Intemet Flea Spam Firewall P E Internal email server Internal email users To set up journaling on your Barracuda Spam Firewall 1 Navigate to the BASIC gt Administration page and look in the Mail Journaling section 2 In the Destination Email Address field enter an SMTP recipient in the form archiver ip_address_of_Barracuda_Message_Archiver Example archiver 192 168 2 24 3 In the Bounce Address field enter the email address that is to receive all bounce notifications from the Barracuda Message Archiver Click Save Changes 5 The Barracuda Spam Firewall begins sending a copy of every delivered message to the Barracuda Message Archiver You must configure the ADVANCED gt SMTP Proxy setting on the Barracuda Message Archiver to forward messages to your email server D How to Import Historical Data This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher In order to get the most complete archive possible the Barracuda Message Archiver archives not only new messages but also any existing stored items that were either already on your email server or stored in pst files In this article e Direct Imports via MAPI e PST File Imports Immediate Import e Queued Imports e Upload Share Settings Related Articles e Barracuda PST Collector e How to Assign and Unassign PST Files Stubbing and Microsoft Exchange Import For stubb
382. on 3 1 and higher and a Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 RPC over HTTP RoH is available in release 3 5 and higher This template is a based on a typical onsite deployment of the Barracuda Message Archiver with Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 2010 Standard or Enterprise version using envelope SMTP journaling This template describes the initial Barracuda Message Archiver setup for this deployment In this article e Implementation Prerequisites e Physical Installation and Console Configuration e Firewall Ports e Activation e Basic and Administration Setup e Enable SMTP Forwarding on the Barracuda Message Archiver e Enable Journaling e Configure Exchange Integration Operations e Email Service Account Creation Related Articles e Message Archiving Concepts e Message Import Stubbing amp Configuration e Search Options amp Configuration i Stubbing and Microsoft Exchange Import For stubbing and Microsoft Exchange imports initiated via the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface there is a 100MB limit on file import Configuration Guidelines This article is intended as a configuration guideline your deployment will be specific to your environment Any administrative changes should be reviewed with your IT team before proceeding If you are migrating to a newer version of Exchange Server refer to the Barracuda Message Archiver and Microsoft Exchange Server Migration overview for more information Im
383. onfigured to use a proxy 123 Out UDP Network Time Protocol NTP 443 optional In TCP For remote access over SSL https to the Barracuda Message Archiver see Enabling SSL for Administrators and Users 8000 default In TCP Web and add in access to the Barracuda Message Archiver 2 Notes 1 Port 25 is the default port used for SMTP traffic Some organizations choose to have email notifications and alerts from the Barracuda Message Archiver sent to an external email address directly or by using an external Smart Host without relaying through the corporate mail server In these situations the corporate firewall must be modified to allow outgoing emails from the Barracuda Message Archiver over the SMTP port 2 Whenever your Barracuda Message Archiver IP address is changed on the BASIC gt IP Configuration page you are disconnected from the administration interface You must log in again using the new IP address i Important In general the Barracuda Message Archiver should not accept incoming SMTP requests from systems outside your organization s network However if your email server is located in a DMZ it may be necessary to configure your corporate firewall to allow incoming traffic over the designated SMTP port from your email server to the Barracuda Message Archiver The port specified as the Web Interface Port must be configured on your corporate firewall to allow traffic to the Barracuda Message Archiver if you want to
384. ong with several aliases for convenience For example csmi th company com might also receive messages as chris smith company com chris company com and c_smith company com For organizations that use LDAP messages sent to any alias are also accessible from the primary user account on the Barracuda Message Archiver In addition you can create a local user account on the Barracuda Message Archiver that has access to archived messages for multiple users For example you would like a single user account to be able to see emails for chris smith company com pat jones company com and alex pi erce company com in addition to the_boss company com To do so create a local account on the Barracuda Message Archiver for example local_boss and list as aliases the email addresses to which that account is to have access To list aliases for a new account 1 Go to the USERS gt User Add Update page 2 Enter the new user Email Address and specify whether the email is to be used as the account name 3 Next to Retrieve user Aliases from LDAP click Populate the User Aliases field populates with all user aliases associated from the LDAP for the specified email address 4 Click Save Changes to save the list of aliases for that user This account is added to the USERS gt Local Accounts page including its aliases To list aliases for an existing account 1 Go to the USERS gt Local Accounts page 2 Click Edit for the primary user account the USER
385. onizes between Barracuda Message Archivers in a High Availability cluster Synchronize Folders The nightly folder synchronization process scans the specified Microsoft Exchange Server user mailboxes and imports the user s folder structure including custom folders and sub folders into the Barracuda Message Archiver Note that a Folder Sync job does not import emails to the Barracuda Message Archiver it only imports the folder structure Email messages are sent to the Barracuda Message Archiver via real time journaling or other supported means of mail transfer You can specify folder structure synchronization for all or selected users on the MAIL SOURCES gt Exchange Integration page based on the selected item source and optionally specify a specific server from which to archive This synchronization process runs nightly Moving Email Between Folders When the user moves an email between folders the Barracuda Message Archiver updates the location of the email once the next nightly folder sync job runs and captures the new email location information Additionally the Barracuda Message Archiver keeps track of all folders in which an email has historically been located Note that this does not cause any extra copies of the mail to be stored the association is actually performed by associated the email message ID and the name of the folders in which the email should be shown The Message Archiver will keep track of all folders an email has histor
386. or Windows Internet Explorer OF x new send connector This wizard will create a send connector There are four types of send connectors Each connector has different permissions and network settings Leam more Name BMA Joumal Contact Send Connector Type Custom For example to send to other non Exchange servers C Internal For example to send intranet mail C Internet For exmaple to send internet mail C Partner For example route mail to trusted 3rd party servers next cancel 100 4 4c Click next In the Network settings page select Route mail through smart hosts Send Connector Windows Internet Explorer new send connector A send connector can route mail directly through DNS or redirect it to a smart host Leam more Network settings Specify how to send mail with this connector SMART HOST C Use the external DNS lookup settings on servers with transport roles back next cancel A100 g 4d Click next In the add smart host page enter the fully qualified domain name FQDN or IP Address of the Barracuda Message Archiver Fj Network Settings Webpage Dialog Help add smart host Specify a fully qualified domain name FQDN IPv4 address or IPv6 address Example contoso com 192 168 1 1 fidd ee09 save cancel 4e Click save The FQDN or IP Address displays i
387. ort the list 5 Click OK once you select a recipient and in the NDRs for undeliverable journal reports window click Save A U N Step 4 Configure Office 365 to Send Journal Mail D Before Proceeding Verify the following e You have the custom address and token specific to your Barracuda Message Archiver provided to you by Barracuda Networks Technical Support e You have your WAN IP address where you want the journal mail sent e The WAN IP address accepts journal email on the specified port default port 2500 and e The firewall port is NAT d to the Barracuda Message Archiver Set up the journaling mailbox using the external address for the Barracuda Cloud Relay Service based on the custom token received from Barracuda Networks Technical Support for example journaling UUID bma cudasvc com Please note The Barracuda Cloud Relay Service cannot accept your journal mail traffic until Barracuda Support indicates that the Relay Service has been configured for your account Use the following steps to configure Office 365 to send journal mail to Barracuda Cloud Relay Service 1 Log in to your Office 365 Management Panel as the Administrator 2 Select Manage My Organization gt Mail Control gt Journal Rules gt New Journal Rules Use journal rules to record all communications in support of your organization s e mail retention or archival strategy Learn more Details X 2 3 In the New Journal Rule dia
388. ostics gt eDirectory User Synchronization SP Nos l ii IW Admin Defined Fields U GroupWise System Pear qaae z Ga ao Time Zones External System Synchronization Software Directory Management Restore Area Management Jie Addressing LDAP Servers Global Signatures Web Calendar Publishing Hosts ivar novell groupwise gwdomain qwtest 2 In the Configure Trusted Applications dialog box click Create 8 Configure Trusted Applications Trusted Applications 3 The Edit Trusted Application dialog box displays 8 Edit Trusted Application Name Description TEPIP Address Requires SSL Provides Message Retention Service ess to Archive Service Archive Service requires 55L Location For key File PO Name of key File pO ok In the Edit Trusted Application dialog box enter Barracuda_IMAP as the trusted application name in the Name field In the Description field enter a description for the trusted application 4 5 Edit Trusted Application Name Description TEPIP Address Requires SSL Provides Message Retention Service Allow access Archive Service requires SSL Location For ke File ee Name of key File pO ok 6 TCP IP Address field e To allow the trusted application from any server leave this field blank e To restrict the location from which the trusted application can ru
389. ot accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it 6 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License 7 If as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of t
390. ot have an iSCSI or CIFS Windows share already set up complete the following steps a In the Group table click Add Mirror the CIFS Windows Share section displays at the bottom of the page CIF S Windows Share Help Use this section to set up CIFS shares Enter the data pertaining to the location of the share and then give it a name After you have added share data to this section add the CIFS share to the share management section above to use it ___Name___ __ShareName__ __HostName__ _ Username_ _ _ _ Password b Enter the share details and click Add c In the Group table select the share you want to use to back up the data from the drop down menu Once you click Add Mirror the Barracuda Message Archiver synchronizes the data on the existing share with the mirror share During this sync the Barracuda Message Archiver s Storage Manager may be unavailable for use but will continue to archive mail Note that a mirror share can only be added to internal shares For more information refer to Storage Manager or log into your Barracuda Message Archiver go to the ADVANCED gt Storage Manager page and click the Help button Option 2 Back up the Data Partition Using an External Solution You can back up archives using your existing backup solution such as Barracuda Backup via SMB access to the Barracuda Message Archiver s data partition i The Barracuda Message Archiver provides authenticated read only acces
391. ournaling on Exchange to deliver messages using an envelope message containing a journal report with the original message as an attachment Step 9 Configure Exchange Mailbox Management Define an Outlook rule to automatically delete archived messages forwarded to the Barracuda Message Archiver from the local mailbox store to reduce storage bloat Step 10 Verify Journaling is Functioning as Expected Verify your set up is complete Important e To ensure messages display properly in all standard mail clients save messages in Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions MIME multipart format e It is possible to send messages and other Exchange data directly from the mailbox database to an archive over SMTP using Microsoft Outlook server side rules or Active Directory Users and Computers ADUC Exchange Properties However messages sent based on these settings do not include envelope information e Envelope data is encapsulated with a message only after the message is delivered to the journaling mailbox In other words if a message is forwarded directly via SMTP envelope data is not included Therefore it is highly recommended that all forwarding to the Barracuda Message Archiver occur from the journaling mailbox in order to retain data including Bcc recipients and a fully expanded distribution list to ensure your archive complies with Ediscovery standards Create a Mailbox Store for the Journaling Mailbox Use the following steps to add
392. ovided in the Appendix below Derivative Works shall mean any work whether in Source or Object form that is based on or derived from the Work and for which the editorial revisions annotations elaborations or other modifications represent as a whole an original work of authorship For the purposes of this License Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from or merely link or bind by name to the interfaces of the Work and Derivative Works thereof Contribution shall mean any work of authorship including the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner For the purposes of this definition submitted means any form of electronic verbal or written communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists source code control systems and issue tracking systems that are managed by or on behalf of the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as Not a Contribution Contributor shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has b
393. owing email rule specifies that a mirrored copy of an email is created for any email in the queue that is not already destined for the Barracuda Message Archiver This rule prevents looping of mirrored messages Additional Resources e Barracuda Networks Knowledgebase Solution 0 0003504 Use the following steps to set up the email rule 1 Log into CommuniGate Pro as the Administrator and E mail Queue Rules section set the following conditions a Any Recipient b is not c Enter lt archiver P address of your Barracuda Message Archiver gt for example enter archiver 192 168 200 200 2 Set the action to take is a Mirror to b Enter lt archiver IP address of your Barracuda Message Archiver gt for example enter archiver 192 168 200 200 i The Barracuda Message Archiver automatically accepts and archives emails sent from CommuniGate Pro to the address lt archiver P address of your Barracuda Message Archiver gt Google Apps Deployment This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher and Google Apps Business and Google Apps Education editions In this article e Create an Archive Journal Mailbox e Add Email Settings e Enable IMAP POP in Google Apps e Enable IMAP POP in Gmail e Add the Journal Account to the Barracuda Message Archiver i Recommended Deployment Barracuda Networks recommends deploying your Barracuda Message Archiver with Google Apps using the Barracuda c
394. oyed In this article e New Barracuda Message Archiver Deployment e Existing Barracuda Message Archiver Deployment e Relocating a Previously Deployed Barracuda Message Archiver New Barracuda Message Archiver Deployment If this is a new deployment prior to migrating your Exchange Server consider the following e You can deploy the Barracuda Message Archiver as a searchable backup of your email stores prior to migration to allow users to access all of their emails even when mail stores are unavailable during the Exchange migration e If you are upgrading to Exchange Server 2010 SP1 or higher ensure that Microsoft s automapping feature is enabled for the new Exchange Server integration with Active Directory AD for best performance by the Barracuda Message Archiver e You can set up the Barracuda Message Archiver to stub message attachments to reduce mailbox size prior to the Exchange Server migration or to import all historic email content present on the Exchange Server prior to migration For complete deployment details select appropriate deployment based on your Exchange Server environment Existing Barracuda Message Archiver Deployment If you previously deployed the Barracuda Message Archiver with an Exchange Server and you are planning to migrate to a newer version of Exchange Server consider the following e The Barracuda Message Archiver uses the unique user SID available for assigning PST files and folder informa
395. page in the PSTs and Tags tab Once a PST file is enabled for processing if the SID is resolvable via the configured LDAP source the PST file is assigned to the appropriate user based on the LDAP lookup and displays in the Assigned PSTs folder in the BASIC gt Search page in the PSTs and Tags tab If the SID cannot be resolved through LDAP lookup the PST file is processed but is not assigned to a user The PST file displays in the Unassigned PSTs folder in the BASIC gt Search page in the PSTs and Tags tab Emails processed from an unassigned PST file are available in the Search page and are available to both the Message Archiver administrator and to any user whose email address or aliases are included in the email headers Manually Assigning a PST To manually assign an unassigned PST file to a user already displayed in the Assigned PSTs folder use the following steps 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver as the administrator and go to the BASIC gt Search page 2 Click the PSTs and Tags tab and open the Unassigned PSTs folder 3 Click on the unassigned PST and drag it to a user name listed in the Assigned PSTs folder To manually assign the PST file to a user not displayed in the Assigned PSTs folder use the following steps Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver as the administrator and go to the BASIC gt Search page Click the PSTs and Tags tab navigate to and right click the PST file you want to assign and then c
396. pecify the general information data source distribution settings and any other desired information for the new package e Inthe Data Source page specify the UNC path of the msi file s to be deployed 2 Go to System Center Configuration Manager gt Site Database gt Computer Management gt Software Distribution gt Package and open the package created in the previous step 3 Right click Programs point to New and click Program 4 In the New Program Wizard enter the following in the Command line field e For 64 bit distribution msiexec i BarPstColClient lt version gt _x64 msi SERVER lt server FQDN gt for example msiexec i BarPstColClient 3 1 0_x64 msi SERVER localhost e For 32 bit distribution msiexec i BarPstColClient lt version gt _x86 msi SERVER lt server FQDN gt for example msiexec i BarPstColClient 3 1 0_x86 msi SERVER localhost 5 Enter the remaining details as necessary 6 For the Package open the Properties dialog box and click the Requirements tab to specify client platforms on which the program is to run 7 Use the New Distribution Points Wizard to select the distribution server s 8 Use the New Advertisements Wizard to create a job to distribute the package to users use the Schedule tab to select dates and times when you want to run the package Verify Barracuda PST Collector Client Installation Use the following steps to verify that the Barracuda PST Collector Client is installed and registered on
397. peration is successful no further steps are necessary however if the problem persists complete Step 2 2 Verify that you have not installed Microsoft Office components from different versions of Microsoft Office for example Microsoft Outlook 2007 and Microsoft Word 2010 If you determine that different versions are installed uninstall the Microsoft Office components and then reinstall using only the Microsoft Office components that correspond with the desired version of Microsoft Outlook Test Restart Outlook and attempt the operation that originally initiated the error message If the operation is successful no further steps are necessary however if the problem persists complete Step 3 3 Use the steps outlined on the Microsoft Knowledgebase to install the Microsoft Office Primary Interop Assemblies e Microsoft Office 2003 http www microsoft com en us download details aspx id 20923 e Microsoft Office 2007 http www microsoft com en us download details aspx id 18346 e Microsoft Office 2010 http www microsoft com en us download details aspx id 3508 Test Restart Outlook and attempt the operation that originally initiated the error message If the operation is successful no further steps are necessary however if the problem persists complete step 4 4 Completely uninstall Microsoft Outlook restart your computer and reinstall Microsoft Outlook Test Restart Outlook and attempt the operation that originally initiated th
398. perform a search to filter on a subset of activities You can filter by start end dates user name and item type Click on an activity to display the activity details in the Details pane Filter Options When the Audit Log page is loaded no filter options are set by default and all audit log records display Using filtering options you can monitor a specific date range a specific action type a specific user or you can combine criteria Unlike the Search page you may only specify at most one criterion per criteria type and all specified criteria are always ANDed together Leave any criterion blank to allow all possibilities You can specify the following criteria Start Date Use the date picker to choose a date to form half of a date range If Start Date is specified no results earlier than that date display in the results Leave this field blank or delete its contents to view results with no restriction on how old they may be End Date Use the date picker to choose a date to form half of a date range If End Date is specified no results later than that date display Leave this field blank or delete its contents to view results with no restriction on how recent they may be User Enter a user name to view only actions performed by that user As you type in this field a list of matching users displays from which you can select Leave this field blank or delete its contents if you wish to filter by all users If a user is not displayed i
399. plementation Prerequisites You will need configuration Access to the Exchange environment and the ability to make firewall changes if deemed necessary Physical Installation and Console Configuration Physically install the Barracuda Message Archiver using the following steps 1 Fasten the Barracuda Message Archiver to a 19 inch rack or place it in a stable location 2 Connect an Ethernet cable from the network switch to the Ethernet port on the back of the Barracuda Message Archiver 3 Connect a standard VGA monitor PS2 keyboard and an AC power cord to the Barracuda Message Archiver Press the Power button on the front panel to turn the unit on 4 Log into the console using admin admin and configure the IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Primary DNS Server and Se condary DNS Server as appropriate for your network Firewall Ports lf the Barracuda Message Archiver is located behind a corporate firewall open the following ports on the firewall to ensure proper operation Port Direction TCP UDP Usage 22 Out Yes No Remote diagnostics and service recommended 1 25 Out Yes No Email and bounces 25 inbound may be necessary for some deployments 53 Out Yes Yes Domain Name Service DNS recommended 80 and 443 Out Yes No Virus Policy and Document Definition updates 123 In Out No Yes Network Time Protocol NTP recommended 1 Access via Port 22 is required only if Barracuda Networks Technical Support is reques
400. port i Configuration Guidelines This article is intended as a configuration guideline your deployment will be specific to your environment Any administrative changes should be reviewed with your IT team before proceeding If you are migrating to a newer version of Exchange Server refer to Barracuda Message Archiver and Microsoft Exchange Server Migration SSS Implementation Prerequisites You will need configuration Access to the Exchange environment and the ability to make firewall changes if deemed necessary To use push journaling you must create a dedicated mailbox store Microsoft recommends placing the Exchange Mailbox Store containing the journaling mailbox on a drive that does not hold user mailboxes For more information see the Microsoft Support article Troubleshooting message journaling in Exchange Server 2003 and in Exchange 2000 Server Physical Installation and Console Configuration Physically install the Barracuda Message Archiver using the following steps 1 Fasten the Barracuda Message Archiver to a 19 inch rack or place it in a stable location 2 Connect an Ethernet cable from the network switch to the Ethernet port on the back of the Barracuda Message Archiver 3 Connect a standard VGA monitor PS2 keyboard and an AC power cord to the Barracuda Message Archiver Press the Power button on the front panel to turn the unit on 4 Log into the console using admin admin and configure the IP Address Subne
401. premium journaling refer to the Microsoft technet article Manage Journaling Full support for Exchange integration is available in Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 5 or higher support for Exchange Server 2013 Journaling is available in release 3 1 or higher Mail sources Exchange integration features for Exchange Server 2013 are available in firmware version 3 5 or higher How to Configure Envelope SMTP Journaling for Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Standard Journaling This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 2 and higher and a Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 environment utilizing Standard Journaling also known as mailbox database journaling If your Exchange environment has Premium Journaling capability and you want more granular control over journaling use the set up details in the article How to Configure Envelope SMTP Journaling for Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Premium Journaling Microsoft Exchange allows a Journal recipient to be either a mailbox or c ontact By using a contact with an email address that is part of a non existent domain you can create a send connector that uses SMTP to deliver journaled mail to the Barracuda Message Archiver Use the steps in this article to configure Envelope Journaling In this article e Step 1 Register Each Exchange Server as a Trusted SMTP Server e Step 2 Create a Remote Domain From the Exchange Management PowerShell e Step 3 Creat
402. protection the GroupWise admin must have enabled the Message Retention flag feature on their GroupWise Server see the Novell website Once the issue on the GroupWise Server is resolved and the Barracuda Message Archiver is able to collect all mail from within a user mailbox the end user is again able to empty their trash folder Retention Time For GroupWise retention time the Barracuda Message Archiver sets the digest retention time the modified retention time is not used or changed However GroupWise references the modified retention time to determine if a user is allowed to empty their trash If a system administrator has manually set the modified retention time or this value has been populated by a utility or application the user may be unable to empty their trash until the modified retention time value is cleared for the mailbox Additional GroupWise Troubleshooting Resources For additional information about troubleshooting issues with GroupWise Server mail boxes the following Novell documentation may be useful e fthere is an issue retrieving mail from a particular GroupWise Server user mailbox or mail folder you can use the Novell utility GWCHEC K which examines user mailboxes and mail folders identifies issues and suggests repair options For details refer to the Novell article G WCheck Problems For details on fixing GroupWise mailbox system folders refer to the Novell support article How to fix GroupWise mailbox sys
403. pst _ byHg RTw pest Copy of mapi_1213126487_394T conf pst mapi_1214334467_4365 conf pst mapi_1213126487_394T conf pst Trying to get a 1gigger_az203 pst has_becs_vtkn pst amoran_1 pst bjorn01 pst A Couple of Spaces pst boma 415701 pst A few selected folders mPv3 pst Start Time 2011 12 12 15 07 06 2011 12 12 15 06 32 2011 12 12 15 05 52 2011 12 12 15 05 23 2011 12 12 15 04 49 2011 12 12 15 04 20 2011 12 12 15 03 49 2011 12 12 15 03 14 2011 12 12 15 02 37 2011 12 12 15 02 00 2011 12 05 18 43 11 2011 12 01 18 59 43 2011 12 01 18 56 11 2011 12 01 18 55 40 2011 12 01 18 55 06 2011 12 01 18 54 37 2011 12 01 18 54 05 End Time 2011 12 12 15 07 20 2011 12 12 15 06 47 2011 12 12 15 06 12 2011 12 12 15 05 33 2011 12 12 15 05 02 2011 12 12 15 04 30 2011 12 12 15 04 01 2011 12 12 15 03 29 2011 12 12 15 02 55 2011 12 12 15 02 18 2011 12 05 16 49 16 2011 12 01 16 59 54 2011 12 01 18 56 21 2011 12 01 16 55 50 2011 12 01 16 55 16 2011 12 01 18 54 47 2011 12 01 18 54 15 Status Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Completed Update Help Actions View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report Delete View Log Report
404. ption appears to be the third party software As a result we recommend that you back up your data before importing an NSF file through the NSF Importer tool Import Options Message Import When using the NSF Import Utility or NsfDump exe command there is a 2048MB limit on file import You can import a single NSF file using the NSF Import Utility or use the NsfDump exe file for batch file automation i On the system running IBM Notes copy all of the NSF files you wish to import to a single directory Barracuda Message Archiver NSF Import Utility Use the following steps to import a single NSF file using the Barracuda Message Archiver NSF Import Utility 1 Log into the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface and go to the USERS gt Client Downloads page 2 In the Lotus Notes section download and install the NSF Import Utility on a Microsoft Windows based system on which IBM Notes is installed 3 From the Start menu launch the Barracuda Message Archiver NSF Import Utility and follow the instructions to import an NSF file NsfDump exe Command Use the following steps to automate the import of multiple IBM Notes NSF files 1 Log into the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface and go to the USERS gt Client Downloads page 2 In the Lotus Notes section download and install the NSF Import Utility to a Microsoft Windows based system on which IBM Notes is installed 3 From a command prompt run the NsfDump exe command using your
405. ptions e Report Properties The built in reports on the Barracuda Message Archiver provide statistics on various operational legal and storage aspects Default reports include message archive growth policy violations archive traffic and cost analysis and projected archive storage growth On the BASIC gt Reports page you can generate the following reports e Email Activity Report View Barracuda Message Archiver email activity by user e Top Storage Users Report View Barracuda Message Archiver storage usage by user e Policy Violations Report View Barracuda Message Archiver email policy violations by user e Global Searches Report View the top Barracuda Message Archiver global searches by user e Usage Report available in release 3 2 and higher Generate an overview of Barracuda Message Archiver cost analysis and projected archive storage growth Email Activity Report This report displays the total number of emails by user for the specified date range The report displays a list of all users and their email count as well as a graphical representation based on the Chart Type selection in the Report Properties section Top Storage Users Report This report displays a list of top storage users and the total storage each user has used on the Barracuda Message Archiver Specify the maximum number of users you wish to display in the report by entering a value in the Top Count field in the Report Properties section When the report is gene
406. ptions for more information Saved Searches and Litigation Holds Auditor This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher In this article e Saved Searches e Litigation Holds Related Articles e Auditor Role e User Accounts Roles e Accounts Roles amp Email Aliases Saved Searches Once you have designed a search from the Advanced Search page that locates the desired messages you can save and name the search for re execution at a later time A list of all such Saved Searches and their definitions are available on the POLICY gt Alerts page and each one can be performed from that page as well as the Advanced Search page Any changes to a Saved Search must be done from the Advanced Search page by running the Search in question making the desired changes and saving the new criteria Use a new name to create a new Saved Search or use the existing name to overwrite the previous set of search criteria To receive an alert via email when a message that fits the parameters of a Saved Search is received by the Barracuda Message Archiver Policy Alerts are required Litigation Holds You can create Litigation Holds to prevent messages that meet the criteria for a specific Saved Search from being removed from the Barracuda Message Archiver The system administrator must first Enable Litigation Holds on the POLICY gt Retention page before an auditor can create Litigation Holds from the Saved Searches tab
407. r Any message that is unstubbed by the user remains so until it is re stubbed by that user or after 30 days it is not re stubbed by either an immediate or nightly stubbing process during this time Restoring Stubbed Content to Microsoft Exchange Firmware Version This feature is available only in the Barracuda message Archiver Outlook Add In version 3 2 30 and higher To restore stubbed content to your Microsoft Exchange Server click the Restore E Pi BES icon in the Outlook toolbar When clicked the selected stub content is restored to the Exchange Server and persists on the Server for 30 days How to Retrieve Stubbed Messages in Shared Mailboxes This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher and the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In version 3 1 or higher and Microsoft Outlook 2003 2007 or 2010 In this Article e Enable Scripting Organization Wide Recommended e Enable Scripts on User Systems e Enable Scripts in Microsoft Outlook 2003 e Enable Scripts in Microsoft Outlook 2007 e Enable Scripts in Microsoft Outlook 2010 Related Articles e Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In Deployment Configuration Guidelines This article is intended as a configuration guideline your deployment will be specific to your environment Any administrative changes should be reviewed with your IT team before proceeding Use the steps described in this article if Outlook users are
408. r date from the USERS gt Local Accounts page but only the last assigned Role is active Add Users Use the following steps to create a new user account l 2 3 Go to the USERS gt User Add Update page Enter the user s email address and specify whether to use the email address as the account name Click Populate to retrieve all aliases associated with the LDAP for the entered email address note that you must configure an LDAP server on the USERS gt Directory Services page to use this feature Enter the account password and select the user role for the account If you select the user role Auditor enter the following additional details e Enter a domain for which the auditor can view messages and other Outlook items and click Add Any messages that includes an email address in the listed domains in either the From To or CC Bcc areas or any items that belong to a user in the specified domains display in search results To allow the auditor to view all items from all domains leave this field blank e In the Saved Search drop down menu select a defined Saved Search to automatically apply to all searches performed by this auditor Note that the parameters in the Saved Search take precedence over any domain limitations that may be specified above as well as over any attempts by the auditor to Search As any other account Edit Users Use the following steps to modify user settings 1 2 Go to the USERS gt Local Ac
409. r stubbing and Microsoft Exchange imports initiated via the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface there is a 100MB limit on file import Before Getting Started Read this entire section before proceeding with configuration Important Journaling Options Journaled mail can be sent to the Message Archiver via SMTP or push journaling or journaled mail can remain in the journal mailbox and retrieved via POP3 IMAP or pull journaling If you are unable to create an additional mail store use POPS or IMAP to pull mail content to the Barracuda Message Archiver contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support A Important To use push journaling you must create a dedicated mailbox store for the envelope journaling mailbox otherwise mail arriving in the mailbox results in unwanted mail loops Microsoft recommends placing the Exchange Mailbox Store containing the journaling mailbox on a drive that does not hold user mailboxes For more information see the Microsoft Tech net article Troubleshooting message journaling in Exchange Server 2003 and in Exchange 2000 Server FAAS Important Exchange cannot fully journal the following e Posts to public folders Journaling cannot be enabled on public folder stores e Expansion of external distribution lists While actual message content sent to or from internal and external distribution lists can be journaled only an internal distribution list can be fully expanded and included in the envelope jour
410. r to which to copy the selected item s Use Ctrl or Shift click to select and copy multiple messages in the returned search window to a folder Select from your existing folders or create a new folder for the selected item s i Important If the Outlook window is hidden or in the background you may need to click on the Windows taskbar and bring Outlook to the foreground to complete this action Archiving Messages The Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add in tool includes an option to immediately archive a selected item s to the Barracuda Message Archiver Additionally if the Automatically stub attachments when archiving option is turned on and you click the Archive Attachments ni Archive Data icon e Acopy of the complete selected item s is stored on the Barracuda Message Archiver e On your mail server any message attachments that are in the body of an original message s are replaced with references to the archived attachment on the Barracuda Message Archiver This process is known as attachment stubbing and helps to reduce the size of both your personal inbox and mail server storage To archive a message 1 Select the desired item s in Outlook and click the Archive Attachments W Archive Data icon a progress window displays while the item s are archived 2 Once the item s are successfully archived any message attachments display as hyperlinks in the Outlook message preview Click on a hyperlink to view the
411. racuda Message Archiver web interface 2 On the MAIL SOURCES gt Exchange Integration page click Start New Action 3 Select an action for example Email Stubbing and then click Add New Server 4 Enter the Exchange Server details i Exchange Server Details Enter either your mailbox server hostname or your Exchange RPC Endpoint For Exchange Server 2013 you can also use the mailbox ID domain format for example d66ba e2g8 48fb 9300 f64d01c52f2b company com Important This format is required for hosted Exchange 2013 providers For more information refer to the Microsoft TechNet article What s New in Exchange 2013 5 Once you have entered the Exchange Server details click Advanced Options 6 Enter the proxy server that is to provide RoH connectivity that is enter the Hostname of the RoH Proxy itself in the Advanced gt Proxy fi eld RoH will be used if available i Hosted Providers If you are connecting to a hosted Exchange provider the configuration provided by your vendor may not include all details necessary for the Barracuda Message Archiver To determine the correct mailbox and ROH proxy servers you can confirm your details using Microsoft s Exchange Connectivity Test site For more information refer to the Troubleshooting section below Exchange Configuration Testing For information on testing your Exchange configuration using tools available from Microsoft refer to the Troubleshooting sectio n below Thes
412. racuda Networks recommends hiding the Journal Contact as well as any mailbox set up for undeliverable journal reports from the Global Address List GAL so that mail is not sent directly to these accounts How to Configure Envelope SMTP Journaling for Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Premium Journaling This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 2 and higher and a Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 en vironment utilizing Premium Journaling with a Journal Rule and Exchange Enterprise Client Access Licenses CALs If your Exchange environment does not support Premium Journaling see the article How to Configure Envelope SMTP Journaling for Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Standard Journaling Microsoft Exchange allows a Journal recipient to be either a mailbox or c ontact By using a contact with an email address that is part of a non existent domain you can create a send connector that uses SMTP to deliver journaled mail to the Barracuda Message Archiver In this article e Step 1 Register Each Exchange Server as a Trusted SMTP Server e Step 2 Create a Remote Domain From the Exchange Management PowerShell Step 3 Create a Recipient Mail Contact Alternate Email Address e Step 4 Create a Send Connector for the Remote Domain e Step 5 Create a Journal Rule Related Articles e Understanding SMTP Forwarding and Trusted Servers i Full support for Exchange integration is available in Ba
413. ram s name and an idea of what it does Copyright C yyyy name of author This program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 of the License or at your option any later version This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 59 Temple Place Suite 330 Boston MA 02111 1307 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail If the program is interactive make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode Gnomovision version 69 Copyright C 19yy name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY for details type show w This is free software and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions type show c for details The hypothetical commands show w and show c should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License Of course the commands you use may be called something other than show w and show c they could even be mouse clicks or menu items whatever suits your program You s
414. rated the report displays a list of the top storage users based on the value in the Top Count field the total storage used by each and a graphical representation of usage based on your Chart Type selection in the Report Properties section on the BASIC gt Reports pa ge Policy Violations Report This report displays a list of policies and the number of times that a policy was violated within the specified date range This report includes custom policies and all built in policies when enabled on the POLICY gt Alerts page When the report is generated the report displays the number of times the policies were violated within the selected date range Additionally a graph displays the data based on your Chart Type selec tion in the Report Properties section on the BASIC gt Reports page Global Searches Report This report displays a list of all global searches performed within the specified date range by users with the admin or auditor role This report includes the global search criteria the user who performed the search and the number of times the global search was performed Additionally a graph displays the number of times each global search was performed based on your Chart Type selection in the Report Properties section on the BASIC gt Reports page Usage Report Available only in Release 3 2 and Higher This report displays a comprehensive report of archiving activity cost savings and projected storage growth based on U S dollars
415. rch or use the existing name to overwrite the previous set of search criteria To receive an alert via email when a message that fits the parameters of a Saved Search is received by the Barracuda Message Archiver Policy Alerts are required i You can define a retention policy based on a Saved Search Setting Up a Saved Search Log into the Barracuda Message Archiver Go to the BASIC gt Search page and in the Standard tab click Advanced Enter the desired search criteria and click Save Search Enter the Search Name and click OK Click the Saved Searches tab in this page you can e Click Search in the Actions column for a Saved Search to immediately run the search e Click Delete to remove a Saved Search e Click Apply Remove Litigation Hold to apply or remove a litigation hold for the Saved Search aorWN Setting Up a Saved Search Retention Policy 1 Go to the POLICY gt Retention page and enter the Saved Search Retention Policy details e Enter a name for the policy you are creating in the policy Name field e In the Saved Search field select the name of the saved search to use for this retention policy e Inthe Policy Length field enter the number of days to retain archived messages that match the Saved Search criteria 2 Click Add lf a message matches more than one Saved Search based policy then the message is kept according to the longest policy length If it matches a Saved Search based policy as we
416. rchiver database template is based on the standard mail archive template and requires only a few changes to allow access via IMAP There are two changes the addition of folders expected by IMAP and the addition of logic to copy all messages to the Inbox folder which IMAP reads In this article e Procedure e Step 1 Load the Journal Application into IBM Domino Designer e Step 2 Create Agent e Step 3 Update the Mail File Value e Step 4 Set Privileges e Test Your Settings Related Articles e How to Import IBM Notes NSF Files Additional Resource e Barracuda Networks Knowledgebase Solution 00006095 i IBM Notes 9 Social Edition In IBM Notes 9 the toolbar does not display by default except in edit mode Use the following steps to toggle the toolbar so that you can access the Barracuda Message Archiver from the toolbar 1 Open the IBM Notes Inbox 2 From the View menu point to Toolbar and click Show Toolbars Only When Editing to toggle the option off The toolbar now displays in all modes For additional information refer to the infolib IBM Notes 9 0 Help content i Important Notes e Because the IBM Domino attachment and object service DAOS stores file attachments in a separate repository on the server that are retrieved by reference before working with the NSF Import Utility first restore these attachment objects to the customer mailbox e The maximum size email that can be retrieved by the Barracuda Message Ar
417. re existing PST files from any directory on a Microsoft Windows based system minimizing the number of manual imports necessary to ensure that all emails are discoverable and included in the archive The Barracuda PST Collector is available for Microsoft Windows based systems only Additional Resources For deployment options refer to Barracuda PST Collector Barracuda Message Archiver Standalone Search Utility The Stand Alone Search Utility provides access to the search features of the Barracuda Message Archiver for Mac OS X and Microsoft Windows users This utility allows users to search through their own archived messages directly from their desktop without needing to log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface and perform such actions as forwarding or replying to the located messages Additional Resources For installation configuration and deployment details refer to Barracuda Message Archiver Stand Alone Search Utility Windows Deployment or log in to your Barracuda Message Archiver go to the USERS gt Client Downloads page and click Help Deployment Options The selected deployment mode is usually dependent on the email server configuration that currently exists at your site as well as the number of domains that are to be archived In this Section e Microsoft Exchange Server Deployment e High Availability Deployment e CommuniGate Pro E Mail Server Deployment e Google Apps Deployment e Barracuda Cloud Relay Ser
418. release 3 1 or higher and describes how to configure the Barracuda PST Collector Client using the Administrative template ADM and deploying through custom means e g System Center Configuration Manager SCCM For additional deployment options refer to the Barracuda PST Collector Deployment Options In this article e Enable PST Collection on the Barracuda Message Archiver e Install the Barracuda PST Collector Server e Configure the Barracuda PST Collector Client e Create the PST Collector Software Distribution Package e Verify Barracuda PST Collector Client Installation e Monitor and Verify PST Collection e Assigned and Unassigned PSTs e Manually Assigning a PST e Verify Import of all Transferred PST Files e Generate and Save a PST Collection Activity Report e Uninstall the Barracuda PST Collector i Important All new installations require some initial synchronization tasks to be performed between the Microsoft Exchange Server and the Barracuda Message Archiver These tasks including the direct import of messages stubbing and folder synchronization can take a fair amount of time to complete The Barracuda Message Archiver prioritizes these tasks over processing collected PST files Therefore to reduce network traffic as well as potential load on the Barracuda Message Archiver and to ensure that even the newest PST files are imported it is highly recommended that PST collection begin after all such initial integration tasks
419. removed from the Barracuda Message Archiver when the age of the message exceeds the specified Saved Search policy length If you define multiple Saved Search retention policies if the age of any message exceeds the maximum age allowed by all Saved Search retention policies that apply to the message that message is permanently deleted form the Barracuda Message Archiver Because a Saved Search retention policy overrides the Global retention policy Saved Search retention policies are useful when you want to create exceptions to a global retention policy Automating Message Purging To run Saved Search retention policies against archived messages go to the POLICY gt Retention page and turn on Allow automatic message deletion Once enabled the Saved Search policies are run against archived messages on a weekly basis each weekend Setting Up a Saved Search Retention Policy Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver go to the BASIC gt Search page and in the Standard tab click Advanced Enter the search criteria and click Save Search Enter the Search Name and click OK Go to the POLICY gt Retention page and enter the Saved Search Retention Policy details e Inthe policy Name field enter a name for the policy you are creating e In the Saved Search field select the name of the saved search on which this retention policy is to be based e Inthe Policy Length Days field enter the number of days to retain archived messages that ma
420. rify all of the appropriate Exchange Servers are listed click add to add additional servers Select a Server Windows Internet Explorer B Es NAME a SITE ROLE VERSION WILEXCH2013 wil local Configuration Sites D Mailbox ClientAccess Version 15 0 Buil l selected of l total add gt 4l Click ok In the Source server page the selected servers display ffs Send Connector Windows Internet Explorer new send connector A send connector sends mail from a list of servers with transport roles or Edge Subscriptions Leam more Source server Associate this connector with the following servers containing transport roles You can also add Edge Subscriptions to this list SERVER a SITE ROLE WILEXCH2013 willocal Configuration Sites Default First Site Name Mailbox Clie 4m Click finish The new send connector displays as enabled in the send connectors list Enterprise Office 365 Exchange admin center recipients rules delivery reports accepted domains email address policies send connectors permussions pene 7 Ge ALLALI compliance management NAME a STATUS rranizati BMA Journal Contact Send Con Enabled MA Organization B ft 3 Connector protection Last modified mail flow 3 1 2013 9 06 50 Connector status mobile Disable Logging Off public folders On unified messaging I Koverremwerinn sderec_ oe l selected of total 2 4 4n Click the Ed
421. rior written consent of Barracuda Networks Customer shall implement reasonable security measures to protect and maintain the confidentiality of such trade secrets and copyrighted material Title to Energize Update Software and documentation shall remain solely with Barracuda Networks Indemnity Customer agrees to indemnify hold harmless and defend Barracuda Networks and its affiliates subsidiaries officers directors employees and agents at Customers expense against any and all third party claims actions proceedings and suits and all related liabilities damages settlements penalties fines costs and expenses including without limitation reasonable attorneys fees and other dispute resolution expenses incurred by Barracuda Networks arising out of or relating to Customers a violation or breach of any term of this Agreement or any policy or guidelines referenced herein or b use or misuse of the Barracuda Networks Energize Update Software Term and Termination This License is effective upon date of delivery to Customer of the initial Energize Update Software but in case of resale by a Barracuda Networks distributor or reseller commencing not more than sixty 60 days after original Energize Update Software purchase from Barracuda Networks and continues for the period for which Customer has paid the required license fees Customer may terminate this License at any time by notifying Barracuda Networks and ceasing all use of the Energize Upda
422. ript in Folders Allow script in shared folders Allow script in Public Folders 5 Click OK to save your settings Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Applications In This Section e Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application for iPhone iPod Touch and iPad e Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application for Android Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application for iPhone iPod Touch and iPad Requirements In this article Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 5 or higher Barracuda Message Archiver URI from your system administrator Latest iPhone Barracuda Archive Search application available for download from iTunes https itunes apple com us app b arracuda archive search id684270246 iPhone iPod Touch or iPad running iOS 4 3 or later Email address archived by your organization s Barracuda Message Archiver Barracuda Message Archiver HTTPS port number e Configuration e Searching for Archived Messages e Advanced Search Settings e Message Results e Replying to and Forwarding Archived Messages Related Articles e Install Configure the Outlook Add In i Secure Connectivity The Barracuda Message Archiver Companion mobile application requires secure HTTPS connectivity to the Barracuda Message Archiver If an insecure HTTP connection is attempted the mobile application is redirected to use https with the configured secure port For existing mobile application users if your URI was originally set up
423. ripts in Microsoft Outlook 2007 Use the following steps to enable scripts in shared and public folders in Outlook 2007 1 Log in to Microsoft Outlook 2007 2 On the Tools menu click Trust Center 3 In the Navigation Pane click E mail Security 4 In the Script in Folders section select Allow script in shared folders and Allow script in Public Folders Trusted Publishers Encrypted e mail Privacy Options fz Encrypt contents and attachments for outgoing messages Add digital signature to outgoing messages Send clear text signed message when sending signed messages Request S MIME receipt for all SMIME signed messages Automatic Download r meaa otsen Sd Macro Settings Attachment Handling Digital IDs Certificates Programmatic Access Digital IDs or Certificates are documents that allow you to prove your identity in electronic transactions Publish to GAL Import Export Get a Digital ID Read as Plain Text Read all standard mail in plain text F Read all digitally signed mail in plain text Script in Folders Allow script in shared folders Allow script in Public Folders 5 Click OK to save your settings Enable Scripts in Microsoft Outlook 2010 Use the following steps to enable scripts in shared and public folders in Outlook 2010 Log in to Microsoft Outlook 2010 On the File menu click Options In the Navigation Pane click Trust Center and then click Trust Center Settings In the Navigation Pane
424. rofile If a message displays asking if you want to create a profile without any email account click Cancel How to Launch Barracuda Message Archiver from Microsoft Outlook Web Access This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 2 or higher Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 or 2010 and Microsoft Outlook Web Access OWA Additional Resources e Outlook Web App User Customization for Exchange 2007 e Outlook Web App User Customization for Exchange 2010 Requirements You must have the following privileges to complete these steps e Administrative privileges to your Microsoft Exchange Server e Barracuda Message Archiver login credentials Note that single sign on SSO for OWA is not available at this time Use the following steps to add the Barracuda icon to the Microsoft OWA navigation bar 1 Go to the Barracuda secure server and download the Barracuda icon to your Exchange Server The zip file contains the following icons e LargeCuda gif arge Barracuda icon 24x24 pixels e SmalliCuda gif small Barracuda icon 16x16 pixels 2 Unzip the files to the following directory based on your Exchange Server version a Exchange 2010 C Program Files Microsoft Exchange Server V14 ClientAccess Owa forms Customization b Exchange 2007 C Program Files Microsoft Exchange Server ClientAccess Owa forms Customization 3 On your Exchange Server browse to the Customizations folder where the icons are saved Loca
425. ronic transactions Publish to GAL Import Export Get a Digital ID Read as Plain Text Read all standard mail in plain text F Read all digitally signed mail in plain text Script in Folders Allow script in shared folders Allow script in Public Folders 5 Click OK to save your settings Enable Scripts in Microsoft Outlook 2010 Use the following steps to enable scripts in shared and public folders in Outlook 2010 Log into Microsoft Outlook 2010 On the File menu click Options In the Navigation Pane click Trust Center and then click Trust Center Settings In the Navigation Pane click E mail Security and in the Script in Folders section turn on Allow script in shared folders and Allow script in Public Folders pe Ge oa Trusted Publishers Privacy Options Attachment Handling Encrypted e mail 9 El Encrypt contents and attachments for outgoing messages El Add digital signature to outgoing messages Send clear text signed message when sending signed messages E Request S MIME receipt for all SMIME signed messages Automatic Download Default Setting Settings Macro Settings Digital IDs Certificates Programmatic Access Digital IDs or Certificates are documents that allow you to prove your identity in electronic transactions Publish ta GAL Import Export Get a Digital ID Read as Plain Text O Read all standard mail in plain text Read all digitally signed mail in plain text Sc
426. rracuda Networks Technical Support if you are unsure of the exact syntax The phrase can only contain a single item However that one item can be any one of the following e a single Text based string e a single Integer number based string e a single Wildcarded string e a single Domain based string for to and from search_field only e a single compound search string created by combining multiple strings with the keywords AND and OR and grouping the phrases with parentheses to control the logic For example to chrislee All messages that have chrislee in the To or Cc fields to patbrown mycompany com All messages containing patorown mycompany com anywhere in the To field subject Barracuda Message Archiver All messages that contain the exact phrase Barracuda Message Archiver anywhere in the Subject line domain barracuda com OR barracudanetworks com All messages that were sent to or from any user in either the pbarracuda com or barracudanetworks com domain header_barracuda_envelope_rcpt_domain sub mycompany com All messages sent to any user in the sub mycompany com domain Proximity Syntax Form firmware release 3 5 or higher only For the keyword proximity syntax form each keyword must be in a single Text based string Enter the keyword proximity syntax as search_field keyword keyword NumericValue where search_field is the part of the email to search through For example subject release Barracuda 4 All
427. rracuda Message Archiver as the administrator and go to the BASIC gt Search page 2 Click the PSTs and Tags tab and open the Unassigned PSTs folder 3 Click on the unassigned PST and drag it to a user name listed in the Assigned PSTs folder To manually assign the PST file to a user not displayed in the Assigned PSTs folder use the following steps 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver as the administrator and go to the BASIC gt Search page 2 Click the PSTs and Tags tab navigate to and right click the PST file to assign and then click Assign PST 3 In the Assign PST dialog box enter at least three characters of the email address to which to assign the PST 4 The Search for User field populates with all matching users click on the user to which to assign the PST file and click OK Verify Import of all Transferred PST Files Use the following steps to confirm that all PST files are correctly transferred to the Barracuda Message Archiver and verify that the contents of each PST file has been extracted and imported into the archive 1 Log into the Barracuda Message Archiver and navigate to the MAIL SOURCES gt PST Import page 2 Inthe Recent PST Imports section verify the status for all listed PST files displays as Completed Recent PST Imports File Name diag pst mapi_1213735783_28349 conf_pst mapi_1215798197_22271 conf pst My Outlook Data File 1 pst Copy of diag pst My Outlook Data File 3 pst
428. rracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 5 or higher support for Exchange Server 2013 Journaling is available in release 3 1 or higher Mail sources Exchange integration features for Exchange Server 2013 are available in firmware version 3 5 or higher i Use the examples included in this article to simplify troubleshooting Note that you can cut and paste the shell commands directly from this article Step 1 Register Each Exchange Server as a Trusted SMTP Server To ensure that archiving begins as soon as your Exchange Servers are configured to send journal copies first register each Exchange Server that is in a Client Access Server CAS role as a Trusted SMTP Server with the Barracuda Message Archiver on the MAIL SOURCES gt SMTP IM page in the web interface 1a Log into the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface and go to the MAIL SOURCES gt SMTP IM page 1b In the Trust SMTP Servers section enter the details for each Exchange Server that is to journal directly to the Barracuda Message Archiver click Add after entering the details for each Exchange Server and then click Save Changes Step 2 Create a Remote Domain From the Exchange Management PowerShell The Remote Domain must NOT be your normal email domain The remote domain must be a non existent and non routable unresolvable domain from either inside or outside your organization such as bma int This domain must be used for the email address of the Mail Contact that is to
429. rt number e Specify whether the connection is secure e Your corporate email address from which messages are archived e Your email password Use the following steps to get started 1 Before you can set up Archived Mail you need your Barracuda Message Archiver URI from your system administrator For example htt ps archiver company com 443 2 Launch Barracuda Archived Mail and tap Settings the Settings page displays SSL Email Password 3 Tap in the Host field and enter your organization s hostname or IP address For example enter archiver company comor 192 168 00 200 4 Tap in the Port field and enter the HTTPS port number For example enter 443 5 In the Email field tap and enter your email address from which to access archived messages For example enter myname company com 6 Tap in the Password field and enter your password for the specified email address Confirm your settings and tap Save 8 The Settings saved dialog displays click Ok N Searching for Archived Messages Once configuration is complete you can begin searching your archived emails The Barracuda Message Archiver administrator can associate an LDAP user or group to a role and list of email addresses in the USER S gt LDAP User Add Update page If addresses are excluded and a configured user runs a search through the Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application the following whitelist blacklist rules apply e lf an address
430. rted section for complete installation and setup instructions or use the Barracuda Message Archiver Quick Start Guide inclu ded with your Barracuda Message Archiver Step 2 Deployment Options Hosted Email Service If you do not have Email Servers and are using a hosted email service please contact your Barracuda Networks Sales Engineer for deployment options Mail archival configuration is based on the Email Servers in your environment Once you set up your Barracuda Message Archiver determine the deployment that best suits your environment Once you complete your deployment configuration mail begins forwarding to the Barracuda Message Archiver Log in to the web interface as the administrator and go to the BASIC gt Status page Processed mail displays in the Message Statistics table Step 3 Add Users The Barracuda Message Archiver supports four user roles e User The user can view and search content associated with their own mailbox and any shared mailboxes e Auditor The auditor can view all items from any user create and activate policies Note that the auditor role can be restricted to specific domains by the Admin role e IT Admin The T admin can make system and network configuration changes only e Admin The admin can view all items from any user create and activate policies and make system and network changes You set up users on the USERS gt User Add Update page To retrieve a list of User Aliases fr
431. rticle refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher and Microsoft Office 365 for Midsize Business Enterprise and Live edu deployments Recommended Deployment Barracuda Networks recommends deploying your Barracuda Message Archiver with Office 365 using the Barracuda cloud relay service configuration for Office 365 mail service alternately you can set up IMAP POP3 journaling as described in this article Log in to your Office 365 Management Panel as the Administrator Create a User Mailbox enter the User Mailbox for example type Journal or Archive Mailbox Log in to Office 365 as the newly created user and specify the time zone settings From the Office 365 Management Panel click Settings for POP IMAP and SMTP access A U N Outlook Web App yn out Jou Mail gt Options My Mail Account 3 Organize E Mail My Account Connected Accounts Groups Settings Account Information Journal Shortcuts to other things you can do Phone e General See e mail from all your accounts in one Block or Allow Display name Journal place Windows Live ID journal freemrherb org Mailbox Usage Ae Tell people you re on vacation ia e or AT i i j l ail J 4 02 KB of mailbox space used At 9 57 GB you won t i g how to get Direct Push e mail on be able to send mail mi Contact Numbers Work phone Mobile phone a Forward your e mail A Connect Outlook to this account A Change your passwor
432. s 3d To use a name that is not resolvable by DNS enter the provided hostname and corresponding IP address in the Local Host Map section This creates a local Host to IP mapping for a system in the HA configuration Enter the Host Name and IP Address for the joined Barracuda Message Archiver and click Add Important Any entry added in the Local Host Map section overrides any matches that may be found from a DNS lookup the information is not synchronized with other systems in the HA configuration Step 4 View High Availability Status You can view the number of messages that are waiting to be processed on the selected Barracuda Message Archiver in the BASIC gt Status pag e in the HA Cluster Status section If a system in the HA configuration goes offline the status button in the Clustered Systems table on the ADVANCED gt High Availability page displays red Mouse over the system to view system status Archiving behavior continues as expected on the remaining system in the HA configuration How to Make Changes to an Existing High Availability Cluster This article refers to firmware version 3 5 and higher i Important Firmware release 3 5 and higher synchronizes commonly used configuration settings between appliances in a High Availability HA configuration including saved searches retention policies and litigation holds Before moving to firmware release 3 5 confirm that the saved searches retention policies and litigation hold
433. s B8 shade 47 Registration timestamp 11 18 2011 2 40 PM PST file s discovered 47 5 7G Restart the client system and verify the software installation policy has taken effect The Barracuda PST Collector Client should be installed when you log in with policies as configured on the Barracuda PST Collector Server already in place Group policies can take several minutes to post if a system is not listed and you have used the Group Policy Management Editor to install the Barracuda PST Collector Client run the following command to perform an immediate update gopupdate force Once you run the command restart the client system Refresh the Registered Clients display on the Barracuda PST Collector Server and verify the restarted system is registering correctly Additional information on fixing GPO issues is available from the Microsoft website http technet microsoft com en us library c C 5423 aspx Monitor and Verify PST Collection Use the following steps to monitor and verify PST collection 1 On the system where the Barracuda PST Collector Server is installed open the Admin Console Start gt Programs gt Barracuda gt Mess age Archiver gt PST Collector 2 From the Reports menu click Import Progress Import Progress Discovered PST file s 47 5 70 Completed PST file s 10 38 2M Transferring PST file s O 0K Pending PST file s 35 5 66 Corrupt PST file s 1 265 0K Missing PST file s 1 513 0K
434. s are configured the same on all systems in the HA configuration Additionally before upgrading the clustered appliances to firmware version 3 5 it is imperative that you verify all systems are running the same firmware release Upgrade clustered systems in a parallel time frame so that data from the primary system continues to reach the secondary system Before you perform maintenance upon or break an HA pair contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support to determine the proper workflow for your environment To change the IP address on either appliance in an HA pair 1 Pause any new mail flow to both appliances in the HA pair including journaling SMTP or POP IMAP as well as Exchange import stubbing and data imports such as FolderSync or PIMSync 2 Make the necessary IP address changes on the appliances 3 Resume journaling and any other data flows Configuration Variables In firmware 3 5 and higher many configuration variables automatically synchronize across the cluster For example saved searches retention policies litigation holds configured on one appliance are also available on the other appliance in the HA pair Cluster Variables The following list describes the cluster variables that are not synchronized across an HA pair e GroupWise configuration details e Any Exchange Integration details for example stubbing folder sync etc e Serial number this never changes e Administrator password e Guest password e
435. s mailbox Designate delegated permissione and a Delivery Options forwarding address Specify the mailbox warning and limit sizes Storage Limits and how long to keep deleted tems Cancel Apply Help 6e Click Delivery Options In the Delivery Options dialog box in the Forwarding address section select Delivery Messages to both forwarding address and mailbox and click Forward to Delivery Options I Send on behalf Grant this permission to Add Remove Forwarding address C None Forward to Baracuda Joumal Modify Recipient limits Use default lirit Masinum recipients Cancel Help 6f Click Modify to the right of the Forward to field In the Enter the object name to select box type BMA_Journal and click Check Names Select this object type User or Uther object Object Types From this location Entire Directory Locations Enter the object name to select examples BMA Journal Check Names Advanced OF Cancel A 6g Click OK to close the Delivery Options dialog box In the Exchange General tab click Storage Limits In the Storage limits section deselect Use mailbox store defaults Storage Limits Ei Storage limits C mailbox store defaults When the mailbox size exceeds the indicated amount F lesue warning at KB Prohibit send at KE Prohibit send and receive at KB Del
436. s to both the Barracuda PST Collector Server and the Barracuda Message Archiver PST files are collected from the user s hard drives not network shares or connected devices such as USB drives If you want to collect PST files stored on network shares the Client must be deployed upon the servers hosting your network shares and on any external systems from which you want to add content To import PST files from an external system such as a remote user s laptop connected via VPN or other machines with only intermittent network access PST collection happens only when connectivity to the other systems is available If connectivity is interrupted the collection begins anew and does not resume in place e Barracuda Message Archiver The Barracuda Message Archiver server receives and process the imported PST files and adds their contents to the archive To create the most comprehensive archive possible Barracuda Networks recommends that you perform one time PST collection using the Barracuda PST Collector to gather and import all historical emails saved in PST files into the Barracuda Message Archiver Once PST collection is complete the Barracuda PST Collector can be safely deactivated and uninstalled Configuration amp Deployment Options The following table describes the available configuration and deployment options Configuration Option Associated Deployment Option 1 Administrative template ADM with Group Policy GPO r Configure the B
437. s to the internal data partition via CIFS To do so 1 Log into the Barracuda Message Archiver as the administrator and go to the ADVANCED gt Backup page 2 In the Backup of Archives section set Back Up Archives via SMB to Yes to allow access to the message store as an SMB share 3 Set a workgroup name and password to connect to the SMB share note that the SMB share username is always smb 4 Click Save to save your settings On the external backup solution connect to the Barracuda Message Archiver using SMB and back up your data The Barracuda Message Archiver shares are published as lt IP gt BMA SMB lt sharenumber gt To back up the Barracuda Message Archiver using Barracuda Backup Firmware Version 5 1 or Higher The following steps refer to Barracuda Backup firmware version 5 1 or higher 1 Log in to Barracuda Backup as the Administrator and go to the BACKUP gt Sources page Click Add Computer In the Add Computer page enter a computer description and enter the IP address or fully qualified domain name in the Computer Name field From the Computer Type drop down menu select Microsoft Windows 4 Set Enable File Share Backups type smb as the Username and enter the password you set up on the ADVANCED gt Backup page in CO N OA the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface Click Test Credentials to verify access to the file share Click Save at the top of the page Inthe Add Data
438. sa22 45 00 94 8 2 nedds lt eoeR oa ad ea be eS 695 44 BON 886 Pewee Oo eae Beh Ook s 253 11 0 WOON ate Seis eal bc ceed Bowe ede ooh ae E eee ake Phe Bae a eee See Ge Se ee Sa Beets Sano 253 FO Wl WISWING tr CHONMANGCE lt SlAUISUCS 22S iictssensescet syste teste ihe Bee anh eect arial etd Age ws Neder A E E eden dh A E Aden wate 254 11052 Seng UD AICNS sandpaper oatiansae taeda ed Pack eee ae ate aaa Suda eater N pamatnate aaa d 255 1210 3 VIEWING VSICMT TASKS saumenks maw a eents ce tak ae Meee ee ee he ek eee ek ee Oe ee aoe ee ee ee 256 1 10 4 Understanding the Front Panel Indicator Lights 0 2c c cc eas 256 1210 5 REDONS si ecesemerre ened od eee ee hate es ced Re bee oe eRe PSA eee eee Ree Phe eee hee a 257 1 10 5 1 Barracuda Message Archiver Usage Report 0 0 enes 258 Det We hel R SP AIIG Ce mer aaa cus eae td Se ch cet caa bea anes he erent hh Re a caesar r Skea ee eae uae Ganson Sian nad att cine canes ene Sale eter et 259 Tele COMiNQUrallOn BACKUDS aii 2 0 49 Wha oka a E E a hone ee bee ate tie ote oi ieb respuesta erat Cb Ad 259 1 11 2 Updating Your Firmware and Definitions 0 eae 260 t112 meplacingva FdlledSYSlEM seivenseene bees SRR e Shige deVeer doe eb hohe it eee eh the Poet ee oe ees 260 1 11 4 Reloading Restarting and Shutting Down the System 1 eee 261 TATS TROUDIGSHOOUNG sees ae ied oh dae MS OSs rawe he eRe EDs Rtwad Ate dete ts 2 rest Ake eae 261 1 11 6 How to Reboot the
439. sage Archiver Outlook Addin allows users to perform various functions with messages that are stored on your organization s Barracuda Message Archiver including e Synchronization of your archived folders with Outlook e Search for archived messages and other Microsoft Outlook data such as Contacts e View and interact with forward reply to etc all of your archived Outlook items e Access stubbed attachments e Archive messages These functions are available directly from within Outlook allowing transparent access to your messages and attachments all with no browser interaction required All that is needed is a network connection to your organization s mail server and to the Barracuda Message Archiver i Additional Resources e For deployment options refer to Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In Deployment e For installation and configuration refer to Installing and Configuring the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In e For details on searching and archiving messages refer to How to Search and Archive Messages Using the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In Barracuda PST Collector Automated PST collection enables organizations to seamlessly meet litigation support and regulatory compliance requirements by simplifying the import of PSTs into the Barracuda Message Archiver While the contents of individual PST files can be imported manually at any time the Barracuda PST Collector automates the gathering and importing of p
440. sages Click on Tools located at the top of the message list and select the desired action A pop up dialog prompts you for the email addresses of those users that are to receive the selected messages use semi colons to separate multiple email addresses e Forward Selected Each message selected in the Message List is individually forwarded re delivered to the specified email address When this option is selected a pop up prompts you for the desired forwarding email address Use commas to separate multiple delivery destinations e Forward All All messages currently in the Message List are individually forwarded re delivered to the specified email address When this option is selected a pop up prompts you for the desired forwarding email address Use commas to separate multiple delivery destinations Tag Messages Tag messages to easily identify any messages for future use Tags can be any text and can be accessed only by the account that created them To tag one or more messages execute a search in the BASIC gt Search page and select the desired item s from the message list using Shift or Ctrl click to select multiple messages Click PSTs amp Tags click on Tools located at the top of the message list and select the desired Tag action A pop up dialog prompts you for the tag text Tags can then be used as search criteria allowing you to easily retrieve these messages at a later time e Tag Selected Only the messages that h
441. sages Tag messages to easily identify any messages for future use Tags can be any text and can be accessed only by the account that created them To tag one or more messages execute a search in the BASIC gt Search page and select the desired item s from the message list using Shift or Ctrl click to select multiple messages Click PSTs amp Tags click on Tools located at the top of the message list and select the desired Tag action A pop up dialog prompts you for the tag text Tags can then be used as search criteria allowing you to easily retrieve these messages at a later time Understanding Email Aliases This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher In this article e Group Membership e Alias Linking e To list aliases for a new account e To list aliases for an existing account e Discovery Option for Alias Based Search Group Membership Archived messages that are sent to a mailing group are visible in the personal message archive for every member of that group For example if c smith company com patjones company com and bdavis company com are all members of sales company com then any message that is sent to sales company com is available in the archives of all three users To enable this ability you must be using an Active Directory or LDAP server and the lists must reside on those servers Alias Linking LDAP users often have one primary email address that is their user account name al
442. se items organi zed by the specified user s are searched Enter user names or email addresses or click From to select users from an address book Attendees Appointment recipient s Only those items that were sent to the specified user s are searched Enter user names or email addresses or click From to select users from an address book Date Date restrictions on the item Search through only those appointments that were scheduled after and or before the specified date s Contacts Email Message recipient s Only those messages sent to or copied to the specified user s are searched Enter user names or email addresses or click Email to select users from an address book Messages From Sent To Date Tasks Status Due Message sender s Only those messages that were sent from the specified user s are searched You can enter user names or email addresses or click From to select users from an address book Message recipient s Only those messages that were sent to or copied to the specified user s are searched Enter user names or email addresses or click Sent To to select users from an address book Date restrictions on the item Only those messages that were sent for after and or bef ore the specified date s are included in the search Only tasks matching the selected status are searched for the specified text Date restrictions on the tasks Only those tasks due after and or before the specified date s are
443. se modify or adapt the Energize Update Software or create derivative works based upon the Energize Update Software or to permit third parties to do the same or iii decompile decrypt reverse engineer disassemble or otherwise reduce the Energize Update Software to human readable form to gain access to trade secrets or confidential information in the Energize Update Software Upgrades and Additional Copies For purposes of this Agreement Energize Update Software shall include and the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall apply to any Energize Update upgrades updates bug fixes or modified versions collectively Upgrades or backup copies of the Energize Update Software licensed or provided to Customer by Barracuda Networks or an authorized distributor reseller for which Customer has paid the applicable license fees NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT 1 CUSTOMER HAS NO LICENSE OR RIGHT TO USE ANY SUCH ADDITIONAL COPIES OR UPGRADES UNLESS CUSTOMER AT THE TIME OF ACQUIRING SUCH COPY OR UPGRADE ALREADY HOLDS A VALID LICENSE TO THE ORIGINAL ENERGIZE UPDATE SOFTWARE AND HAS PAID THE APPLICABLE FEE FOR THE UPGRADE 2 USE OF UPGRADES IS LIMITED TO BARRACUDA NETWORKS EQUIPMENT FOR WHICH CUSTOMER IS THE ORIGINAL END USER PURCHASER OR LESSEE OR WHO OTHERWISE HOLDS A VALID LICENSE TO USE THE ENERGIZE UPDATE SOFTWARE WHICH IS BEING UPGRADED AND 3 USE OF ADDITIONAL COPIES IS LIMITED TO BACKUP PURPOSES ONLY Energize
444. se the following steps to apply permissions for the service account to a specific MailStore database rather than all databases 1 Log in to the Exchange Server as the administrator 2 From the Start menu go to Start gt Programs gt Microsoft Exchange Server gt Exchange Management Shell 3 At the command prompt enter the following command and then press Enter Get MailboxDatabase Identity database name Add ADPermission User CUDASVC AccessRights ExtendedRight ExtendedRights Receive As ms Exch Store Admin High Availability Deployment Caution High availability HA is an advanced feature and may not be appropriate for all environments contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support before enabling this feature In this Section e Understanding Barracuda Message Archiver High Availability e How to Prepare Systems for High Availability e How to Join Systems in a High Availability Configuration e How to Make Changes to an Existing High Availability Cluster e How to Update Firmware and Energize Updates e How to Remove or Replace a System Unknown Attachment cluster clustering Understanding Barracuda Message Archiver High Availability This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 and higher The High Availability HA environment is available on the Barracuda Message Archiver model 450 and higher In this article e Barracuda Message Archiver High Availability Overview e Deployment Mo
445. se the following steps to enable SMTP forwarding 1 In the SMTP IM Forwarding Settings section set SMTP IM Forwarding to Yes 2 Inthe Trusted SMTP Servers section enter the IP address of each Microsoft Exchange 2003 Server that is to journal directly to the Barracuda Message Archiver Email Service Account Creation To import historical data from your Exchange Server you can create an email service account For more information refer to the article Creating an Email Service Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Configure Exchange Integration Operations 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface and go to the MAIL SOURCES gt Exchange Integration page 2 Click Start New Action to define the Exchange actions to execute e Email Import Import all email from your Exchange Server into the Barracuda Message Archiver that meets the specified criteria Select to import email for all users or specify import by user name email address last name public folders or a distribution list e Non Email Sync Import only non email Exchange items into the Barracuda Message Archiver from specified accounts including Appointments Contacts Tasks and Notes Email Stubbing Locate messages on your Exchange Server that meet the specified criteria copy the specified parts just attachments or the entire message with or without attachments onto the Barracuda Message Archiver and modify those messages on your Exchange
446. section enter the following details Enable Journal Accounts Select Yes to allow the Barracuda Message Archiver to poll the listed accounts for new messages for archiving Enable Journal Testing When set to Yes all listed accounts are tested for connectivity with each page view Polling Frequency Specify how often to poll each journal account for new messages 2 In the Journal Accounts Configuration section specify the following details for each journal account Status Displays the connection status for each account Server Enter the hostname of the mail server where the account resides Protocol Select whether the account is POP3 or IMAP once you select the protocol the default port number automatically populates the Port field Username Enter the complete journaling email address you defined in the section Configure Account Password The password associated with the username defined in the section Configure Account Encryption Select the type of encryption used to connect to the mail server e TLS if available e TLS e SSL e None Port Select the associated port based on the selected protocol the default value is port 143 for IMA P and port 110 for POP3 Keep Items on Server Select Keep Items on Server to allow the Barracuda Message Archiver to automatically clean up the contents of the journal mailbox after each import When selected prevents the Barracuda Message Archiver from removing t
447. ser regardless of the Send To address on the message Archived Data Backup The Message Store of the Barracuda Message Archiver should be backed up just as you would back up your data on any other data storage device For details refer to the following articles based on your firmware version e Firmware version 3 2 and earlier How to Back Up Your Barracuda Message Archiver e Firmware version 3 5 and higher How to Back Up Your Archived Data Security Best Practices for Securing your Barracuda Message Archiver e Understanding Compliance e How to Create Policy Based Security e How to Define Archived Message Retention Policies Based on Saved Searches e How to Secure Network Access Understanding Compliance This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher The Barracuda Message Archiver provides everything an organization needs to comply with government regulations in an easy to install and administer plug and play hardware solution The Barracuda Message Archiver stores and indexes all email for easy search and retrieval by both regular users and third party auditors Backed by Energize Updates delivered by Barracuda Central the Barracuda Message Archiver receives automatic updates to its extensive library of virus and policy definitions to enable enhanced monitoring of compliance and corporate guidelines as well as document file format updates needed to decode content within email attachments The B
448. shed at Barracuda Networks discretion and shall be furnished on an exchange basis All parts removed for replacement will become the property of the Barracuda Networks In connection with warranty services hereunder Barracuda Networks may at its discretion modify the hardware of the product at no cost to you to improve its reliability or performance The warranty period is not extended if Barracuda Networks repairs or replaces a warranted product or any parts Barracuda Networks may change the availability of limited warranties at its discretion but any changes will not be retroactive INNO EVENT SHALL BARRACUDA NETWORKS LIABILITY EXCEED THE PRICE PAID FOR THE PRODUCT FROM DIRECT INDIRECT SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THE PRODUCT ITS ACCOMPANYING SOFTWARE OR ITS DOCUMENTATION Exclusions and Restrictions This limited warranty does not apply to Barracuda Networks products that are or have been a marked or identified as sample or beta b loaned or provided to you at no cost c sold as is d repaired altered or modified except by Barracuda Networks e not installed operated or maintained in accordance with instructions supplied by Barracuda Networks or f subjected to abnormal physical or electrical stress misuse negligence or to an accident EXCEPT FOR THE ABOVE WARRANTY BARRACUDA NETWORKS MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY EXPRESS IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WITH RESPECT TO BARRACUDA NET
449. sic and Advanced Search This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher In this article e Search Modes e Basic Search e Advanced Search Related Articles e Advanced Search Options e Search Options and Configuration Search Modes The BASIC gt Search page offers two search modes Basic and Advanced e Basic Search Run a search based on a word or phrase across all messages accessible by your account e Advanced Search Run a complex search query based on multiple criteria note that you can save queries for future use To switch between the modes click Basic and Advanced to the right of the search criteria area When you initially go to the BASIC gt Search page all messages accessible by your account display in the message list in the Standard tab Both modes are available to all users who have the ability to search through messages but only the Advanced Search page offers the ability to perform complex queries and create a Saved Search for use in Policy Alerts and Retention Policies i Administrator Action New messages received on the Barracuda Message Archiver may not appear in search results for up to 30 minutes because messages are archived and indexed as they are received If an immediate search is needed across new messages go to the BASIC gt Administration page and click Reload in the System Reload Shutdown section Basic Search Use the Basic Search mode to perform a quick search acro
450. since midnight and total or since last reset e Effective The real combined size of all messages stored on the Barracuda Message Archiver This is the actual size of the messages as they are sent to the Barracuda Message Archiver e On Disk The actual amount of storage used on the Barracuda Message Archiver e Reduction The percentage of storage space saved by the compression mechanisms of the Barracuda Message Archiver Subscription Status Not available to auditors This section displays the current status of your Energize Updates subscription and the optional Instant Replacement andPremium Support subscriptions If the status displays as Warning or Expired please contact your reseller or Barracuda Networks to update your subscription s Cluster Status Not available to auditors The number of messages awaiting processing on this Barracuda Message Archiver and its high availability HA pair if one has been configured from the ADVANCED gt High Availability page Hourly and Daily Statistics The breakdown of message traffic and policy violations for the last 24 hours and last 30 days Setting Up Alerts This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher and the Barracuda Message Archiver model 450 or higher In this article SNMP Alerts e Emailed System Alerts e SNMP Manager e Setting Up SNMP Manager e MIB and REF Files SNMP Alerts The Barracuda Message Archiver 450 and higher o
451. space opecify the address space or spaces to which this connector will route mail f TYPE a DOMAIN COST Scoped send connector 4h In the Address Space page enter the domain that matches the domain for the external email address used to create the journal contact for example bma int see Step 2 S Address Space Webpage Dialog Help add domain Type SMTP Full Qualified Domam Name FQDN Cost O 4i The domain is added to the Address space list fs Send Connector Windows Internet Explorer Help new send connector A send connector routes mail to a specified list of domains These domains can be SMTP address space or a custom type Learn more Address space Specify the address space or spaces to which this connector wall route mail TYPE DOMAIN COST SMTP bma_int l Scoped send connector 4j Click next In the Source server section click the Add icon J Send Connector Windows Internet Explorer new send connector A send connector sends mail from a list of servers with transport roles or Edge Subscriptions Leam more Source server Associate this connector with the following servers containing transport roles You can also add Edge Subscriptions to this list I 4k Verify all of the Exchange Servers that are in the CAS role are listed click add to add additional servers
452. ss all messages The Basic Search interface accepts a word or phrase on which to search and returns all available messages that contain the specified text in either the header or message body This mode is useful when searching for that handful of emails to or from someone on a specific topic or when looking for any message that contains a particular phrase These are one time searches as these cannot be saved for later use Basic Search Term Format All search terms for Basic Search must be in one of the following formats Text based Multi Text Wildcards or Domain based Advanced Search Use the Advanced Search mode to perform complex search queries based on selected attributes Use the following options to build and save search queries e To add additional search parameters Click the plus sign to the left of a search criteria line e To remove a search parameter Click the minus sign to the left of the search parameter you want to remove e To AND or OR search parameters Once you have more than one search criteria line the AND button displays at the end of each search parameter signifies that it will be logically ANDed to the next specified parameter If your next criteria is to be logically ORed click AND to toggle it to OR and vise versa e To save a search query Click Save Search below the search criteria the Save Search box displays Save Search x Search Name OK Cancel
453. ss as Account Name to Yes Click Populate the system retrieves Jake s email aliases and displays them in the User Aliases field Enter Jake s password and from the Role drop down menu select Auditor Leave the Domains field blank to allow Jake access to all items from all domains From the Saved Search drop down menu select Petition Audit and then click Save Changes Jake is added as a user with the auditor role in the Accounts page O O NO Step 4 Notification Alert Policies Additional Resources For more information refer to the article Policy Alerts or log in to your Barracuda Message Archiver go to the POLICY gt Alerts page and click Help You can enable policy alerts to send a notification to the administrator when corporate email is being used inappropriately or for non business matters Each time a message meeting the specified criteria is detected entering the Barracuda Message Archiver an automatic email notification is sent based on the selected Alert Frequency on the POLICY gt Alerts page To set up policy alerts log in to the web interface and on the POLICY gt Alerts page set Enable Built In Policies to Yes and click Sav e Changes Built In Policies include e Personal Info Looks for Personally Identifiable Information inside messages It scans for various formats of Social Security numbers credit card numbers and other types of potentially sensitive information Foul Language Looks for
454. ssages to be archived On the MAIL SOURCES gt SMTP IM page enter the IP addresses of trusted forwarding servers that will be sending messages to be archived Search Options and Configuration In this Section e Understanding Message Basics e Viewing a Message e Understanding Basic and Advanced Search e How to Set Up Saved Searches e Global User Saved Search Filter e Viewing Search Related Activities e Exchange Server 2010 SP1 Shared Mailbox Support e How to Assign and Unassign PST Files Additional Resources e See Tools and Add Ins for additional search options e See Auditor Role for auditor Search and configuration options Related Articles e Installing and Configuring the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In e Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application for iPhone iPod Touch and iPad e Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application for Android e Understanding Email Aliases Understanding Message Basics This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher You can conduct a search on the following aspects of a message e message body content e recipients and senders e attachment type and content e date Searches can only be made over messages that the searcher has read access to so privacy is always preserved Use the Basic Search page for quick one time searches or go to the Advanced Search page for a full array of search options including complex search queries and the ability to s
455. stall a Barracuda Message Archiver Configure the IP Address and Network Settings The Barracuda Message Archiver is assigned a default IP address of 192 168 200 200 To set a new IP address from the administrative console o_o Connect your keyboard and monitor directly to the Barracuda Message Archiver Atthe barracuda login prompt enter admin for the login and admin for the password The User Confirmation Requested window displays the current IP configuration of the Barracuda Message Archiver Using your Tab key select Change and press Enter to change the IP configuration Enter the new IP address netmask and default gateway for your Barracuda Message Archiver Enter the IP address of your primary and secondary DNS servers Click Save to enter your changes and then click Exit to apply the new IP address and network settings to your Barracuda Message Archiver ne O of OW Configure Your Corporate Firewall lf your Barracuda Message Archiver is located behind a corporate firewall refer to the following table for the ports that must be opened on your corporate firewall to allow communication between the Barracuda Message Archiver your email server and the Internet Port Direction Protocol Description 22 Out TCP Remote diagnostics and technical support services 25 optional 1 In Out TCP Email notifications and alerts 53 Out TCP UDP Domain Name Server DNS 80 Out TCP Firmware and Energize updates unless c
456. stubbed When configured to run nightly the process starts between 2am and 3am when the additional system load on the Barracuda Message Archiver least impacts users Policy Based Stubbing The Barracuda Message Archiver only stubs messages that meet your specified criteria which can be any combination of the following e Mailbox Messages in the specified accounts e Age Messages older than the specified number of days e Size Messages larger than the specified size You can configure multiple stubbing policies including all stubbing procedures and their results and statuses listed on the MAIL SOURCES gt Exchange Integration page in the Recent Actions section End User Controls The Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook add in is available to all users of Microsoft Outlook 2003 and higher and retrieves the attachment and places it inline to ensure that email messages and attachments appear as they would prior to Exchange stubbing The add in can also be used to temporarily unstub and re stub specific messages Any message unstubbed via the add in remains so for 30 days after which time it is re stubbed during the next automatic stubbing process Unstubbing Unstubbing a message causes the Barracuda Message Archiver to place the attachment back into the body of the message This is most useful when individual end users are on the road and need immediate access to all attachments in a message even while not directly connected to the mail serve
457. t To allow external access to the Barracuda Message Archiver you must enter an External System Name and Port that are resolvable from outside your organization s internal network These values are used for stubbing operations and Barracuda Message Archiver Add In integration e In the Domain Configuration section enter the domains Note that depending on your environment these may match the FQDN or may be internally registered names External Access Configuration Save Changes Help External Link Protocol HTIP HTTPS The protocol to be used in stubs and other generated URIs that access the Barracuda Message Archiver External System Name An externally resolvable system name FQDN for the Barracuda Message Archiver Example archiver barracuda com External Port The port to include in generated URIs and for connecting to the Barracuda Message Archiver from an external location Domain Configuration Save Changes Help Default Host Name Used in reports and notifications Default Domain The default domain for the system Example mydomain com 3 Click Save Changes once you have completed both of the preceding bullet points 4 In the Local Domains section include all domains from which to accept mail for archive to identify internal and external email Local Domains Save Changes Help Local Domains List of domains and FQDNs whose emails are to be archived on the Barracuda Message Archiver Example emaildomain com g
458. t Auto Mapping This article refers to Barracuda Message Archiver firmware 3 5 and higher and Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 SP1 with shared or delegate mailboxes Shared Mailbox Support Auto Mapping Enabled Shared mailbox support is easily available when auto mapping is enabled Auto Mapping Disabled If you are not using auto mapping you must define attributes in Active Directory AD to enable shared mailbox support as described in the section Shared Mailbox Support Auto Mapping Disabled lf auto mapping is not enabled use the following PowerShell command 1 Log in to the Exchange 2010 Server with an account that is authorized to use PowerShell 2 On the Server go to Start gt All Programs gt Accessories gt Windows PowerShell gt Windows PowerShell 3 Run the following command in Remote PowerShell Add MailboxPermission Shared Mailbox User User AccessRights FullAccess Where Shared Mailbox Is the shared mailbox name and User is the name of the user to which you wish to assign permissions 4 Auto mapping is now enabled Shared Mailbox Support Auto Mapping Disabled The Barracuda Message Archiver determines shared mailbox details through AD look ups The Exchange auto mapping feature Exchange 2010 SP1 and higher automatically populates the required AD attributes If auto mapping is disabled on the Exchange Server the Exchange Administrator can manually populate the needed AD entries Use the following rules when
459. t Mask Default Gateway Primary DNS Server and Se condary DNS Server as appropriate for your network Firewall Ports If the Barracuda Message Archiver is located behind a corporate firewall open the following ports on the firewall to ensure proper operation Port Direction TCP UDP Usage 22 Out Yes No Remote diagnostics and service recommended 25 Out Yes No Email and bounces 25 inbound may be necessary for some deployments 53 Out Yes Yes Domain Name Service DNS recommended 80 and 443 Out Yes No Virus Policy and Document Definition updates 123 In Out No Yes Network Time Protocol NTP recommended 1 Access via Port 22 is required only if Barracuda Networks Technical Support is requested Activation Complete the following steps to activate and configure the Barracuda Message Archiver 1 In the browser address bar enter http followed by the Barracuda Message Archiver IP address followed by the default web interface HTTP Port 8000 For example http 7192 168 200 2003 8000 2 Use the login credentials admin admin 3 In the web interface you will see the activation warning 4 Click on the link to open the Product Activation page fill in the required fields and click Activate The activation process may take up to 15 minutes A confirmation page displays the terms of your subscription and the subscription status displays as Activated on the BASI C gt Status page 5 Go to ADVANCED gt Firmwar
460. t are the entered age or older are stubbed Items smaller than the entered value are not stubbed Synchronize Folders Item Source Advanced Settings Select the target list from which to stub e Distribution List Looks for items that are sent to the individual accounts that receive content sent to the list entered in the associated field e Users Looks for items sent to specified users e All Users All users on the specified Exchange Server e Last Name Any user on the specified Exchange Server whose last name matches the value entered in the associated field e Email Address Any email account that matches the value entered in the associated field Enter an entire email address including the domain name or only a portion to match multiple addresses e Folders Users only If you select the tem Source as Users you can specify from which folders to pull content e Home Server Restrict the action to only items residing on the configured server e Maximum Size KB Enter the maximum acceptable size for an item to be inspected Items larger than the entered size are bypassed Synchronize folder structure from the Exchange Server mailboxes to the Barracuda Message Archiver for searching purposes Important This synchronization assigns emails that the Barracuda Message Archiver has already imported via other means to the folders they inhabit within a user s mailbox at the time the folder synchro
461. t ees SO aS ee eee ea ee Bee Gee hea eS a eG aie eee te 204 1 7 1 1 1 Viewing and Searching Messages Auditor 0 00 cee eens 204 1 7 1 1 2 Saved Searches and Litigation Holds Auditor 2 2 0 0000s 206 Tf 1423 PONCY AlEtIS AUGIION 555 6 anc at ete Wat ete Blea ne eats arc Wace eee ety Side ve EE Ra and Wat Beddoes Ee ek 206 Tailed Message Actions lt AUGION o05 ceatawi ee eee HOSA a A ee Oe a Re SE Oe ARE A ee 207 LAZ Understanding EMAN AlASES 42 233 curt dnt ede court tenia aa wade eda testa ale Dale Ray oor ates ae tent 208 Talo Audit OG FINENDO reana aa Sears moat wes fe dec Ws ate et we wie ee A Sn g Sane ae wie i ee east ee og oS 209 127 A AGGING LDAP WSIS cassis eA Sie fe aire sated Se Seles SS aon he gee he e Rica ty An gio ceed OS aie he a es gee Seite eek alate tad See 210 1 743 EDAP UseriInclde Exclude Rules 4 10204 ts itaees Retest tiers oot oe eee eiroa Wonca dh bees teh ee eee e ee 210 1 8 Message Import Stubbing and Configuration Options n n saaana aaeeea eee eee eee ees 211 455 1 OW OuIMpOM New Messages s 20s 24442 lt c anthaddoh oe 05 dng Risso am di4 da GUN SE pee de eakS Oud ashe 211 138 11 how to Set Up Email Jourmnalng 0a lt caeue caked aed Geek eee ee wt Kee doe PAA REY OO eR R Rae 212 1 8 1 2 How to Archive Microsoft Non Email Items 0 0 00 eee ee eee ees 213 136 1 oO IOW LOS VMCMELONIZeI OIDCNS ossaa a ena oa heres adi E ayaa aioe Wada ane Marea eaae aidleaem atacand 213 1 8 1 4
462. t indefinitely She decides that messages should be retained for 30 days and enters 30 in the Policy Length field 4 Click Save Changes Once the Global Retention Policy is set archived messages are automatically deleted from the Barracuda Message Archiver Step 7 Search Mail Using the Web Interface i Additional Resources All user roles can view and search content associated with their own mailbox and any shared mailboxes For more information refer to the article Search Options and Configuration or log in to your Barracuda Message go to the BASIC gt Search page and click Help There are two search modes on the BASIC gt Search page e Basic Run a search based on a word or phrase across all messages accessible by your account e Advanced Run a complex search query based on multiple criteria note that you can save queries for future use When you initially go to the BASIC gt Search page all messages accessible by your account display in the message list in the Standard tab Use the Basic Search mode to perform a quick search across all of your messages Use Advanced Search mode to perform complex search queries based on selected attributes Use Case Export Messages In this example Uma works in a real estate office She recently closed a sale for property on Hernandez Avenue with M Beckly The procedure in the office is to burn a CD with all correspondence regarding a sale once the sale is complete Uma needs t
463. t is needed is a network connection to your organization s mail server and to the Barracuda Message Archiver Locale The language for the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In options is determined by your Microsoft Office installation locale Supported languages for the Add In include e English e Spanish Continental e French e Japanese e Dutch e Italian e Chinese Installation Barracuda Message Archiver Administrator only As the Barracuda Message Archiver administrator you can install the Outlook Add in in one of two ways e Outlook Add in Deployment Kit Go to the ADVANCED gt Client Downloads page and click Download Now to download the deployment kit which includes all files necessary to perform a GPO deployment of the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In for both 32 and 64 bit versions of Outlook refer to the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In Deployment Guide for more information e Outlook Add In Installer Go to the ADVANCED gt Client Downloads page and click Download Now to download an executable for installing the Add in on a system to enable access to the Barracuda Message Archiver form directly inside either a 32 or 64 bit version of Outlook Configuration Typically the preconfigured Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add in settings do not require any modification However in some instances a Barracuda Message Archiver location configuration screen may display or you may wish to adjust mess
464. t not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written permission For permission or any other legal details please contact Office of Technology Transfer Carnegie Mellon University 5000 Forbes Avenue Pittsburgh PA 15213 3890 412 268 4387 fax 412 268 7395 tech transfer andrew cmu edu Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment This product includes software developed by Computing Services at Carnegie Mellon University http www cmu edu computing CARNEGIE MELLON UNIVERSITY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL CARNEGIE MELLON UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE Barracuda products may include programs that are covered by the Apache License or other Open Source license agreements The Apache license is re printed below for you reference These programs are copyrighted by their authors or other parties and the authors and copyright holders disclaim any warranty for such programs Other programs are copyright by Barracuda Networks Apache License Version 2 0 January 2004 http www apache org licenses TERMS AND CONDITI
465. tact your Barracuda Networks sales representative Update the Barracuda Message Archiver Firmware Use the following steps to update the firmware 1 Go to the ADVANCED gt Firmware Update page and verify the installed version matches the Latest General Release The Download Now button next to Latest General Release is disabled if the Barracuda Message Archiver is up to date with the latest firmware 2 If the installed version does not match Latest General Release read the release notes to learn about the latest features and fixes provided in the new firmware version and click Download Now to begin the download Updating the firmware may take several minutes do not turn off the unit during this process Click the Refresh button next to the firmware download progress to view the download status A Firmware downloaded message displays once the download is complete and the Refresh button is replaced by Apply Now 3 Click Apply Now when the download is complete 4 Click OK when prompted to reboot the Barracuda Message Archiver A Status page displays the progress of the reboot Once the reboot is complete the login page appears Update Definitions To apply the newest definitions provided by Energize Updates 1 Go to the ADVANCED gt Energize Updates page 2 Set Automatic Updates to On The recommended setting is On for all available definitions 3 Verify the current version is the same as the latest general release If the rules ar
466. talled and registered on all clients 1 On the system where the Barracuda PST Collector Server is installed open the Admin Console Start gt Programs gt Barracuda gt Mess age Archiver gt PST Collector 2 From the Reports menu click Registered Clients a window displays a list of all systems currently running a Barracuda PST Collector Client configured to connect to the PST Collection Server Registered Clients ee shade 47 n Registration timestamp 11 18 2011 2 40 PM PST file s discovered 47 5 7G 3 Once the software is installed it displays in the list of registered clients 4 Refresh the Registered Clients display on the Barracuda PST Collector Server and verify the restarted system is registering correctly Monitor and Verify PST Collection Use the following steps to monitor and verify PST collection 1 On the system where the Barracuda PST Collector Server is installed open the Admin Console Start gt Programs gt Barracuda gt Mess age Archiver gt PST Collector 2 From the Reports menu click Import Progress Import Progress Discovered PST file s 47 5 70 Completed PST file s 10 38 2M Transferring PST file s O 0K Pending PST file s 35 5 66 Corrupt PST file s 1 265 0K Missing PST file s 1 513 0K A window displays the number and size of the PST files that e were discovered e have completed transfer to the Barracuda Message Archiver e are in the midst of a transfer e
467. tarted Automatic Local System Se iC Microsoft Exchange Throttling Limits ther Started Automatic Network 5 G Microsoft Exchange Transport The Micros Started Automatic Network 5 G Microsoft Exchange Transport Log Search Provides re Started Automatic Local System a Microsoft Fibre Channel Platform Registration Ser Registers t Manual Local Service Extended A Standard a EE ee 7 Close the Services window Add a Journal Account to the Barracuda Message Archiver Once you configure the Service on your Exchange Server you can add the journal account to the Barracuda Message Archiver to begin retrieving new messages for archiving 1 Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver as the administrator and go to MAIL SOURCES gt Journal Accounts 2 In the Journal Accounts section enter the following details e Enable Journal Accounts Select Yes to allow the Barracuda Message Archiver to poll the listed accounts for new messages for archiving e Enable Journal When set to Yes all listed accounts are tested for connectivity with each page view e Polling Frequency Specify how often to poll each journal account for new messages 3 In the Journal Accounts Configuration section specify the following details for each journal account e Status Displays the connection status for each account e Server Enter the hostname of the mail server where the account resides e Protocol Select whether the
468. tch the Saved Search criteria 5 Click Add AA U N Important lf a message matches more than one Saved Search based policy then the message is kept according to the longest policy length If it matches a Saved Search based policy as well as the global policy then the Saved Search policy takes precedence How to Secure Network Access This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher To secure your Barracuda Message Archiver on your network begin by locking down the user interface ports Barracuda Networks recommends using the non standard port 8000 for internal access to the web interface which is configured on the BASIC gt Administration page From this page you can also further limit access to the web interface by IP address in the Administrator IP Range section If no IP address is specified in this field then all systems are granted access with the correct administrator password You can secure external access to the Barracuda Message Archiver with the Web Interface HTTPS SSL Port setting on the ADVANCED gt Secure Administration page The recommended port is 443 because it is a standard HTTPS SSL port used for secure web browser communication and the identity of the remotely connected server can be verified with significant confidence SSL Certificates Limiting user interface access to HTTPS provides further security and can also be configured on the ADVANCED gt Secure Administration page along with
469. te Email Address The Mail Contact is the account that is to act as a holding location for journaled messages The email address associated with this account is the designated recipient and must be associated with a non existent non routable dummy Domain Name created above in Step 2 Use the following steps to create the Mail Contact 3a Open Exchange Server 2013 and in the Exchange Admin Center EAC click recipients in the left pane select contacts at the top of the page and then click the Add icon to create a new mail contact J Enterprise Office 365 Exchange admin center mailboxes groups resources contacts shared migration permissions compliance management DISPLAYNAME CONT EMAIL ADDRESS organi zation There are no items to show m this view protection mail tlow mobile public folders unified messaging U selected of U total BEO 3b In the new mail contact page enter details for the designated recipient account details Mail Contact Windows Internet Explorer new mail contact First name Journal Initials Last name Display name Journal Contact Name Journal Contact Organizational unit 3c Click save The new contact displays in the contacts list FJ Enterprise Office 365 Exchange admin center recipients mailboxes groups resources contacts shared migration permissions Monsannad compliance management DISPLAY NAME CONT EMAIL A
470. te Software By terminating this License Customer forfeits any refund of license fees paid and is responsible for paying any and all outstanding invoices Customer s rights under this License will terminate immediately without notice from Barracuda Networks if Customer fails to comply with any provision of this License Upon termination Customer must cease use of all copies of Energize Update Software in its possession or control Export Software including technical data may be subject to U S export control laws including the U S Export Administration Act and its associated regulations and may be subject to export or import regulations in other countries Customer agrees to comply strictly with all such regulations and acknowledges that it has the responsibility to obtain licenses to export re export or import Energize Update Software Restricted Rights Barracuda Networks commercial software and commercial computer software documentation is provided to United States Government agencies in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and per subparagraph c of the Commercial Computer Software Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52 227 19 June 1987 For DOD agencies the restrictions set forth in the Technical Data Commercial Items clause at DFARS 252 227 7015 Nov 1995 shall also apply No Warranty The Energize Update Software is provided AS IS Customer s sole and exclusive remedy and the entire liability of Barracuda Networ
471. te and copy the file UIExtensions xml template and rename the copied file UIExtensions xml 5 Open the UIExtensions xml file in a text editor and add the following content under the entry lt MainNavigationBarEntry replacing the URL https example company com 443 with your Barracuda Message Archiver URL including the protocol and port number D lt MainNavigationBarExtensions gt lt MainNavigationBarEntry LargeIcon LargeCuda gif SmallIcon SmallCuda gif URL https example company com 443 gt lt string language en us text Archived Mail gt lt MainNavigationBarEntry gt lt MainNavigationBarExtensions gt 6 At a command line run the following command to restart Internet Information Service IIS iisreset IIS Restart Users logged into OWA may be disconnected from their session when IIS is restarted 7 Open Internet Explorer and log in to OWA 8 At the end of your folder list verify the Barracuda icon displays Contacts Wj Tasks Public Folders Wi Archive Mail Barracuda Message Archiver and Microsoft Exchange Server Migration This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher and Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 2007 or 2010 If you are deploying your Barracuda Message Archiver with a Microsoft Exchange Server and are planning to migrate to a newer version of Exchange Server be aware of the following details based on the Barracuda Message Archiver features you have empl
472. ted Activation Complete the following steps to activate and configure the Barracuda Message Archiver 1 In the browser address bar enter http followed by the Barracuda Message Archiver IP address followed by the default web interface HTTP Port 8000 For example http 192 168 200 20028000 2 Use the login credentials admin admin 3 In the web interface you will see the activation warning 4 Click on the link to open the Product Activation page fill in the required fields and click Activate The activation process may take up to 15 minutes A confirmation page displays the terms of your subscription and the subscription status displays as Activated on the BASI C gt Status page 5 Go to ADVANCED gt Firmware Update page and download and apply the latest General Release allow the system to reboot Basic and Administration Setup 1 Once the system reboots log back into the web interface 2 Go to the BASIC gt IP Configuration tab and enter the configuration settings including external access configuration and default hostname In the External Access Configuration and Domain Configuration sections complete the following steps do not click Save Changes until you complete both of the following sub steps e Inthe External Access Configuration section specify the protocol and enter the FQDN of your Barracuda Message Archiver for example archiver mydomain com and enter the port number i External Access Importan
473. ted site Look only for the user who submitted the social media message Searches for all items with a timestamp that matches the specified date range This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher In this article e Text Based Search Strings e Integer Number Based Search Strings e Multi Text Search Strings e Wildcards Domain Based Search Strings e Compound Search Strings e Stop Words Related Articles e Understanding Basic and Advanced Search e Advanced Search Options e Keyword Expressions A search string is the format that the searched for text must be in for searches through the Barracuda Message Archiver The search query tips in this article apply to both Basic and Advanced search queries Text Based Search Strings A single string or phrase of text to be matched exactly as entered Valid formats are a single word with no whitespace or a single double quoted sequence of words Separated by spaces For example Sales Matches sales guide but not Salesmen Reviews due now Matches performance reviews due now as well as all reviews are due now due to Stop Words being ignored This does not match reviews for all employees are due now Integer Number Based Search Strings A single integer string in bytes to be matched exactly to an index attribute as entered Valid formats are a single number with no whitespace To find a range use a Compound Search String
474. tem Ch Microsoft Exchange Anti spam Update The Micros Started Automatic Local System A Microsoft Exchange EdgeSyne Replicates a Started Automatic Local System Gh Microsoft Exchange File Distribution Microsoft Started Automatic Local System Gh Microsoft Exchange Forms Based Authentication s Providesfo Started Automatic Local Sisal 4Microsoft Exchange IMAP4 Provides In Started Automatic Network 5 Microsoft Exchange Information Store Manages t Started Automatic Local SEa Sh Microsoft Exchange Mail Submission Submits me Started Automatic Local System Microsoft Exchange Mailbox Assistants Performs b Started Automatic Local System E Microsoft Exchange Mailbox Replication Processes Started Automatic Local System Microsoft Exchange Monitoring Allows appl Manual Local System C Microsoft Exchange POPS Provides P Manual Network 5 Microsoft Exchange Protected Service Host Provides a Started Automatic Local System tA Microsoft Exchange Replication The Micros Started Automatic Local System ci Microsoft Exchange RPC Client Access Manages cl Started Automatic Network 5 Ti Microsoft Exchange Search Indexer Drives inde Started Automatic Local System Sh Microsoft Exchange Server Extension for Window Enables Wi Manual Local System Microsoft Exchange Service Host Provides a Started Automatize Local System Microsoft Exchange System Attendant Forwards d S
475. tem folders Certain IMAP mail clients may set flags or properties on user mailboxes or folders that impact access by any other IMAP connection including the Barracuda Message Archiver s TAPP key access GroupWise customers experiencing issues of this type may want to consider switching their mobile and similar mail clients to use Novell Data Synchronizer Use of the Data Synchronizer eliminates problems caused by competing IMAP sessions e Barracuda Networks Technical Support is able to run diagnostic tools from the Barracuda Message Archiver that may help identify which GroupWise user mailboxes and mail folders are experiencing issues that can then be addressed by the GroupWise Administrator e f you continue to encounter GroupWise mail archiving issues after running the Novell tools Barracuda Networks recommends that you contact Novell to resolve the issue Kerio Connect Mail Server Deployment This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 and higher and the Kerio Connect Mail Server Related Articles e Routing Outbound Mail through Barracuda Spam Firewall e Message Import Stubbing amp Configuration Use the following steps to configure Kerio Connect to send all messages to the Barracuda Message Archiver 1 Navigate to the Kerio Connect directory expand Configuration and click Archiving and Backup 2 In the Archiving tab turn on Enable email archiving to facilitate archiving to the Barracuda Message
476. ternal receiving Add setting Receiving routing Add description 1 Email messages to affect Inbound Internal receiving 15 Scroll down to Also deliver to and select Add more recipients In the Recipients setting select Advanced from the drop down menu and select Change envelope recipient 16 In the Replace recipient field enter journaling followed by the host name provided to you by Barracuda Networks Technical Support including your custom token for example journal mytoken bma cudasvc com 17 Turn on Suppress bounces from this recipient Add setting Remove attachments from message Also deliver to Add more recipients Recipients Apply the above modifications plus the following Route Change route Envelope recipient Change envelope recipient L Replace recipient joumal MYTOKEN bma cudasvc com Se Enter new username existing domain Existing username Enter new domain Do not deliver spam to this recipient Suppress bounces from this recipient 18 Scroll down and verify the settings click Add 19 The Receiving routing and Sending routing options display in the General Settings page I Google Apps Settings for Gmail Advanced settings General Settings Email addresses Hosts Default routing Labs Search settings Supplemental Service Informatio
477. the Global Address list e Optional but highly recommended Establish a user account through OWA or other source before setting up the email service account e Verify a public folder database exists on the Exchange Server Firmware versions 3 5 and higher To create an email service account you will need to e Verify the service account has a mailbox and is not hidden in the Global Address list e Optional but highly recommended Establish a user account through OWA or other source before setting up the email service account Microsoft Exchange 2007 Use the following steps to set the permissions on Exchange 2007 1 2 3 Log in to the Exchange Server as the administrator From the Start menu go to Start gt Programs gt Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 gt Exchange Management Shell At the command prompt enter the following command where Exchange2007 is the name of the Microsoft Exchange 2007 Server and CU DASVC is the name of the Barracuda service account and then press Enter get mailboxserver Exchange2007 add adpermission user CUDASVC accessrights GenericRead GenericWrite extendedrights Send As Receive As ms Exch Store Admin In the Exchange Management Shell enter the following command to add View Only Administrator permissions replacing CUDASVC with the name of the Barracuda service account add exchangeadministrator CUDASVC role ViewOnlyAdmin A Important If inheritance to the individual mail stores is
478. the Post Office database and restart the POA 3 The SINGLE SIGNON setting on the Novell Client can also cause issues with the Trusted Application Key If this property is activated then the Trusted Application Key cannot log in to any account on the server unless the workstation is authenticated to eDirectory using that same account If you can run the application when using the same GroupWise account as the account with which you are logged into eDirectory but you cannot access any other accounts then run the GroupWise Client on the station and ensure that Single Sign On is turned off 4 If you are still unable to log in delete the TRUSTED APP from ConsoleOne and regenerate using the GroupWise Trusted Application Key Maker available from the USERS gt Client Downloads page in the Barracuda Message Archiver Locating the Trusted Application Key If the Trusted Application Key is not properly regenerating in ConsoleOne use the following steps to delete the Trusted Application Key from the eDirectory Configuration Container of the GroupWise POA To locate your Trusted Application Key launch ConsoleOne and then locate the Group Wise Node object Right click on the GW POA object and select Properties In the Properties dialog box click the Other tab Under Attributes expand the tree under Trusted Application Key Properties of GWOpenSode 12 168 1 123 xi i I NOS Rights Other Fights to Pies and Foksers Edit Le
479. the following types of attachments e Text and HTML e PDF e Microsoft Word PowerPoint and Excel e Social Media content sent from the Barracuda Web Filter e Common compression formats including zip tar gzip lha zoo arc arj and rar can be unpacked and the compressed document examined even if the compressed content is made up of multiple formats Because attachments can be very large total parsable attachment text is limited based on the Barracuda Message Archiver model as shown in the following table Model Attachment Parsing Cutoff 7 150 348k 174 pages of text 350 384k 192 pages of text 450 512k 250 pages of text 650 1MB 500 pages of text 850 2MB 1000 pages of text 950 4MB 2000 pages of text 1050 6MB 3000 pages of text Note 1 The full attachment is always archived i Attachment parsing limits apply only to those areas within an attachment that are searchable For example a 10MB attachment generally contains elements that are not parsable text for example graphics file metadata formatting etc Such attachments may ultimately contain only 100KB of parsable text and will be indexed in their entirety by all Barracuda Message Archiver models i Example If you have a model 450 512k attachment parsing limit and someone sends you an extremely large PowerPoint presentation containing 5 lines of text per slide and numerous graphics and animations you can estimate that each slide takes up
480. the location of your Barracuda Message Archiver first contact your system administrator for the correct URI and then use the following steps 1 Inthe Barracuda Message Archiver Options dialog box click Change to display the dialog box Barracuda Message Archiver URI of your Barracuda Message Archiver https archiver company com 443 Email Address myname company com Password 2 Replace the Barracuda Message Archiver URI with the new location provided by your system administrator for example https arch iver newcompanyname com 443 3 If your email address or password has changed enter your email address and password in the associated fields 4 Click OK Microsoft Outlook automatically remembers your login credentials Attachment and Whole Message Stubbing Message stubbing options are defined by the Barracuda Message Archiver administrator on the MAIL SOURCES gt Exchange Integration page When a message attachment is stubbed the attachment is removed from the message and is replaced with an attachment indicator and a link to the preserved attachment This message s contents have been archived by the Barracuda Message Archiver 52 3K When an entire message is stubbed the message body is replaced with a text excerpt and contains a link to the original message s contents have been archived by the Barracuda Message Archiver To view the original message 2 7M Message Stubbing Options Us
481. the message exceeds the specified Saved Search policy length If you define multiple Saved Search retention policies if the age of any message exceeds the maximum age allowed by all Saved Search retention policies that apply to the message that message is permanently deleted form the Barracuda Message Archiver Important Litigation holds overwrite Saved Search and Global Retention Policies a litigation hold may be for a defined period of time or indefinite Automate Message Purging To run Saved Search retention policies against archived messages turn on Allow automatic message deletion Once enabled the Saved Search policies are run against archived messages on a weekly basis each weekend Use the following steps to set up a Saved Search retention policy Log into the Barracuda Message Archiver Go to the BASIC gt Search page and in the Standard tab click Advanced Enter the desired search criteria and click Save Search Enter the Search Name and click OK Go to the POLICY gt Retention page and enter the Saved Search Retention Policy details a In the policy Name field enter a name for the policy you are creating b In the Saved Search field select the name of the saved search on which this retention policy is to be based c In the Policy Length field enter the number of days to retain archived messages that match the Saved Search criteria 6 Click Add 0O A O N i If a message matches more than one Saved
482. the steps in this article to automatically import stub and synchronize Microsoft Exchange Server folder data that is to be archived on the Barracuda Message Archiver The Exchange Server Import feature does not work with disabled user accounts To import content from disabled accounts you must temporarily enable the accounts in Exchange If users are hidden from the Global Address List GAL in Exchange their emails cannot be imported you must temporarily unhide these accounts to import their email Exchange Integration Use the following steps to set up Exchange Server integration 1 Log into the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface and go to the MAIL SOURCES gt Exchange Integration page 2 Enter the Exchange Server details in the Exchange Integration section Exchange Server Enter the Exchange Server hostname or FQDN this value must be resolvable by your configured DNS servers to the correct IP address Username Password Enter an authorized Exchange Server account username and password You must have an Exchange Server account with permissions to access the entered username Additionally this account must meet the following requirements e Has a mailbox e Visible on the GAL e Read As Write As and Administer Store access to the target mailboxes e Account must not be locked An Exchange Server Administrator account does not necessarily meet these requirements For more information refer to the following articles
483. the use of SSL certificates There are three types of SSL certificates to choose from e Default Barracuda Networks e Private self signed e Trusted certificate a certificate signed by a trusted certificate authority CA Specific steps for configuring SSL certificates is described in the section Enabling SSL for Administrators and Users Track Changes to the Configuration and User Login Activities The syslog function of the Barracuda Message Archiver provides two kinds of logs capturing e User login activities and any configuration changes made on the device e Data related to mail traffic This data is the same information as that used to build the Message Log in the Barracuda Message Archiver From the ADVANCED gt Syslog page use the Monitor Syslog button to view the mail syslog output Backup and Storage Expansion Storage is available only on Barracuda Message Archivers shipped prior to May 15 2013 See Storage Details for further information In this Section e Storage Backup e Storage Manager Related Articles e Configuration Backups Storage Backup This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher In this article e Backup of Archives e NFS Shares e SMB Access e Desktop Backups e Automated Configuration Backups The Message Store of the Barracuda Message Archiver should be backed up just as you would back up your data on any other data storage device Data is stored on the s
484. there are PST files that failed to complete due to corruption or other errors return to the main Admin Console window From the View menu select Filter and click Show Corrupt A list of all such PST files displays in the main window along with detailed information including the owner the originating client system and creation and last modification dates Independent investigation may be necessary to perform for each PST file that failed to import as there can be a variety of reasons for the failure including but not limited to e the client system does not have or does not allow adequate access to the PST file location e the PST file is too large for transfer e the PST file is still in use Error messages are found in various logs on the client system including those in the installation directory If you are unable to find a cause for the PST import errors consider enabling verbose logging or contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support for further assistance Assigned and Unassigned PSTs When the Barracuda PST Collector submits a PST file to the Barracuda Message Archiver the user s security identifier SID obtained from the Windows User Profile is collected and stored If no user SID is available at the time the PST is sent to the PST Server automatic user assignment is not performed However if auto assignment cannot be made the administrator can manually assign a PST to an active AD user by right clicking on the PST file in the BA
485. ti virus scan on the external share that is to be used as a mirror before adding the mirror share to the Barracuda Message Archiver mirror You can use any network share that supports the SMB CIFS file sharing protocols as the mirror Additionally the Barracuda Message Archiver models 850 and higher have a dedicated hardware iSCSI adapter that can be integrated with any iSCSI storage area network SAN Use the following steps to add the mirror share to your configured network share A Firmware Release 3 5 and Higher In firmware release 3 5 and higher note that while use of the Storage Manager Mirror capability ADVANCED gt Storage Manager pag e will push a real time copy of raw emails to a customer data share metadata snapshots are not mirrored You must back up this content by connecting to the Barracuda Message Archiver s read only SMB share Metadata content is available for Mirroring in a future point release of the firmware 1 Log into the Barracuda Message Archiver as the administrator and go to the ADVANCED gt Storage Manager p age New Group Note that you can select the default group or click Add New Group to create a new storage group 2 If you have an iSCSI or CIFS Windows share already set up complete the following step otherwise go to step 3 a Select the desired share from the drop down menu and enter the associated details b Click Add Mirror 3 If you do not have an iSCSI or CIFS Windows share alrea
486. tion e DNS information Updating Your Firmware and Definitions This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher Updating Your Barracuda Message Archiver Firmware Use the ADVANCED gt Firmware Update page to manually update the firmware version of the system or revert to a previous version The only time you should revert back to an old firmware version is if you recently downloaded a new version that is causing unexpected problems In this case call Barracuda Networks Technical Support before reverting back to a previous firmware version If you have the latest firmware version already installed the Download Now button is disabled Important Applying a new firmware version results in a temporary loss of service For this reason you should apply new firmware versions during non busy hours Updating the Definitions from Energize Updates The ADVANCED gt Energize Updates page allows you to manually update the Virus Policy and Document Definitions used on your Barracuda Message Archiver as well as to change the interval at which the Barracuda Message Archiver checks for updates It is recommended that you set the Automatically Update to On so that your Barracuda Message Archiver receives the latest rules as soon as they are available by Barracuda Central Replacing a Failed System This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher Related Articles e How Barracuda Networks Ma
487. tion Key This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 and higher and Novell GroupWise In this article e Naming the Trusted Application Key for the Barracuda Message Archiver e Validating the Trusted Application e Locating the Trusted Application Key Related Articles e Importing Novell GroupWise Messages e Understanding GroupWise Trusted Application Keys A Trusted Application Key is created at the Domain database level To create this key you need the following e An application capable of creating the Trusted Application Key such as the GroupWise Trusted App Key Maker available on the USER S gt Client Downloads page of the Barracuda Message Archiver e Administrator access to the GroupWise wodomain db database e Administrator privileges to the Domain object within eDirectory As with the majority of GroupWise administration information is written to the Domain database which is then propagated throughout the system Information is replicated to other Domain databases which in turn push this information to the Post Office database Therefore it is critical when creating a Trusted Application Key that all Domains are communicating and show OPEN status in the Message Transfer Agents MTAs Note that propagation of the Trusted Application Key to the Post Office database is based on the size of the GroupWise system allow the Trusted Application Key to fully propagate before attempting to log in Nam
488. tion page Privileges can be assigned to all users or to just a single password protected account called p stdrop to be used by anyone with the password Microsoft Exchange Server Integration This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 5 and higher and Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 2007 2010 and 2013 If you are using firmware version 3 2 and earlier refer to the article Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 2007 and 2010 Integration In this article e Exchange Integration e Select Action e Select Server e Configure Action e View Summary Related Articles e How to Enable RPC over HTTP Connectivity Additional Resources e For detailed information go to the MAIL SOURCES gt Exchange Integration page and click Help The Exchange Server Import feature does not work with disabled user accounts To import content from disabled accounts you must temporarily enable the accounts in Exchange If users are hidden from the Global Address List GAL in Exchange their emails cannot be imported you must temporarily unhide these accounts to import their email Exchange Integration Use the New Action Workflow in the MAIL SOURCES gt Exchange Integration page to configure all actions that the Barracuda Message Archiver is to execute on your Microsoft Exchange Server Only one operation can run at any given time so operations submitted while one is already in progress are placed in a queue for execution in th
489. tion to AD users at the time of login When you migrate to a newer version of Exchange Server your users may receive a new SID While users are still able to view all of their emails they may not have PST or folder information available as that information on the Barracuda Message Archiver is associated with the original SID To resolve this issue at the time of migration the Exchange Administer needs to populate the sIDHistory attribute on the new AD to establish a reference to the previous SID In most instances this is all that is needed for the user to have full access to their historic folder and PST names Contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support if you have additional questions or encounter any issues e Once the Exchange Server migration is complete you may need to update the Barracuda Message Archiver s Directory Services configuration Exchange Integration configuration and or Journal Account information as appropriate for the new Exchange Server For example Exchange server local domain name IP address bind credentials etc must be updated Relocating a Previously Deployed Barracuda Message Archiver If you previously deployed the Barracuda Message Archiver with an Exchange Server and are planning to either relocate or change the local hostname of the Barracuda Message Archiver when migrating to a newer version of Exchange Server the Barracuda Message Archiver as well as any clients connecting to the Barracuda Message Archiver
490. tive Works thereof in any medium with or without modifications and in Source or Object form provided that You meet the following conditions a You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License and 6 You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files and c You must retain in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute all copyright patent trademark and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works and d If the Work includes a NOTICE text file as part of its distribution then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works in at least one of the following places within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works within the Source form or documentation if provided along with the Derivative Works or within a display generated by the Derivative Works if and wherever such third party notices normally appear The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the License You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work provided that such
491. tle Office mobile Work phone Phone and Voice public folders Features unified messaging Unified Messaging Dis Enable Mobile Devices Disable Exchange Activ View details In Place Archive 1 selected of 1 tota 3e In the new user mailbox page enter details for the alternate journaling mailbox User Mailbox Windows Internet Explorer new user mailbox Existing user browse i New user First name JournalNDR Initials A __ ____ Last name Mailbox Display name JournalN DR Mailbox Name JournalINDR Mailbox Organizational unit User logon name Journal DR WIL2 COM New password Contirm password Help 3f Click save The new mailbox displays in the mailboxes list S100 g J Enterprise Office 365 Administrator Exchange admin center recipients mailboxes groups resources contacts shared migration permissions ts f compliance management DISPLAY NAME MAILBOX TYPE EMAIL ADDRESS organization Administrator User Administrator wal2 com 3 JournalNDR protection Mailbox mail fow User mailbox JournalNDR wil2 com Tithe mobile Office Work phone public folders Phone and Voice unified messaging Features Unhed Messaging Dis servers Enable Mobile Devices Disable Exchange Activ View details hybrid 1 selected of 2 total i Hide Alternate Contact from GAL Barracuda Networks recommends hiding th
492. to add a private certificate to your mobile device varies please consult your manufacturer instructions for more information The Barracuda Message Archiver mobile application allows you to perform various actions with your messages that are stored on your organization s Barracuda Message Archiver including e Search for archived messages based on email content or constrain the search to a date range a specific sender or subject line content e Search deleted messages and emails no longer visible in your mail application e View and interact with reply to reply all or forward archived messages e Redeliver messages to your mailbox using the Resend to Me option These actions are available directly from your Android phone allowing transparent access to and interaction with your archived messages Only archived messages are available for search with the Barracuda Message Archiver mobile application non email items such as calendar entries and contacts are not included in search results Configuration To search your archived mail from your Android device you must first enter your organization s Barracuda Message Archiver settings as well as your email address and password If you attempt to search archived messages before configuring the settings an error displays You must enter the following details to configure the Android device e Barracuda Message Archiver hostname or IP address e Barracuda Message Archiver HTTPS po
493. to view mailrelated system log output in a new window Log in to your email system and send a test email to yourself Go to the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface On the BASIC gt Status page in the Message Statistics table recheck the status count the Total Messages count should reflect your test message 10d Verify your test message is journaled in the syslog view If the message count does not indicate journaling is operating verify your administrative settings are properly configured Proceed to How to Set Up Email Journaling to configure your Barracuda Message Archiver Creating an Email Service Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 1 and higher and a Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 You can create an email service account for Exchange import integration and message attachment stubbing Related Articles e How to Enable RPC over HTTP Connectivity Important Read First To create an email service account you will need to e Verify the service account has a mailbox and is not hidden in the Global Address list e Optional but highly recommended Establish a user account through OWA or other source before setting up the email service account e Verify public folder database exists on the Exchange Server Microsoft Exchange 2003 0O A ON 7 8 Log onto the Exchange Server as the administrator From the Start menu
494. tomer service issues i The contents of this field are transmitted to Barracuda Central System Email Reply Address The From address for all correspondence sent out by the Barracuda Message Archiver to users Send Welcome Emails When turned on a welcome email containing the account information is sent to new users System Alerts Email Address es Recipients of all automated alerts sent directly by the Barracuda Message Archiver Report Exchange Action Errors Available in release 3 5 and higher only Sends an email alert when a Microsoft Exchange action experiences an error Report Journal Account Errors Email alert when a journal account experiences an error i Any such errors immediately displays to the admin user on all pages of the web interface irrespective of this setting Alerts are sent out after the specified time interval 30 minutes 1 hour or 4 hours has passed just in case the outage was temporary and corrected itself To keep the number of possibly premature interruption notices to a minimum while still receiving word of urgent problems as soon as possible start with the shortest interval setting that you are comfortable with and increase as needed Report Groupwise Sync Errors Sends an email alert when a GroupWise synchronization experiences an error Report RAID Errors Sends an email alert as soon as any RAID errors are encountered These errors immediately display to the admin user on the BA
495. ton on the front panel of the system Take caution when pressing the reset button as doing so while the Barracuda Message Archiver is in the midst of a configuration update or other task can result in inadvertent corruption of the system Troubleshooting This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 or higher The ADVANCED gt Troubleshooting page provides various tools to help troubleshoot network connectivity issues that may impact the performance of your Barracuda Message Archiver For example you can test the connection of your Barracuda Message Archiver to the Barracuda Networks update servers to verify that it can successfully download the latest Energize Updates definitions You can also ping other devices from the Barracuda Message Archiver perform a trace route from the Barracuda Message Archiver to any another system and execute various other troubleshooting commands How to Reboot the System in Recovery Mode This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 and higher If your Barracuda Message Archiver experiences a serious issue that impacts its core functionality you can use diagnostic and recovery tools available at the reboot menu to return your system to an operational state Before using the diagnostic and recovery tools do the following e Use the built in troubleshooting tools on the ADVANCED gt Troubleshooting page to help diagnose the problem e Perform a system restore from th
496. tores When turned on the user cannot create or synchronize Archiver stores mailboxes and all relevant UI elements are hidden or disabled Specify whether users can synchronize Exchange mailbox stores from the Barracuda Message Archiver When turned on users can synchronize PST files only Specify the maximum number of days users can select when synchronizing Exchange mailbox stores Specify the maximum disk usage in MB available for Archiver stores When enabled users cannot add new Archiver stores that exceed the specified usage limit If the usage limit is reached existing store are not synchronized Specify the directory path where new Archiver stores are to be created This path can include environment variables If the path is not set the default path is set to SUSERPROFILE AppData Local Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In stores Specify the daily Archiver store sync time By default synchronization runs between 4 00am and 6 00 am e Sync Start Time Start time must be between 0 midnight and 23 11 00pm e Sync Window Number of hours after the Sync Start Time valu e that the sync can begin use this to avoid consuming too many Archiver resources during multi client simultaneous synchronization The system must be powered on and the user must be logged in for the scheduled synchronization to be performed otherwise the synchronization is performed upon user log in 1 For more information on enviro
497. transfer of its PST files The transfer policy configured in the Admin Console determines if and when the PST files are actually transferred e Automatic All PSTs are approved for transfer e Manual Only PST files marked in the Admin Console are approved for transfer all other PST files remain listed in the display until they are either explicitly approved or a different transfer policy is selected e Scheduled PST files are approved for transfer only during a specific time period If a file transfer is attempted on a PST file that is currently open the client uses Microsoft s Volume Snapshot Service VSS to create a shadow copy of the volume containing the PST The PST is then transferred from the shadow copy and the shadow copy is deleted once PST collection is complete To prevent potential network congestion the Barracuda PST Collector Server controls when approved PST file transfers occur If an approved PST file transfer is not initiated at the time of the request the Barracuda PST Collector Client resubmits the request in one hour Once a transfer is approved the client is sent the system information for the Barracuda Message Archiver The client then coordinates directly with the Barracuda Message Archiver on the rate of file transfer to ensure maximum efficiency on both ends If the system load on the Barracuda Message Archiver becomes too high the client reinitiates contact in 10 minute intervals until all PST file transfers are
498. tribute MSExchDelegateListLink and is used to determine shared mailbox access e A user is assigned delegate access to another mailbox via Microsoft Outlook This action populates the LDAP attribute PublicDelegates and is used to determine shared mailbox access Conversely the Barracuda Message Archiver does not support shared mailboxes if Send As permissions are enabled from the EMC This action does not populate any LDAP fields preventing the Barracuda Message Archiver from determining shared mailbox access Shared Mailbox Support Auto Mapping Enabled Shared mailbox support is easily available when auto mapping is enabled Auto mapping is typically enabled by default on Exchange Server 2010 SP1 and higher Auto Mapping Disabled If you are not using auto mapping you must create attributes in Active Directory AD to enable shared mailbox support as described in the section Shared Mailbox Support Auto Mapping Disabled Shared Mailbox Support Auto Mapping Disabled If auto mapping is disabled on the Exchange Server specific AD attributes that the Barracuda Message Archiver uses to determine shared mailbox details may not exist Therefore to ensure shared mailboxes function properly you must manually create specific AD attributes The Barracuda Message Archiver uses either the MSExchDelegateListLink or PublicDelegates AD attributes for a user to determine what mailboxes are being shared Exchange Server 2010 SP1 Shared Mailbox Suppor
499. tting Up an IMAP Journal Account e Add a Journal Account to the Barracuda Message Archiver Related Articles e Understanding Microsoft Exchange 2013 Journaling Additional Resources e Microsoft Exchange Permissions Depending on your deployment refer to Microsoft TechNet for configuration requirements e Enable POP3 in Exchange 2013 e Enable IMAP4 in Exchange 2013 i The maximum size email that will be retrieved by the Barracuda Message Archiver via POP or IMAP is 100MB Setting Up a POP3 Journal Account Step 1 Enable POP3 Use the following steps to enable POP3 on your Exchange 2013 Server 1 Log in to the Exchange Server as the Exchange Server Administrator and navigate to the Exchange admin center EAC https lt Ex change_server_name gt ecp 2 In the left pane click Servers and then click Servers at the top of the page Enterprise Office 365 Exchange admin center recipients servers databases database availability groups virtual directories DeEmMmission ADG compliance management l as ai 3 NAME a SERVER ROLES VERSION organization Ex13 Mailbox Chent Access Wersion mA S 3 Select the Client Access server and then click Edit 4 On the server properties page click POPS Exchange Server Message MIME format Best body format Message pon order Ascending ogeon method Secure TLS connection Di i Pa p ia GSM atti ik The Microsoft Exchange POPS service is ready
500. type BMA relay in the Name field and e nter the host name provided to you by Barracuda Networks Technical Support including your custom token For example mytoken bma cudasvc com 5 Select Perform MX lookup on host for proper MX lookup and IP resolution Add mail route as General Name Help BMA relay Host MYTOKEN bma cudasye com 25 2 Perform MX lookup on host E Require TLS delivery 6 Click Save Your entry displays in the Hosts list E Google Apps gt Settings for Gmail Advanced settings General Settings Email addresses Hosts Default routing Labs Search q Mame Definition Actions BiMA relay MY TOKERM bma cudasye comi24 Edit Delete 7 Click the General Settings tab scroll down to Sending routing and click Configure I Google Apps x gt Settings for Gmail Advanced settings General Settings Email addresses Hosts Default routing Labs search settings Not configured yet Sending routing Set delivery routes for outbound messages and for messages sent to internal addresses Not configured yet Configure 8 In the Email messages to affect select Outbound and Internal sending Add setting Sending routing Add description 1 Email messages to affect Outbound Internal sending 9 Scroll down to Also deliver to and select Add more recipients In the Recipients setting select Advanced from the drop down menu and select Change envelope recipient 10 In the Replace recipie
501. ue can be any type of group such as a distribution group Note that this cannot be an organizational unit OU 3 From the Role drop down menu select the role associated with the LDAP User Group entry e lf you select the role User specify whether to include or exclude mailbox addresses from the LDAP account e In the Include these Addresses field enter a mailbox address you want to make available to the specified LDAP account and then click Add e inthe Exclude these Addresses enter a mailbox address to hide from the specified LDAP account and then click Add e If you select the role Auditor configure the permissions e in the Domains field enter a domain for which the auditor can view mail and then click Add e lf you have defined Saved Searches in the BASIC gt Search page select a Saved Search from the drop down menu to filter the auditor s search results e In the Exclude these Addresses enter a mailbox address to hide from the specified LDAP account and then click Add e If you select the role IT ADMIN the specified LDAP User Group account has IT Admin permissions only e If you select the role Admin enter a mailbox address to hide from the account in the Exclude these Addresses and then click Add 4 Click Save Changes In the LDAP User Group Include these Addresses and Exclude these Addresses fields enter the first three letters of a user or group name to display all matching values from which you can select LDAP User Inc
502. ule Stub Content Item Age Days Minimum Size KB Select the target list from which to import e Public Folders Looks in all public folders on the specified Exchange Server e Distribution List Looks for items that are sent to the individual accounts that receive content sent to the list entered in the associated field e Users Looks for items sent to specified users e All Users All users on the specified Exchange Server e Last Name Any user on the specified Exchange Server whose last name matches the value entered in the associated field e Email Address Any email account that matches the value entered in the associated field Enter an entire email address including the domain name or only a portion to match multiple addresses e Folders Users only lf you select the tem Source as Users you can specify from which folders to pull content e Home Server Restrict the action to only items residing on the configured server e Maximum Size KB Enter the maximum acceptable size for an item to be inspected Items larger than the entered size are bypassed Imports messages that have attachments and replaces either the message or the attachment with stubs and stores attachments on the Barracuda Message Archiver rather than on the mail server itself Designate whether to start stubbing immediately or nightly Specify whether to stub only attachments or the entire message Only items tha
503. un recipient policies and click Propert ies 2 Click the Mailbox Management tab and from the Start mailbox management process drop down menu select the frequency for running the mailbox recipient policies on the server Diagnostics Logging Public Folder Reterrals Details Directory Access RFC HTTF Policies Security Full Text Indesing Monitoring General Locales Mailbox MM anagenent Start mailbox management process Customize Reporting Send detail report to administrator Administrator Admini Browse 3 To customize the frequency of the policy click Customize Schedule Detail view 15 Minute BAM XE BPM ees AAT Sunday TT TTT TTT EEE TTT Monday T Tuesday TTT TTT TTT TTT Wednesday TTT T TT TTT TTT TTT VT MIMI A ed fll AT Thursday Friday I TTT Saturday kl Ei Cancel Help 4 Click in the schedule to specify day s and time s and click OK to save your settings 5 Click Apply and click OK to close the Properties dialog box Step 10 Verify Journaling is Functioning as Expected Use the following steps to verify journaling is set up and functioning as expected 10a Log in to the Barracuda Message Archiver as the administrator 10b View the BASIC gt Status page and verify messages are being processed in the Message Statistics table 10c On the ADVANCED gt Syslog page below the Mail Syslog table click Monitor syslog
504. unt name 1 Log in to the Exchange Server as the administrator and open the Exchange Management Shell 2 At the command prompt type the following command to create a new throttling policy New ThrottlingPolicy PolicyAdminPolicy 3 Press Enter Type the following command to set the throttling policy Set ThrottlingPolicy PolicyAdminPolicy RCAMaxConcurrency Unlimited EWSMaxConcurrency Unlimited EWSMaxSubscriptions Unlimited CPAMaxConcurrency Unlimited EwsCutoffBalance Unlimited EwsMaxBurst Unlimited EwsRechargeRate Unlimited 4 Press Enter type the following command to disable policy enforcement Set Mailbox PolicyAdmin ThrottlingPolicy PolicyAdminPolicy 5 Press Enter Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 Deployment Recommended Deployment Method e Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 Deployment Template e Understanding Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 Envelope Journaling e Configuring Envelope Journaling for Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 Alternate Method e Configuring an IMAP or POP3 Journal Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 See Also e Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 2007 and 2010 Integration describes how to automatically import stub and synchronize Microsoft Exchange Server folder data e Exchange Server 2010 SP1 Shared Mailbox Support Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 Deployment Template This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver firmware versi
505. until there is enough space for the newest items Note that these attachments are still stored on and accessible from the Barracuda Message Archiver Synchronize Cache Now When selected initiates a connection to the Barracuda Message Archiver to update your local cache of stubbed messages immediately instead of waiting for the next scheduled synchronization as determined by your system administrator For example if you are accustomed to downloading your messages from your mail server before leaving on a road trip you can synchronize your cache immediately to ensure that any attachments associated with your messages can always be retrieved Important You can click Synchronize cache now to verify connectivity to the Barracuda Message Archiver Restore Stubbed Content to Microsoft Exchange Firmware Version This feature is available only in the Barracuda message Archiver Outlook Add In version 3 2 30 and higher To restore stubbed content to your Microsoft Exchange Server click the Restore E Bebe HS icon in the Outlook toolbar When clicked the selected stub content is restored to the Exchange Server and persists on the Server for 30 days Folder Synchronization When items are syncing a system tray icon displays until synchronization is complete When synchronization is successful and is scheduled there is no notification and no further action is needed However if a problem is encountered or if the user clicks the Sync Archiver
506. up wu Provides a host for several Micros Started Forwards directory lookups to agi Started Sh Microsoft Exchange Throttling Limits the rate of user operations Started Sh Microsoft Exchange Transport The Microsoft Exchange Transpor Started E Microsoft Exchange Transport Log Search Ch Microsoft Fibre Channel Platform Registration Ch Microsoft iSCSI Initiator Service Microsoft Search Exchange Microsoft Software Shadow Copy Provider Provides remote search capability Started Registers the platform wath all ava Manages Internet SCSI iSCSI se Started Quickly creates Full text indexes o Started Manages software based volume Ch Multimedia Class Scheduler Enables relative prioritization of w Net Msmq Listener Adapter Receives activation requests over Started a Started Aukornatic Automati HENTE Automatic utomatic Aubonatic Aubormakic Manual Manual Automatic Automatic Automatic Automatic Manual Automatic ubomaktic Automatic Automatic Aubomakic Manual Automatic Manual Manual Manual utomatie Het Wot k 5 iad Pile Es Local System Local System Local System Local System Local System Local System Local System Network 5 Local System Local System Local System Local System Local System Local System Network S Network 5 Local System Local Service Local System Local System Local System Local System Network 5S _
507. upWise Synchronization section for each GroupWise server Enter the key in the Trusted Application Key field 3 Select the desired method for populating the list of users you want to retrieve email e Click Populate to automatically retrieve users from the server or e Manually enter the user names in the Username List field 4 Save your changes to enable the Barracuda Message Archiver to maintain synchronicity with your GroupWise Server Troubleshoot GroupWise Mail Archiving The Barracuda Message Archiver connects and authenticates to the GroupWise Mail Servers via the IMAP protocol using the GroupWise documented Trusted Application Key access This allows the Barracuda Message Archiver to retrieve emails from the GroupWise Server user mailboxes and mail folders However if there are issues with particular GroupWise user mailboxes or mail folders permissions file naming scheme or even corruption GroupWise is unable to present content to the Barracuda Message Archiver when the Barracuda Message Archiver requests data These issues will often affect other IMAP clients as well One symptom of such issues with the GroupWise Mail Server is that an end user is unable to empty their trash when Empty trash is clicked This is a sign that the GroupWise Server recognizes that there is email in the user mailbox that has not been archived and the GroupWise Server is thus protecting the content until archiving is successful To achieve this level of
508. uration Options Barracuda Spam Firewall e Archiving Encrypted Email Messages e Encryption of Outbound Mail 6 x Organizations using a Barracuda Spam Firewall and Email Encryption Service can include a Barracuda Message Archiver to capture all Encrypted inbound and outbound messages The Barracuda Spam Firewall securely encrypts email which is then sent via Transport Layer Security TLS to the cloud based Message Center ensuring email is encrypted and keys are securely stored using AES 256 bit encryption The Barracuda Message Archiver is a complete email archiving solution designed for optimizing email storage meeting regulatory compliance and e discovery requirements and seamless end user integration with Outlook and Mobile Apps to search all of your existing email e Outbound mail When a user sends email the email takes parallel paths it is sent to the Barracuda Message Archiver for archival and at the same time it is journaled on the Email Server and sent to the Barracuda Spam Firewall The email is sent securely to the Barracuda Message Center where it is encrypted and a notification is sent to the intended recipient who can then log in and access the email over HTTPS Barracuda Message Center Sender Email Server AES 256 Encryption Email Recipient Notification Barracuda Spam Firewall HTTPS LL ee Journaled Mail Barracuda Message Archiver Inbound mail When the recipient responds to the email the response
509. ure HTTPS connectivity to the Barracuda Message Archiver If an insecure HTTP connection is attempted the Outlook Add In is redirected to use https with the configured secure port the default port is 443 If users encounter a redirect failure verify the following e The URI uses HTTPS and not HTTP e The network firewall rules have been updated to allow connectivity to complete on the secure port See Installing and Configuring the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In for details on updating the URI Capturing Log Files If requested to do so by Barracuda Networks Technical Support use the following steps to capture the Outlook Add In log files based on the version of Microsoft Office Outlook e Microsoft Office 2003 and 2007 In Outlook go to Tools gt Options gt Barracuda gt Barracuda Message Archiver Add In and then double click on the version number e Microsoft Office 2010 and newer In Outlook go to File gt Barracuda Networks click View Log and then specify whether to view or email the log file We Barracuda Networks Would you like to view the add n log or send it via email ven send cme How to Enable the Barracuda Message Archiver Outlook Add In in a Microsoft Terminal Server Environment This section refers to Barracuda Message Archiver firmware release 3 1 and higher the Barracuda Outlook Add In release 3 1 and higher and Microsoft Outlook 2003 and 2007 except where noted Verify the Outloo
510. ure your installation requirement in the Custom Installation Wizard On page 23 of 24 of the Custom Installation Wizard click Modify Setup Properties and click Add and enter the following property name and value Property Name WTSDISABLED Value MsInfoFiles PPTCastCoreFiles AA UN 7 Both the property name and the value are case sensitive 5 Complete the Custom Installation Wizard For Microsoft Office Outlook 2007 1 Log onto the Microsoft Terminal Server and Install Microsoft Outlook 2007 as a standalone application or as part of a 2007 Office suite 2 Determine the globally unique identifier GUID for the product that you installed in Step 1 If you installed Outlook use that product GUID If you installed Office Enterprise 2007 use that product GUID For more information about how to determine the installed product GUID refer to the Microsoft knowledgebase solution De scription of the numbering scheme for product code GUIDs in 2007 Office suites and programs 3 After you have the product GUID at a command line run the following command msiexec i lt Product Code GUID of SKUName WW msi gt ADDLOCAL OutlookVBScript qb i In this command replace lt Product Code GUID of SKUName WwW msi gt with your product GUID For example if you have Office Enterprise 2007 installed your product GUID would be the following 90120000 0030 0000 000 0 0000000FF1CE Therefore the command line should appear as follows
511. us and performance of the Barracuda Message Archiver including system load fan speed CPU temperature storage percentages redundancy Statistics on the amount of data stored on the Barracuda Message Archiver by hour day and total Current status of your Energize Updates subscription and the optional Instant Replacement and Premium Support subscriptions If you have joined two Barracuda Message Archivers in a High Availability configuration the number of messages awaiting processing on the pair displays Breakdown of message traffic and policy violations for the last 24 hours Breakdown of message traffic and policy violations for the last 30 days For more information log in to your Barracuda Message Archiver go to the USERS gt Client Downloads page and click Help You can download and install Barracuda Message Archiver tools and add ins to your local system and mobile devices Mobile Applications The Barracuda Message Archiver mobile application is available for Android and iPhone iPod Touch and iPad Barracuda Message Archiver Mobile Application for Android The Barracuda Message Archiver mobile applications allow you to perform various actions with your messages that are stored on your organization s Barracuda Message Archiver including e Search for archived messages based on email content or constrain the search to a date range a specific sender or subject line content e Search deleted messages a
512. ver if any setting remains consistently in the red for a long period of time contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support Message Statistics Statistics for all items stored on the Barracuda Message Archiver broken down into the following groups by hour day and total e Inbound outbound and internal emails e Appointments contacts notes and tasks e Any other data belonging to users in your managed domains that were also sent to the Barracuda Message Archiver Performance Statistics Not available to auditors The Performance Statistics section displays information on the current operating status and performance of the Barracuda Message Archiver including e System load CPU fan speed and temperature and system fan speed and temperature e Firmware storage and mail log storage e Redundancy RAID e Index queue length and last message archived e Cloud Control Policy Statistics Statistics for all built in policy alerts and the policies chosen on the POLICY gt Alerts page for listing on the dashboard Details regarding each of the Policies listed can be found on the POLICY gt Alerts page To choose which policies to display in this table go to the POLICY gt Alerts page or click Policy Definitions and select the Dashboard check box for the desired policies Storage Statistics Not available to auditors This section displays statistics on the amount of data stored on the Barracuda Message Archiver this hour today
513. vice Configuration for Google Apps Mail Service e GroupWise Deployment e Kerio Connect Mail Server Deployment e IBM Lotus Notes Domino IMAP Deployment e MailEnable Deployment e MDaemon Messaging Server Deployment e Barracuda Cloud Relay Service Configuration for Office 365 Mail Service e Office 365 IMAP POP Deployment e Unix Mail Server Deployment e Barracuda Message Archiver and the Barracuda Spam Firewall Related Articles e Archiving Encrypted Email Messages Barracuda Spam Firewall Microsoft Exchange Server Deployment In this Section e How to Enable RPC over HTTP Connectivity e How to Launch Barracuda Message Archiver from Microsoft Outlook Web Access e Barracuda Message Archiver and Microsoft Exchange Server Migration e SMTP or SMTP Relay Deployment Overview e Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Deployment e Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 Deployment e Microsoft Exchange Server 2003 Deployment e Creating an Email Service Account for Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 2010 and 2013 How to Enable RPC over HTTP Connectivity This article refers to Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 5 or higher and Microsoft Exchange Server RPC over HTTP RoH also Known as Outlook Anywhere is available for Exchange Integration in firmware 3 5 and higher and is required by Exchange Server 2013 This connection may also be required with earlier versions of Exchange Server if the Barracuda Message Archiver cannot re
514. vised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 10 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIM
515. web interface for the Barracuda Message Archiver in the Administrator IP Range section Enter a Netmask of 255 255 255 255 to specify an individual IP instead of an entire network i If no IP addresses or networks are specified here then administrative access will be possible from all systems Web Interface Settings Enter the Barracuda Message Archiver web interface settings in this section e Web Interface HTTP Port The port over which the web interface is accessed Changing this value requires changing the port used to access the interface in the browser When machines are clustered this value is not synchronized between machines so all machines mu st be configured with the same port number e Session Expiration Length The amount of time in minutes allowed with no activity in the web interface before the user session expires and the user is required to log in again SNMP Manager Available on models 450 and higher Enter the settings for SNMP access between the Barracuda Message Archiver and an SNMP monitor or some other program for querying system information in this section e Enable SNMP Agent Allows the Barracuda Message Archiver to accept and respond to SNMP queries e SNMP Version Version of SNMP to be used by the Barracuda Message Archiver v3 is the recommended setting as it is more secure e v2c Allows open access to your SNMP traffic e SNMP Community String The community string or password used to def
516. which prevents upload of the modified configuration file Customers who want to manually edit a configuration file should contact Barracuda Networks Technical Support for the proper procedure Automated Configuration Backups The settings in the Automated Configuration Backups section allow you to select the components you want to back up specify the backup schedule and determine how many backups to keep on the remote server To automatically generate backups configure a location on a remote server where the backups are to be kept and determine which backups should happen when Each backup type is saved individually even if they are scheduled to be created at the same date and time e Server Type The type of server used to store the backup files Options are FTP andSMB Windows Shared Set to Off to temporarily disable automated backups without losing any configured data e Server Name IP The hostname FQDN or IP address of the backup server If you have selected SMB above and are using a Windows 2003 server you must use the Windows netbios name and not an IP address in this field e Port The port used to connect to the backup server If left blank the port number most commonly associated with the selected server type is used e Username The username used to connect to the backup server Generally a single lowercase word with no symbols e Password The password used with the username above On save this always displa
517. will send messages to be archived in the Trusted SMTP Servers section of the page All messages arriving from the servers listed here are always added to the archive regardless of the domain name present in the SMTP envelope Any messages forwarded from servers not in this list are rejected If you are using Microsoft Exchange and are using Envelope Journaling to send messages to the Barracuda Message Archiver via SMTP add the IP address of each Exchange Server to this section If no IP addresses are listed in this section the Barracuda Message Archiver accepts email for domains listed in the Local Domains section on the BASIC gt IP Configuration page if that domain is present in the SMTP envelope of the inbound email Exchange Stubbing This article refers to the Barracuda Message Archiver release 3 1 and higher and Microsoft Exchange Server in this article e Frequency e Policy Based Stubbing e End User Controls e Unstubbing e Restoring Stubbed Content to Microsoft Exchange Related Articles Installing amp Configuring the Outlook Add In Mobile Application for iPhone iPod Touch and iPad Mobile Application for Android Retrieving Stubbed Messages in Shared Mailboxes i Stubbing and Microsoft Exchange Import For stubbing and Microsoft Exchange imports initiated via the Barracuda Message Archiver user interface there is a 100MB limit on file import i Whitespace Recovery Once stubbing is complete view the Micros
518. ws Internet Explorer New g n ral Name BMA Journal Contact Send Connector Connector status Enable E Proxy through client access server Comment Protocol logging level None C Verbose Maximum send message size MB save cancel 4o Click save Step 5 Create a Journal Rule i Journaling This article assumes you are setting up a journal rule If you are setting up mailbox database journaling refer to the article How to Configure Envelope SMTP Journaling for Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Standard Journaling Use only one journaling method choose the appropriate method for your environment Use the following steps to set up a journal rule 5a Open Exchange Server 2013 and in the EAC click compliance management in the left pane select journal rules at the top of the page and then click the Add icon J Enterprise Office 365 Adr Exchange admin center recipients In Place eDiscovery amp Hold auditing data loss prevention retentic retention tags journal rules permissions Send undeliverable journal reports to Select address compliance management ji ON RULE USER SEND JOUR organization There ar no items to show in this view iratan ee p ed mail flo mobile li public imcers 0 ected of 0 total 5b In the new journal rule page enter the following details e Enter a name for the journal rule e From the If the message is sent or received
519. y week month and year e Total non email items archived including appointments contacts notes and tasks by week month and year e Total number of emails flagged by built in and custom policies by week month and year e Access Displays the total logins exports and search access by week month and year as well as estimated time savings in hours per weekday e Access Overview displays total user login export search activity e Administrator displays login export and search activity for administrator role only e Auditor displays login export and search activity for auditor role only e User displays user login export and search activity for web interface Outlook Add In and Mobile App excluding Administrator and Auditor roles e Storage Displays message stubbing and PST management details e Microsoft Exchange Stubbing Displays the total messages stubbed storage savings and cost savings by week month and year e PST Management Displays the total number of uploaded PST files PST storage size and cost savings by week month and year e Capacity and Retention Policy Management Displays the projected yearly growth time until expected saturation and retention rate storage based on current usage device size and current retention rates including a storage utilization graph with projected cumulative yearly storage Maintenance In this Section e Configuration Backups e Updating Your Firmware and Definitions e
520. your users messages Archiving on the other hand is a means of storing those copies in a separate environment for the purpose of regulatory compliance data retention or server maintenance Microsoft Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 both offer two types of journaling e Standard journaling All messages sent from or sent to addresses on a specific mailbox database are journaled e Premium journaling Includes the following options e Global scope All messages that pass through a Hub Transport server are journaled e Internal scope Only messages sent and received within the Exchange organization are journaled e External scope Only messages sent from or sent to addresses outside the Exchange organization are journaled Note that each scope within Premium journaling can be further limited by selecting individual Journal Recipients This causes only those messages within a scope that are sent to specific SMTP addresses mailboxes contacts distribution lists to be journaled If no recipients are specified then the scope takes precedence Once journaling is enabled on your Exchange Server it can be configured to forward journaled messages to Message Archiving i Important Exchange Server 2007 and 2010 and Message Archiving both support envelope journaling only This type of journaling copies the body of an email message and its transport envelope information P2 headers The envelope information includes the sender and all recipients i
521. ys as 14 filled circles no matter the length of the actual password e Folder Path The full path to the folder or share that is to be mounted by the backup process This is required in all cases e Backup Schedule When to perform the backup Changes to the backup schedule take effect after midnight so even a modification made at 09 23 for a 15 00 backup does not kick in until the following day at 15 00 e Backups to Keep The number of backups to retain on the backup server Older backups are automatically purged Click Test Backup Server to verify connectivity to your backup server once your access information is entered Results display in a new browser window Understanding Archived Data Backup This article refers to Barracuda Message Archiver firmware version 3 5 or higher In the event of a catastrophe backed up data partition content can be quickly restored Back up the raw email data including zip files present on the data partition as well as data directories that house statistics index and other metadata snapshots the Barracuda Message Archiver generates for content Related Articles e How to Back Up Your Archived Data i Important While use of the Storage Manager Mirror capability ADVANCED gt Storage Manager page will push a real time copy of raw emails to a customer data share metadata snapshots are not mirrored You must back up this content by connecting to the Barracuda Message Archiver s read only SM

Barracuda Networks Message Archiver 950 + 1Y EU+IR

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents